(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Lycoming College catalog"

Lycoming college 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



▲ ▲ ▲ 




The Mission 



The mission of Lycoming College is to 
provide a distinguished baccalaureate educa- ' 
tion in the liberal arts. This is achieved within| 
a coeducational, supportive, residential settini 
through programs that develop communica- 
tion and critical thinking skills; foster self- 
awareness while increasing receptivity to new 
concepts and perspectives; explore literary 
and scientific traditions; cultivate an aesthetic 
sensibility; elicit social responsibility; 
promote racial inclusiveness, gender equality, 
and an appreciation of cultural diversity; and 
produce leadership for the institutions of 
society. Each student is encouraged to 
develop and strengthen virtues and traits of j 
character that enable, ennoble, and emancipat 
the human spirit while deepening commitment 
to those values that undergird civilization. 

Fully accredited. Lycoming is a member of 
the Middle States Association of Colleges an( 
Schools, and the University Senate of The 
United Methodist Church. It is a member of 
the Association of American Colleges and 
Universities, the Pennsylvania Association of 
Colleges and Universities, the Commission foi 
Independent Colleges and Universities, the 
National Commission on Accrediting and the 
National Association of Schools and Colleges 
of The United Methodist Church. 

Also, the Department of Nursing is 
accredited by the National League for 
Nursing. The Department of Chemistry is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
to certify upon graduation those students who 
meet or exceed the requirements established 
by the Society for membership. The depart- 
ments of Accounting and Business Adminis- 
tration are accredited by the Association of 
Collegiate Business Schools and Programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CONTENTS 

• 



Contents 



Academic Calendar, 2002-2003 2 

Welcome to Lycoming 4 

The Campus 6 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Financial Matters 13 

Student Affairs 20 

Academic Policies And Regulations 23 

The Academic Program 30 

The Curriculum 50 

Fhe Board of Trustees 164 

Administrative Staff/Faculty 165 

Fhe Alumni Association 180 

[ndex 182 




Communication With 
^ycoming College 



184 



The general regulations and policies stated in this 
catalog are in effect for the 2002-03 academic year. 
Freshmen beginning their first terms at Lycoming College 
in the fall of 2002 or the spring of 2003 are there-after 
governed by the policies stated in this catalog. 

If changes are made in subsequent editions of the 
catalog to either general requirements or major require- 
ments, students have the option of following their original 
program or a subsequent catalog version, but the College 
always reserves the right to determine which requirements 
apply. 

If a student interrupts his or her education but returns 
to the College after no more than one academic year has 
passed, he/she will retain the same requirements in effect 
at the initial date of entrance. A student who withdraws 
from the College for more than one year will, upon return, 
be required to complete the requirements currently 
imposed upon other students of the same academic level. 
A student who transfers to the College with advanced 
standing will be subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have attained the same 
academic level. Post-baccalaureate students will be 
subject to the requirements stated on page 30. 

Lycoming College reserves the right to amend or 
change the policies and procedures stated in this catalog 
without prior notice to those who may be affected by 
them. The provisions of this publication are not to be 
regarded as an irrevocable contract between the applicant 
and/or the student and Lycoming College. 



1002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 



ACADEMIC Calendar 2002 - 2003 






Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Bills are due 


August 9 


December 13 


Residence halls open for freshmen 


August 23 at 9 a.m. 


January 12 at 8 a.m. 


Residence halls open for upperclassmen 


August 24 at 10 a.m. 


January 12 at 8 a.m. 


Classes begin first period 


August 26 


January 13 


Processing of drop/add begins 


August 26 


January 13 


Re-registration fee of $25 applies 
after this date 


August 30 


January 17 


Last day for drop/add 


August 30 


January 17 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


August 30 


January 17 


Last day for submission of final grades for 
courses for which Incomplete grades were 
recorded in Spring, May, and Summer terms 


October 4 




Last day for submission of final grades 
for courses for which Incomplete 
grades were recorded in Fall semester 




February 21 


Early Assessment reports due 
in Registrar's Office at noon 


October 7 


February 24 


Residence halls close at 6 p.m. for 
spring recess 




February 28 


Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 




March 9 


Classes resume first period after 
spring recess 




March 10 


Enrollment deposit deadline 




March 11 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC CALENDAR 







Fall Semester 


Spring Semester 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


October 25 


March 21 


Last days to withdraw from 
half semester courses. 


1 st 7 weeks 
2nd 7 weeks 


September 25 
November 13 


February 12 
April 9 


Residence halls close at 9:00 p.m. for 
Thanksgiving recess 


November 26 




Residence halls open at 10 a.m. 


December 1 




Classes resume first period after 
Thanksgiving 


December 2 




Final examinations begin 


December 9 


April 28 


Semester ends at 5:00 p.m. 


December 13 


May 2 


Residence halls close at 6:00 p.m. 


December 13 


May 2 





SP 
May Term 


ECIAL SESSIC 

Summer 

Session #1 


)NS 

Summer 
Session #2 


Residence halls open noon - 2:30 p.m. 


May 11 


June 8 


July 13 


Classes begin 


May 12 


June 9 


July 14 


Last day for drop/add 


May 13 


June 11 


July 16 


Last day to elect audit and pass/fail grades 


May 13 


June 11 


July 16 


Last day to withdraw from courses 


May 28 


June 30 


August 4 


Ferm ends 


June 6 


July 11 


August 15 


Residence halls close at 4:00 p.m. 


June 6 


July 11 


August 15 



Special dates to remember: 

Freshman First Weekend .... August 23, 24, 25 

New Student Convocation August 23 

Labor Day (classes in session) .... September 2 

Family Weekend September 20-22 

Science Saturday September 28 

Admissions Open House October 5 

Homecoming Weekend October 11-13 

Long Weekend (no classes) October 18-20 

Admissions Open House November 9 

Fhanksgiving Recess November 26-Dec. 1 

>0O2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



Admissions Open House February 15 

Spring Recess February 28 - March 9 

Accepted Students Day April 6 

Honors Convocation April 13 

Good Friday (no classes) April 18 

Baccalaureate May 10 

Commencement May 11 

Memorial Day (no classes) May 26 

Independence Day (no classes) July 4 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING COLLEGE 




Lycoming College is a small liberal arts 
college dedicated to providing the type of 
learning that can be used for a lifetime in a 
supportive, residential environment that 
fosters individual growth and close interper- 
sonal relationships. 

U.S. News and World Report has recog- 
nized the Carnegie reclassification of 
Lycoming. The College is one of the national 
liberal arts colleges in the United States. It is 
something that Lycoming alumni have quietly 
known for years. The reasons are simple. 

All of Lycoming's resources and faculty 
are dedicated to the undergraduate education 
of just 1500 students. Classes are small and 
all faculty members teach. With a 13 to 1 
ratio of students to faculty, classes of five or 
ten students are not uncommon, while even 
large introductory courses average about 30 
students. This means abundant opportunities 
for individual attention by a faculty truly 



committed to teaching. The average gradua- 
tion rate for first time freshmen is 63%. 

Lycoming students are superbly prepared 
to meet the challenges of life through an 
academic program that includes both breadth 
of study in the humanities, social sciences and 
natural sciences and depth of study in at least 
one area of concentration. 

Those areas of concentration include 
bachelor of arts programs in 33 major fields, 
and a bachelor of science in three major fields. 

Those who intend to continue in medicine, 
dentistry, law, the ministry or teaching will 
find excellent preprofessional preparation. 
Through a number of cooperative programs 
with other colleges and universities, 
Lycoming students can study engineering, 
forestry, environment, podiatric medicine, 
optometry, and medical technology — while 
still enjoying the benefits of a small college 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WELCOME TO LYCOMING 

• 



experience. They can also study at Oxford 
Brookes Univeristy in Oxford, England; 
Anglia Polytechnic University in Cambridge, 
England; Regent's College in London, 
England; Lancaster University, Lancaster, 
England; CUEF Universite Stendhal-Grenoble 
3 in Grenoble, France; and Tandem Interna- 
tional School, Madrid, Spain; or spend a 
semester in Washington, D.C., or New York 
City through a number of other cooperative 
programs. 

One of Lycoming's most popular and 
successful ways of blending career planning 
with a liberal arts education is through its 
internship program. Close to one-third of 
Lycoming students gain real job experience as 
part of a semester course load. The 
Williamsport area is particularly rich in 
internship opportunities in business, commu- 
nication, government, health and social 
services. The close relationship between the 
College and the community has given 
Lycoming students a chance to roll up their 
sleeves and gain resume-enhancing experience 
rather than mere observation. 

Most students complete their program of 
study in four years, usually by taking four 
courses each fall and spring semester. How- 
ever, students may take one course during 
Lycoming's May Term and from one to two 
courses in each Summer Term. 

Perhaps one of the most important qualities 
of Lycoming is its feeling of community. 
Lycoming is a truly residential college where 
all students, with the exception of close 
commuters, live on campus in one of the 
College's residence halls or apartments. 

The quality of campus life is enriched by a 
variety of extracurricular activities in which 
Lycoming students gain valuable leadership 
training. 

Students produce a newspaper, run the 
campus radio station, edit a yearbook, mount 
theatre productions, participate in a nationally 
acclaimed choir and concert band, as well as 
organize and manage their own social 



^ 


r 


i 


% 




^ 








3) 





fraternities and sororities, special interest 
clubs and campus-wide social events. 

Student athletes can try out for 19 different 
varsity sports (10 for men, 9 for women) or 
participate in the College's strong intramural 
program. 

Students are admitted free to productions at 
the Community Arts Center. Student-run 
programs have brought in Adam Sandler, 
Fiona Apple, Eve6, Sugar Ray and Brian 
Adams. 

Lycoming's campus lies near the historic 
downtown of Williamsport, a city best known 
as the birthplace of Little League Baseball and 
the site of its annual international champion- 
ship. The greater metro area has a population 
of approximately 75,000. 

The rolling hills and forestlands of 
northcentral Pennsylvania provide some of the 
state's best scenery, as well as hiking, 
camping, kayaking, and other outdoor 
recreation. Yet Lycoming is less than a four- 
hour drive from New York City, Philadelphia, 
Washington, D.C., Baltimore and Pittsburgh. 

The College enjoys a relationship with the 
United Methodist Church and supports its 
tradition of providing an education to persons 
of all faiths. The College is firmly committed 
to a policy of cultural diversity and expects its 
students to work together in an atmosphere of 
respect and tolerance. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY • THE CAMPUS 

• 



-«l 



HISTORY 



The history of Lycoming College has been 
one of continual evolution. The institution has 
been, at one time or another, an elementary and 
secondary school, a seminary, a junior college 
and at present a four-year liberal arts college- 
going through three name changes in the 
process. Sold by the Presbyterians to the 
Methodists (who bought it as a source of 
revenue), it is today an independent non- 
profit, private college, affiliated with the 
United Methodist Church. 

Its beginning dates back to 1812 — making 
Lycoming one of the 50 oldest colleges in 
America — when it was founded as the 
Williamsport Academy, that city's first 
elementary and secondary school. The school 
was administered by a Board of Trustees 
made up primarily of staunch Presbyterians. 

By 1848, Williamsport had its own public 
school system well in place, and the private 
school was becoming a financial burden. A 
visionary circuit preacher, Rev. Benjamin H. 
Crever, persuaded the Methodists to buy the 
school. They named the institution Dickinson 
Seminary and offered college preparatory 
courses. Rev. Crever is considered the 
school's true founder. 

The seminary operated as a private 
boarding school until 1929 when a college 
curriculum was added and it became the 
Williamsport Dickinson Junior College, the 
first junior college in Pennsylvania. 

In 1947, the junior college became a four- 
year degree-granting college of liberal arts and 
sciences. It adopted the name Lycoming, derived 
from the Indian word "lacomic," meaning 
"Great Stream," a name that enjoys local 
popularity as the name of the county, a 
township and a creek. 

In its evolutionary tradition, Lycoming 
College continues to expand its programs and 
improve its academic excellence with each 
decade, seeking to provide a truly distin- 
guished baccalaureate education to every 
student entering its doors. 










The Campus 



Nineteen buildings sit on Lycoming's 35- 
acre campus. Most buildings have been 
constructed since 1950. All are easy to reach 
from anywhere on campus. A 12-acre athletic 
field and football stadium lie a few blocks 
north of the main campus. 

Modem buildings include the eight 
residence halls, which contain clean and 
comfortable double rooms; the student union; 
and the physical education/recreation center. . 
Up-to-date facilities include the library, the 
theatre, the planetarium, the computer center, 
an electronic music studio, a photography 
laboratory, and an art gallery. The computer 
center opened in 1969; the art gallery and the 
physical education center opened in 1980. An 
arts center was renovated and opened in 1983. 
The Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
opened in 1990. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 



Residence Halls 

Asbury Hall (1962) — Named in honor of 
Bishop Francis Asbury, the father of The United 
Methodist Church in America, who made the 
circuit through the upper Susquehanna District 
in 1812. the year Lycoming (then the 
Williamsport Academy) opened its doors. 
Asbury Hall houses freshman students in a co- 
educational environment. 

Crever Hall (1962) — Honors Lycoming's 
founder and first financial agent, the Rev. 
Benjamin H. Crever, who helped persuade the 
Baltimore Conference to purchase the school 
from the Williamsport Town Council in 1848. 

East Hall (1962) — Houses five chapters of 
Lycoming's fraternities and sororities. The 
self-contained units contain student rooms and 
a chapter room. 

Forrest Hall (1968) — Honors Dr. and Mrs. 
Fletcher Bliss Forrest and Anna Forrest 
Burfeindt '30, the parents and sister of 
Katherine Forrest Mathers '28, whose 
generosity established the memorial. 

Rich Hall (1948) — Honors the Rich family 
of Woolrich, Pennsylvania. It houses health 
services, dining services office, security, 
residence life, and buildings and grounds. 
Rich is an all female hall. 

Skeath Hall (1965) — The largest residence 
hall honors the late J. Milton Skeath, professor 
of psychology and four-time Dean of the 
College from 1921 to 1967. It houses 
freshmen in a co-educational environment. 

Wesley Hall (1956) — Honors John Wesley, 
the founder of Methodism. This building 
houses a number of Greek organizations, as 
[well as independent students. 

Williams Hall (1965) — Honors Mary Ellen 
Whitehead Williams, mother of Joseph A. 
Williams, of St. Marys, Pennsylvania, whose 
[bequest established the memorial. 



Academic Buildings 

Academic Center (1968) — The most architec- 
turally impressive complex on campus, the 
Center is composed of four buildings: the John 
G. Snowden Memorial Library, Wendle Hall, 
the Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laboratories, 
and the faculty office building. 

John G. Snowden Memorial Library (1968) 
www.lycoming.edu/library Named after the 
late state senator John G. Snowden, the library 
supports the classroom and research needs of 
the college community. An active instruction 
program promotes the use of print materials, 
web accessed academic information resources, 
and other information technologies. The 
collection includes more than 1 80,000 vol- 
umes, approximately 1000 periodical titles, and 
a strong reference collection suitable to an 
undergraduate education. The Snowden 
Memorial Library also serves as a partial 
depository for U.S. government publications 
and houses the Lycoming College Archives 
and the archives of the Central Pennsylvania 
Conference of the United Methodist Church. 

Art Gallery (1980) — Located in the northwest 
corner of the first floor of the John G. Snowden 
Memorial Library, the gallery contains exhibits 
year-round, including shows of student work. 

Office of Communications Technology/ 
Computer Center (1969) — 
www.lycoming.edu/dept/oct Lycoming 
College provides at least one computer network 
access point in each classroom, office, and for 
each student on campus. Students have access 
to a variety of on- campus and worldwide 
resources through the network. 

The College maintains five public use 
computer labs, four labs populated with 
Windows-based computers, and one lab with a 
mix of Windows and Macintosh computers. 
The Windows labs utilize several popular 
software packages, such as Office 2000 (Word, 
Excel, PowerPoint, Access, FrontPage 2000), 
Internet Explorer, and SPSS. The Graphics 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS 



Lab utilizes Microsoft Office, PageMaker, 
Photoshop, Quark XPress, Illustrator, 
FrontPage 2000, and Macromedia Director 
and DreamWeaver. Laser printing and Zip 
drives are available in all labs, with scanning 
available in the Graphics Lab. 

Lycoming College maintains a site on 
the World Wide Web where our URL is 
http://www.lycoming.edu. Any student who 
is enrolled at Lycoming receives an e-mail 
account as well as a network account with 
disk space for a personal Web site and 
common files. These are backed up daily. 
Most academic departments maintain home 
pages and resources under the Lycoming 
College home page(s). Many faculty post 
departmental home pages and communicate 
with their students by e-mail. 

Any student living in a residence hall can 
become part of the Residential Networking 
Program, ResNet. They then have direct 
access to the Lycoming network and the 
Internet. Students need properly configured 
computers to give them access to e-mail and 
the World Wide Web from their rooms. 

An IBM RS6000 running Unix provides 
access to a variety of different software 
packages to students in the Mathematical and 
Computer Sciences. 

ResNet (1995) - Any student who has a 
computer is encouraged to bring it to campus. 
To join the Residential Networking Program, 
ResNet, a student must have a computer that 
meets a minimal set of standards and he/she 
must compete the Residential Networking 
Access Account Application, contracting for 
the complete set of Internet Services. The 
access account fee is $15.00 per month. 
Applications are available on the Web at 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resapp.htm. 
in the Residence Life Office, the Telecommu- 
nications Office, or in the Office of 
Communications Technology. For full 
instructions you can also go to 
www.lycoming.edu/acad/resnet.htm. 



Video Conference Facility (1995) - The 

College maintains a specially equipped video- 
conference facility that provides access to 
courses, lectures and resources that would 
otherwise be unavailable. Lycoming is part oft 
a consortium of schools that uses this tech- 
nology to enhance educational opportunities. 

Computer Graphics Lab (1993) — This 
computer lab features state-of-the-art Macintosh] 
and Windows NT graphic stations equipped 
with animation, photographic imaging, and 
paint and draw programs for both fine arts and! 
commercial design students, along with 
desktop publishing and a number of other 
programs for general use. The programs are 
updated annually. 

Nursing Skills Laboratory (1983) — 

Located in the lower level of the Academic 
Center, it is a replica of a modem hospital ward, 
complete with 10 simulated work stations, a 
nurses' station, an intensive care unit and all 
the medical equipment used by nurses. 

Wendle Hall (1968) — Named after the 
George Wendle family, a College benefactor, 
this building contains 21 classrooms, the 
psychology laboratories, four computer lab- 
oratories with 75 terminals available for use, 
and spacious Pennington Lounge, an informal 
meeting place for students and faculty. 

Mary L. Welch Theatre and Laboratories 
(1968) — The 204-seat thrust-stage theatre, 
formerly known as the Arena Theatre until 
2000, is one of the finest in the region. It 
includes projection facilities, scene and 
costume shops, a make-up room, and a 
multiple-use area known as the Down Stage, 
where one-act experimental plays are per- 
formed. The language, business, mathemat- 
ics, and physics laboratories are situated on 
the upper floors. The Detwiler Planetarium is 
located on the ground floor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE CAMPUS 

• 



Faculty Office Building (1968) — Contains 
faculty offices, seminar rooms, and a 735-seat 
lecture hall. 

Fine Arts Center (1923, renovated 1983) — 

Contains studios, sculpture foundry, wood- 
shop, printmaking shop, classrooms, lecture 
hall, offices. 

Academic Resource Center — Located on 
the top floor of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
operated by a professional staff and peer tutors 
during the academic year. The Center offers 
workshops, tutoring, and counseling. 

Photography Laboratory (1984) — Located 
in the lower level of the Fine Arts Center, it is 
fully equipped for both black and white and 
color photography. 

Communication Center (1987) — The focal 
point of the facility is a fully equipped 
broadcast quality television studio and control 
room. The building also houses an editing 
room, a classrooms, faculty offices, the FM 
radio station and the student newspaper office. 

Heim Biology and Chemistry Building 
(1990) — The $10 million Heim Building is 
one of the finest undergraduate science facilities 
in the East. The three-level structure totals 
more than 63,000 square feet and contains 
state-of-the-art biology and chemistry labora- 
tories, lecture halls, seminar rooms, a science 
reading area and a greenhouse as well as 
classrooms and faculty offices. 

Clarke Building & Chapel (1939) — 

Lycoming's landmark honors Martha 
B. Clarke, a benefactor. The building contains 
Clarke Chapel, St. John Neumann Chapel, the 
United Campus Ministry Center, a recital hall, 
music classrooms, practice studios, an elec- 
tronic music studio and faculty offices. 



Administration Buildings 

Drum House — Built in 1 857 the Admissions 
House is the oldest building on the campus. It 
was first occupied by a Presbyterian parson. 

The Admissions House was bought by the 
College in 1931, along with 28 other dwell- 
ings, and in 1940 became the President's 
home. John W. Long occupied it for the 
remainder of his tenure and D. Frederick Wertz 
lived in the house from 1955 until 1965 when 
the College made the property at 325 
Grampian Boulevard the President's home. 
The building was then converted for use by 
the Fine Arts Department. In 1983, when a 
new Fine Arts facility was completed, the 
department was relocated and the house was 
vacant until 1987 when it was restored by 
college craftsmen to its original Federalist 
design under the supervision of Carol Baker 
'60, who kindly volunteered her services 
during the year-long reconstruction. The 
Admissions House was a gift of the W.F. Rich 
family. 

John W. Long Hall (1951) — Named after 
President Long (1921-1955), it houses the 
administrative offices, including those of the 
President, Dean, Treasurer, Dean of Student 
Affairs, Registrar, Alumni and Parent Pro- 
grams, College Relations, Institutional 
Advancement, Publications, and Financial 
Aid. It includes a reception area. 

Recreation Facilities 

Physical Education and Recreation Center 
(1980) — Includes the George R. Lamade 
Gymnasium, which contains basketball and 
other courts; a six-lane swimming pool; all- 
purpose room; sauna and steam room; weight 
room; offices; classrooms, and the Alumni 
lounge. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE CAMPUS • ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 




Wertz Student Center (1959) — Named after 
D. Frederick Wertz, President ( 1 955- 1 968), it 
contains the Main Dining Commons, Jane 
Schultz Room, Burchfield Lounge, a recreation 
area, game rooms. Jack's Comer, bookstore, 
post office, student activities office, Career 
Development Center, Counseling Center, and 
student organization offices. 

Handicapped Accessibility 

Most facilities at Lycoming College are 
accessible to those with limited mobility. In 
addition, the College will make special 
accommodations whenever necessary to meet 
the needs of any of its students. 



Admission 
To Lycoming 



Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, financial resources, color, 
national or ethnic background. Visit us at 
http://www.lycoming.edu 

Admission Decision Criteria 

Admission to Lycoming College is 
competitive. Applicants are evaluated on the 
basis of their academic preparation, talents, 
and interests, as well as the College's capacity 
to help them achieve their educational 
objectives and career goals. 

Successful candidates for admission have 
typically completed a college preparatory 
program in high school which includes four 
years of English, three years of math, two i 
years of foreign language, two years of natural 
or physical science, three years of social 
science, and two years of academic electives. 

In addition, successful admission candi- 
dates generally place in the top two-fifths of 
their high school graduating class, and have 
better than average SATl or ACT scores. 

From time to time supplemental materials, as 
well as a personal interview, may be required 
prior to the determination of admissibility . 

Admission Application 
Filing Period 

Applications for the fall semester will be 
accepted from June 1 st of the preceding year 
through April 1st of the year in which studies 
are to begin. Applications for the spring 
semester are accepted from the preceding May 
1st through December 1st. 

Applications, when complete, are reviewed 
and evaluated on a rolling basis. Generally, 
applicants are notified in writing regarding the 
outcome of their applications within three 
weeks following the receipt of all required 
materials. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Freshman Applicants 

Freshman applicants must complete the 
following steps: 

1) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Submit the non-refundable $35 
application fee. 

3) Provide official transcripts of all high 
school and post-secondary school studies 
(whether or not completed). 

4) Submit official results of the SATl or ACT. 

5) Submit two personal letters of recommendation. 

6) Submit a written essay. 

Transfer Applicants 

Lycoming College considers applications 
from students who have attended other post- 
secondary educational institutions. These 
applicants must have earned a cumulative 
grade point average of at least 2.00 (on a 4 
point scale) in transferable courses at the post- 
secondary institution(s) attended. 

Credit will be granted only for courses 
which have a grade of "C-" or higher. 
Courses with a non-grade such as "P" or "S" 
will not transfer. Lycoming College will 
determine which courses are appropriate for 
transfer and is under no obligation to accept 
any course. Final determination of transfer 
credit will be made by the Lycoming College 
Registrar based on official transcripts only. 
Transfer courses will be shown on the 
Lycoming transcript with the symbol "T." 

Transfer applicants must complete each of 
the following steps: 

1 ) Complete and return application with the 
$35 application fee. 

2) Provide official transcripts and course 
descriptions or catalogs from each 
post-secondary school attended. Students 
who have accumulated less than 24 
semester hours or 36 credit hours must 
also submit high school transcripts. 
(Official results of the SATl or ACT may 
also be required.) 



3) Submit the transfer student admission 
report (it will be sent to you upon 
application). 
Applicants may transfer up to 64 semester 
credits at the Lycoming College 100 and 200 
level and up to 32 semester credits at the 
Lycoming College 300 and 400 level for a 
total of 96 credits. Students must complete the 
final 32 credits of the degree program at 
Lycoming College. At least 16 credits in the 
major area must be taken at Lycoming College. 
Challenge examinations may not be used to 
fulfill this requirement. 

Additional information regarding the 
transfer of college credit appears on page 24. 

International Applicants 

Prospective students who are neither 
citizens nor permanent residents of the United 
States are welcome to apply for admission. 

International applicants must complete 
each of the following steps: 

1 ) Submit the completed Lycoming College 
Admission Application. 

2) Provide certified true copies of all 
secondary (and when applicable, post- 
secondary) transcripts, mark sheets, diplo- 
mas, and certificates in the original lan- 
guages, as well as in English (when the 
originals are not in English). Transla- 
tions of non-English materials must be 
certified as true and correct. 

3) Submit two letters of recommendation. 

4) Provide proof of the ability to read, write, 
and speak English at the college level as 
evidenced by a TOEFL score of at least 
500, or 1 73 for computer assessment test. 

5) International students who are currently 
studying in the United States must be 
"in-status" with the United States De- 
partment of Justice, Immigration and 
Naturalization Service. They must also 
be eligible to transfer to Lycoming College. 



2(X)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



Please note that the minimum amount 
required for each academic year of study 
(September through April) at Lycoming 
College is U.S. $26,000. Summer living 
expenses (May through August) average 
an additional U.S. $4,500, and are not 
included in $26,000 amount. 

Note To All Students: 

1 ) If there is additional information that 
would be helpful to the Admissions Com- 
mittee in reviewing your application, please 
indicate it on a separate piece of paper. 

2) If you are 24 or older, the requirement for 
the SATl or ACT assessment may be 
waived. 

Readmission to the College 

All students who leave the College for one 
or more semesters must apply for readmission 
through the Office of the Registrar. Students 
will be notified by mail when readmission has 
been granted. They must then pay a deposit of 
$100 confirming their intention to re-matricu- 
late in order to receive registration materials. 
Students seeking residence must submit an 
additional $100 Room Reservation Deposit as 
well as contact the Office of Residence Life to 
make arrangements to reserve a room. These 
deposits are non-refundable. Students who do 
not attend Lycoming College the term for which 
readmittance is granted will be required to 
complete another readmission application when 
they desire to return. Students who return to 
the College after no more than one academic 
year has passed may retain the same require- 
ments in effect at the initial date of entrance. 
After one year, students will be required to 
complete the requirements currently imposed 
upon other students of the same academic level. 



Confirmation of Intent 
to Enroll at Lycoming 

Admitted applicants are asked to confirm 
their intent to enroll for the fall semester no 
later than the preceding May 1st, or by Decem- 
ber 1 St for the following spring semester by 
submitting the appropriate deposit. New 
commuting students are required to submit a 
$200 Confirmation Deposit. New resident 
students are required to submit the $200 
Confirmation Deposit, as well as a $100 Room 
Reservation Deposit. Admitted international 
applicants are required to submit all applicabh 
deposits prior to the issuance of the 1-20 form. 

Deposits are non-refundable after May 1st 
for the following fall semester, and December 
1st for the following spring semester. 

Student Orientation 

All new students are required to attend one of 
three summer orientation sessions with at least 
one parent before they enroll in the fall. The 
purpose of the program is to acquaint the new 
students and their parent(s) more fully with the 
College so that they can begin their Lycoming 
experience under the most favorable circum- 
stances. Students will take placement tests, 
meet their academic advisor, and preregister 
for fall classes. Information on orientation is 
mailed to new students after they confirm their 
intention to enroll. 

Withdrawal of Admission Offers 

Lycoming College reserves the right to 
withdraw offers of admission when: 

1 ) information requested as part of the 
admission application process is not 
provided by applicants, 

2) misrepresentation of fact to the College by 
applicants occurs during the application 
process, 

3) the conduct of applicants is not in keeping 
with the ethical or moral standards as set 
forth in the Lycoming College Catalog or 
the Lycoming College Student Handbook. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



i 



ADMISSION TO LYCOMING 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

« 



w^ 





Admissions Office 
Location and Hours 

Prospective students and their families are 
encouraged to visit the campus for a student- 
conducted tour and an interview with an 
idmissions counselor, who will provide 
idditional information about the College and 
rnswer questions. 

The Office of Admissions is located on 
Washington Boulevard and College Place. For 
in appointment, telephone 1-800-345-3920, 
;xt. 4026 or (570)321-4026, write the Office of 
Admissions, Lycoming College, Williamsport, 
PA 17701, or visit 
www.lycoming.edu/admiss/schedul/htm. 

Office hours are: 
Weekdays 

September through April: 8:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. 

May through August: 8:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. 

Saturdays 

September through April: 9:00 a.m. to 

12:(X)noon 

May through August: appointments by request. 



Financial Matters 



Expenses for the 
Academic Year 2002-2003 

The following expenses are effective for the 
1 egular fall and spring semesters. The College 
reserves the right to adjust fees at any time. The 
fees for each semester are payable approximately 
two weeks prior to the start of classes for the 
semester as indicated on the semester bill. 
Fees Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition $10,016.00 $20,032.00 

Room Rent $1,446.00 $2,892.00 

Board $1,366.00 $2,732.00 

Total $12,828.00 $25,656.00 

One-Time Student Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Confirmation Deposit $200 

Room Reservation Deposit $100 

Part-Time Students Fees 

Application Fee $35 

Each Unit Course $2,504 

Additional Charges 

Non-refundable Enrollment Deposit for 

Returning Students $100 

Activity Fee $80 

Applied Music Fee (half-hour 

per week per semester) $230 

Technology Fee (resident students) 

(per semester) $145 

Cap and Gown Rental prevailing cost 

Laboratory Fee per Unit Course .. $10 to $100 
Parking Permit (for the academic year). ... $60 
Practice Teaching Fee 

(payable in junior year) $400 

School Nurse Practicum Fee $400 

R.O.T.C. Uniform Deposit 

(payable at Bucknell University) $75 

Transcript Fee $3* 

Placement Retest Fee $25 

Single Room Charge additional charge 

of $579 per semester. 
The tuition covers the regular course load of 
twelve to sixteen credits each semester exclud- 
ing band, choir, theater practica and all scholars 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HNANCIAL MATTERS 



seminars. Resident students must board at the 
College unless, for extraordinary reasons, 
authorization is extended for other eating 
arrangements. If a double room is used as a 
single room, there is an additional charge of 
$579 per semester. The estimated cost for 
books and supplies is up to $800 per year, 
depending on the course of study. Special 
session (May Term and Summer Session) 
charges for tuition, room, and board are 
established during the fall semester. 
*$3 for first copy; $1 for each additional copy 
requested at the same time. No charge for 
currently enrolled full-time students. No 
transcripts will be issued for a student or 
alumnus whose fmancial obligation to the 
college has not been satisfied. 

Entry Fees and Deposits 

Application Fee — All students applying for 
admission must submit a $35 application fee. 
This charge defrays the cost of processing the 
application and is nonrefundable. 

Confirmation Deposit - All full-time students 
who have been notified of their admission to 
Lycoming College are required to make a 
$200 Confirmation Deposit to confirm their 
intention to matriculate. The Deposit is held 
until Graduation or until voluntary permanent 
termination of enrollment, at which time any 
remaining balance is refunded after all debts 
to the College have been satisfied. 

Resident students must remit an additional 
$ 1 00 Room Reservation Deposit. The room 
deposit is applied against the comprehensive 
fees billed for the first semester of attendance. 

Both the Confirmation and Room Reserva- 
tion Deposits are refundable prior to the start 
of the first semester of attendance if the official 
withdrawal date is not later than May 1 . 
Enrollment Deposit — A non-refundable 
enrollment deposit of $100 is required of all 
current full and part-time degree-seeking 
students each spring in order to pre-register 
for the subsequent fall semester courses and/or 
to participate in the annual room selection 
process. This deposit is applied against the fall 
semester bill. 



Partial Payments 

For the convenience of those who find it 
impossible to follow the regular schedule of 
payments, arrangements may be made with 
the College Bursar for the monthly payment of 
College fees through various educational plans. 
Additional information may be obtained from 
the Treasurer's Office or Admissions Office. 

Lycoming College Withdrawal 
Refund Policy 

Students wishing to withdraw from the 
College during the semester should meet with 
the Associate Dean of the College or the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen to ensure that 
student financial and academic records are 
properly closed. The effecfive date of 
calculadng refunds shall be: the date, as 
determined by the institution, the student 
began the withdrawal process or provided 
official nodfication to the insdtution of his or 
her intent to withdraw; the midpoint of the 
payment period or period of enrollment if the 
student dropped out without notifying the 
institution; or the date, as determined by the 
insdtution, that the student withdrew due to 
illness or accident. 

Students withdrawing will receive a 
prorated refund for tuidon, fees, room and 
board, less an administradve fee of $100 and 
any unpaid charges, according to the follow- 
ing schedule: 





Refund 


Charge 


During Week 1 


90% 


10% 


During Week 2 


85% 


15% 


During Week 3 


80% 


20% 


During Week 4 


70% 


30% 


During Week 5 


65% 


35% 


During Week 6 


60% 


40% 


During Week 7 


50% 


50% 


During Week 8 


45% 


55% 


During Week 9 


40% 


60% 


After 9th Week 


0% 


100% 



Comparative schedules apply to the May and 
Summer terms. 

The U. S. Department of Educadon 
requires that, for any student receiving federal j 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 



financial aid, the federal programs be 
refunded IN FULL in the following order: 
Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loan, Subsi- 
dized Federal Stafford Loan, Federal Perkins 
Loans, Federal PLUS Loans, Federal Pell 
Grants, FSEOGs, other SFA Programs, and 
Dther federal, state, private, or institutional 
sources of aid prior to any refund being 
issued to the student. See Federal Funds 
Withdrawal Policy for further explanation on 
return of Federal Funds. State Grant pro- 
grams have varying regulations concerning 
refunds, but most will require at least a partial 
'efund of the State Grant. If the student has 
■eceived a Lycoming Grant, a pro-rated 
Dortion of the student's refund also will be 
"epaid to the Lycoming Grant program. This 
>vill reduce, or in many cases eliminate, the 
imount of the refund the student otherwise 
tvould receive. Detailed examples are 
ivailable from the Financial Aid Office. 

Full-time students who, after reducing 
;heir course loads, continue to be enrolled for 
12 to 16 semester hours are not eligible for a 
■efund of tuition for an individual course. 
Students who register for extra hours in 
jxcess of 16 hours per semester and who later 
■educe their loads will be refunded the fee 
charged for overloads according to the above 
ichedules. Students who enroll full-time and 
jubsequently assume part-time status by 
■educing their loads below 12 hours, and part- 
;ime students who drop individual courses, 
tvill be refunded according to the above 
schedules for the semester hours dropped, 
rhe assumption of part-time status normally 
nvolves a substantial reduction of financial 
iid since most financial aid programs do not 
extend eligibility to part-time students. 

The calculated refund will be reduced by 
anpaid charges. Any balance remaining will 
3e billed to the student. Unpaid student 
iccount balances will be charged interest at 
he rate of 1 % per month on the month end 
balance until account is paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, ail costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 



FEDERAL FUNDS WITHDRAWAL POLICY 

Deflnitions 

Earned Title IV Funds: Title IV funds used to 
cover educational costs according to the length 
of time the student was enrolled before with- 
drawing. The amount of funds earned is directly 
proportional to the time enrolled, through 60% 
of the term. After 60%, the student is considered tc 
have earned all aid. The earned Title IV funds 
percentage is calculated by dividing the number 
of days completed up to the withdrawal date by 
the total days in the billing period. 

Unearned Title FV Funds: The amount of grant 
and loan assistance awarded under Title IV that 
has not been earned by the student. The law 
states the earned Title IV funds are to be used to 
cover the length of time the student was enrolled 
before withdrawing. Unearned Title IV funds 
must be returned to the programs. The unearned 
Title IV funds percentage is determined by 
subtracting the earned Title IV funds percent-age 
from 100%. To calculate the amount of unearned 
Title rV funds, multiply total dis- 
bursed federal financial aid (3) by the unearned 
Title IV funds refund percentage. 

Withdraw date: The date the student began the 
withdrawal process; the date the student other- 
wise provided the school with official notification 
of the intent to withdraw; or for the student who 
does not begin the school's withdrawal process 
or notify the school of the intent to withdraw, the 
mid-point of the payment period or period of 
enrollment for which Title IV assistance was 
disbursed (unless the institution can document ; 
later date). 

The responsibility to repay unearned Title IV 
funds is shared by the college and the student. 
The college's share is the lesser of: 
the total amount of unearned Title IV funds; or 
Institutional charges incurred for the billing 
period multiplied by the percentage of aid that 
was unearned: 

1 . Stafford, PLUS and Perkins loans. Pell Grant 
and SEOG 

2. A student is not eligible for a Title IV refund 
if he or she receives an "incomplete" status 



;0O2-O3 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RNANCIAL MATTERS 



for coursework that can be, and is expected 
to be completed within a reasonable 
timeframe after the end of the billing 
period, lease refer to the college catalog for 
"incomplete" coursework deadlines. 
3. Total disbursed federal financial aid 
includes aid that was disbursed and aid that 
could have been disbursed as of the 
student's withdrawal date. 
The student's share is the difference 
between the unearned Title IV funds and the 
college's share. The college's share is 
allocated among the Title IV programs in the 
following order of return: 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal Subsidized Stafford Loan 

Federal PERKINS Loan 

Federal PLUS Loan 

Federal Pell Grant 

Federal SEOG 

Other Title IV assistance for which a return 

of funds is required 

Non-Payment of Fees Penalty 

Students will not be registered for courses in 
a new semester if their accounts for previous 
attendance have not been settled. Diplomas, 
transcripts, and certifications of withdrawals 
in good standing are issued only when a satis- 
factory settlement of all financial obligations 
has been made in the Business Office. Final 
grades may also be held in some cases. Unpaid 
student accounts will be charged interest at the 
rate of 1 % per month on the month-end 
balance until accounts are paid in full. Should 
legal collection become necessary, all costs of 
collection will be added to the balance due. 

FINANCIAL AID 

Lycoming College is committed to helping 
students and families meet college costs. While 
some assistance is available to students regard- 
less of need (merit scholarships), the primary 
purpose of the College's financial aid program 
is to help qualified students of limited 
financial resources attend Lycoming College. 



Scholarships may be awarded on the basis of 
merit and/or need, while grants are provided 
solely on the basis of financial need. Long- 
term educational loans with favorable interest 
rates and repayment terms are available, as ar< 
part-time employment opportunities. 

It is important to submit financial aid 
applications after January 1st, as appropriate 
income information becomes available, but by 
April 15. Although applications may be filed 
later, applicants can only receive consideratio 
for remaining available funds. 

To be considered for financial aid, students 
and families must complete the following step 
for each year the student seeks assistance: 

1 . Fully complete and submit the Lycoming 
Financial Aid Application (LFAA). 
Return the completed application to the 
Financial Aid Office. 

2. The College may request signed and dated 
copies of student and parent(s) Federal incom 
tax returns (1040, 1040A, 1040EZ, 1040PC 
TeleFile), including W-2 forms, be sent to 
the Financial Aid Office. The tax returns 
required are for the year preceding the 
academic year in which the student seeks 
assistance. 

3. Fully complete and submit the Free Applica- 
tion For Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). 
Returning students should submit the 
Renewal FAFSA. 

4. PA residents can apply for state grant 
assistance using the FAFSA as well. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state to see if 
additional forms must be filed. 

Basic eligibility requirements for all federa 
programs are listed on the FAFSA application 
Students are responsible for understanding the i 
basic eligibility requirements. 

Enrollment Status for Financial 
Aid Eligibility 

Financial aid eligibility is substantially 
reduced for students who are charged less thari 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FINANCIAL MATTERS 

• 



full-time tuition. Credit is earned for some 
courses which are offered at no charge, includ- 
ing choir, band, theatre practica and all scholar 
seminars. Therefore, these credits would not 
be counted in the full-time tuition calculation. 
For financial aid purposes, a full-time student 
is enrolled in 12-16 billable semester hours. 

Financial Aid Satisfactory 
Progress Policy 

To remain eligible for federal, state, and 
institutional financial aid, all students must 
maintain financial aid satisfactory progress as 
defined below. The financial aid satisfactory 
progress policy is separate and distinct from 
the College's academic progress policy. 

Students retain eligibility for financial aid 
for ten (10) semesters of full-time study. 
However, it is the College's practice to limit 
institutional grants/scholarships to eight (8) 
semesters of full-time study. Should students 
attend beyond eight semesters of full-time 
study, they may still be eligible for federal 
and/or state aid for the 9th or 10th semester. 

In some instances a student may appeal 
academic suspension and be permitted to 
continue enrollment even though the student 
has fallen behind in credit hours or cumulative 
GPA (see Academic Levels and Academic 
Standing sections on page 27). A student who 
is granted an academic appeal may continue to 
receive financial assistance only if the student 
meets the minimum qualitative (GPA) and 
quantitative (credits completed) requirements 
listed below. 
End of Sem. Min. Cum. GPA Min. Cr. Comp. 



1 


1.50 


10 


2 


1.60 


20 


3 


1.70 


34 


4 


2.00 


48 


5 


2.00 


61 


6 


2.00 


74 


7 


2.00 


88 


8 


2.00 


102 


9 


2.00 


115 


10 


2.00 


128 



Students who fail to successfully complete 
the minimum number of credits and/or who fail 
to meet the minimum cumulative GPA require- 
ment will be placed on financial aid probation. 
This allows one additional semester of course 
work to bring the academic record up to min- 
imum standards. Failure to meet the stated min- 
imum after the probation period will result in a 
suspension of all (federal, state, and institu- 
tional) financial aid until the standards are met. 

Financial aid satisfactory progress is measured 
annually and cumulatively by the Office of 
Financial Aid. Official notification of probation 
or suspension is made by the Office of Financial 
Aid. Students wishing to appeal his or her 
suspension of aid, and who have legitimate 
reason for doing so (e.g. illness), must put their 
request in writing to the Director of Financial 
Aid at least four weeks prior to the start of the 
semester for which the exception is sought. 
Students placed on Financial Aid Probation for 
a period of two (2) consecutive semesters, and 
who have therefore been granted an appeal after 
the first probation semester, are prohibited from 
future appeals. If the student fails to attain the 
minimum standards after the second semester of 
probation, eligibility for financial assistance will 
be cancelled automatically. 

Acceptance of an appeal is only valid for 
determining eligibility for financial assistance 
and has absolutely no bearing on any determina- 
tion made by the Registrar and/or the Commit- 
tee on Academic Standards. 

College Scholarships & Grants 

NOTE: Lycoming Scholarships and Grants are 
awarded to eligible students who are full-time 
and degree-seeking. Students already possessing 
a bachelor's degree are ineligible for scholarships, 
grants and institutional loans. 

Lycoming Grants may be awarded to students 
to help meet their documented financial need. 
Renewal requires continued financial need as 
determined by Federal Methodology and/ or 
the financial aid director. Students should 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FINANCIAL matter; 



expect the Grant award to remain constant for 
each semester they are enrolled. 
Ministerial Grants are awarded to dependent 
children of United Methodist ministers and 
ordained ministers of other denominations. 
This grant amounts to 33% of tuition for 
children of United Methodist ministers in the 
Central Pennsylvania Conference and 25% of 
tuition for all others. Students meeting the 
criteria for this grant and any other Lycoming 
Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholarship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Pre-Ministerial Student Grants of up to 25% 

tuition are awarded to students preparing for 
the Christian ministry. Students must complete 
a pre-ministerial grant application available 
through the financial aid office. Students 
meeting the criteria for this grant and any other 
Lycoming Scholarship(s) will be awarded the 
scholar-ship(s)/grant that provides the highest 
dollar amount; both will not be awarded. 

Federal Grants 

Pell Grants are made available by the federal 
government. Eligibility is based upon a 
federal formula. 

Supplemental Educational Opportunity 
Grants may be awarded to students with excep- 
tional financial need. Priority must be given 
to Pell Grant recipients. Funds are provided by 
the federal government. Funds are limited. 

State Grants 

Pennsylvania Higher Education Assistance 
Agency (PHEAA) Grants are available for 
PA residents meeting domicile and financial 
requirements of the program. Eligibility is 
determined by PHEAA. These grants are 
available for a maximum of 8 semesters. Non- 
PA residents should contact the State Grant 
Agency in their home state for availability of 
funds to students attending out-of-state colleges. 



Loan Programs 

Federal Subsidized Stafford/Keystone Loan 

allows eligible Freshmen to borrow a maximum 
of $2,625 annually. Eligible Sophomores may 
borrow up to a maximum of $3,500 annually. 
Eligible juniors and seniors may borrow up to a 
maximum of $5,500 annually. The federal 
government pays the interest while the student 
is enrolled on at least a half-time basis. The 
student begins to repay the loan (interest and 
principal) 6 months after leaving school. The 
interest rate for new borrowers is variable based 
on the 91 -DAY T-BILL plus 3.1%, capped at 
8.25%. The rate is adjusted every July 1. 
Loan amounts are pro-rated for less than full- 
time students. Eligibility is based on financial j 
need. 

Federal Unsubsidized Stafford/Keystone 
Loan provides an opportunity for students to 
borrow under the Stafford Program who do not 
qualify for the maximum amount of subsidized I 
Stafford loan. Maximum grade level amount 
minus subsidized eligibility equals unsub- 
sidized eligibility. Interest must be paid by the 
borrower on a quarterly basis while enrolled 
(check with your lender to see if interest 
payments may be deferred). Other aspects of 
the loan are similar to those under the Subsi- 
dized program. Independent students may be 
eligible for higher loan limits; contact the 
Financial Aid Office for more information. 
Federal Perkins Loan (formerly the National 
Direct Student Loan) may be offered to 
students with exceptional need. Borrowers 
must repay the loan, plus 5% per annum 
simple interest on the unpaid balance, over a 
period beginning nine months after the date on 
which the borrower ceases to be enrolled at 
least half-time. Funds are limited. 

PLUS Loan is a loan parents may take out on 
behalf of their dependent student. The amount 
a parent may borrow for one year is equal to the 
cost of education for one year minus any 
financial aid the sUident is eligible for in that 
year. The interest rate is variable but is capped at 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



TNANCIAL MATTERS 



)%. The interest rate is determined every July 1 
md is equal to the bond equivalent rate of 52- 
veek T-Bill plus 3.1%. An application is 
ivailable at your bank or other lending institu- 
ion. 

Employment Opportunities 

<'ederal College Work-Study Program 
V wards provide work opportunities on campus 
or qualified students. Students receive pay- 
;hecks for work performed in the previous pay 
)eriod. Based on documented need and awarded 
)y the Financial Aid Office. Funding is limited, 
rhe student assumes full responsibility in 
ocating a job. Retuming students who wish to 
vork the following year must have their name 
ubmitted to the Financial Aid Office by their 
upervisor before the end of the Spring semester. 

Students also have the opportunity to seek 
vork-study employment off-campus in the 
Community Service program. Interested 
tudents can get additional information in the 
nnancial Aid Office. 

-,ycoming Campus Employment Program 

s similar to Federal Work-Study except that 
tudents are paid with institutional funds only 
ind is not based on financial need. A limited 
lumber of jobs are available. Funding is limited. 

)ther Job Opportunities are frequently 
ivailable with local business firms or persons. 
Contact the Career Development Office of the 
loliege for information on these opportunities. 

3ther Aid Sources 

/eterans and Dependents Benefits are 

ivailable for qualified veterans and children of 
leceased or disabled veterans. Contact the 
/eteran's Officer in the Registrar's Office. 

Reserved OfUcers Training Corps (ROTC) 

Stipends and Scholarships are available for 
[ualified students. Contact the Financial Aid 
Dffice for more information. 

Puition Exchange Grants may be available, 
^ycoming College is a member of both the 
Puition Exchange Program and the CICU 



Tuition Exchange Program. These programs are 
for dependent students of employees at partici- 
pating institutions of higher education. Students 
should contact the Tuition Exchange officer at 
their sponsor institution for information regard- 
ing sponsorship. Students are expected to apply 
for all federal and state grants. If the student 
receives a federal or state grant, those amounts 
may be applied toward room and board charges 
if the student resides in the dorms. If the 
student commutes, the grant amount is equal to 
tuition less federal and state grants. 

United Methodist Scholarships may be 

available to full-time degree-seeking appli- 
cants who have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 or 
better, are active in Christian activities, and who 
are active, full members of a United Methodist 
church. Demonstrated financial need is also 
required. Normally, seven $500 scholarships 
are awarded each year. Annual application is 
required. Recipients are selected by the 
Director of Financial Aid and will be awarded 
to the neediest students. The funds are 
provided by the United Methodist Church. 
Applications are available in the Financial Aid 
Office. Renewal requires a cumulative GPA 
of at least 3.00. 

United Methodist Student Loans are 

available on a very limited basis to students 
who are members of the United Methodist 
Church. The maximum amount which may be 
borrowed for an academic year is $2,500 
subject to the availability of the funds. 
Contact The Board of Higher Education and 
Ministry, P.O. Box 871, Nashville, TN 37202 
for more information. 

Non-college Aid Opportunities are often 
available through family employers or labor 
unions, business firms, fraternal and religious 
organizations, and secondary schools. Your 
parents should contact their employer or 
organizations of which they are members for 
information on financial aid resources. 



002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 




Student Affairs 



The Division of Student Affairs coordi- 
nates a variety of programs, services, and 
activities designed to enhance students' 
personal, social, and educational growth and 
development. This is accomplished through a 
composite of programs, offices, and staff 
including: 

• Career Development Center 

• Campus Ministry 

• Commuter Student Affairs 

• Counseling and Wellness Services 

• Greek Life 

• Health Services 

• International Student Advising 

• Intramural Sports, Recreation, 
and Leisure Time Activity 

• Judicial Affairs 

• Residence Life 

• Safety and Security 

• Student Activities and Leadership 
Development 

The Student Affairs staff view students as 
partners in the educational process and, 
therefore, expect that students will share 
responsibility for managing our educational 
community. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center provides 
services which are designed to help students 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



identify their abilities and interests, set 
realistic goals, and plan academic programs to 
meet these goals. Counseling for Lycoming 
students begins in the freshman year. 

Individual and group counseling focus on 
teaching students how they can learn about 
different career fields and present themselves 
to potential employers in a positive and 
effective manner. Helping students make 
appropriate and meaningful connections 
between college and career is a goal of the 
Career Development Center. 

Counseling & Wellness Services 

Counseling Services assist students to ensur^ 
that their college experience is prosperous and 
rewarding. Professional, confidential services 
are provided at no direct charge to Lycoming 
students. Counseling Services are designed to 
facilitate one's self-understanding as well as t( 
provide support for students' adjustment and 
transition to college life. Counseling Services 
also provide advocacy to individual students 
and student organizations, and they conduct 
outreach programs for the entire college 
community. 

Health Services 

Lycoming College Health Services focuseSj 
on the holistic care of the individual, health 
maintenance, and wellness through health 
education and prevention of illness. Educa- 
tional materials and instructional programs are 
available through the Student Health Services.! 

Routine medical care is provided without 
charge on a daily basis Monday-Friday 
8:00 a.m. -4:30 p.m. during the fall and spring 
semesters. The office is staffed by a full-time 
registered nurse with a physician available on a 
daily basis. 

Health Services' policies reflect the 
recommendations of the American College 
Health Association (ACHA), the Pennsylvania 
Department of Health, and the Centers for 
Disease Control (CDC). 



^m 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 

• 



Community Service 

Community Service is an learning opportu- 
lity for students accomplished in conjunction 
A'ith various agencies in the Williamsport area 
)r college departments. This activity allows 
students to expand their knowledge about 
liverse individuals and communities. The 
Dutcome of such service promotes students' 
personal and social development as well as 
living them an enhanced perspective of civic 
•esponsibility and social justice. 

The Community Service Center, located in 
\sbury Hall, coordinates many service opportu- 
lities available to students, faculty, and staff in 
he greater Williamsport area. A number of 
the community service projects include Big 
Brothers/Big Sisters, Habitat for Humanity, the 
Literacy Project, a school tutoring program, 
Kiwanis Kids Kamp, Adopt-A-Highway, 
Bloodmobile, Shephard of the Streets, and 
he CROP Walk for World Hunger. 

Residence Life 

As a residential college, Lycoming offers 
students the opportunity to integrate academic 
md residential experiences. The Residence 
Life Office is committed to providing a living/ 
learning environment to help each resident 
^row as a person and as a student. Lycoming 
Z!ollege requires all full-time students to live 
in college housing and participate in the 
:ollege board plan each semester of the 
academic year that they are enrolled. Married 
students, students residing with their parents 
\vithin a 40 mile radius, students living with 
[heir dependents, and students 23 years or 
Dlder may request to be exempted from this 
policy. Such requests should be submitted in 
writing to the Dean of Student Affairs at least 
ihree weeks prior to the beginning of the 
semester that students are requesting permis- 
sion to live off campus. 

Residence halls put students at the heart of 
College activity — offering greater opportunities 
for participation. Through programs, leadership 
apportunities, and peer interactions, residents 



gain a sense of belonging to the campus 
community, acquire new knowledge and skills, 
have easy access to College services, make 
informed choices, and assume responsibility 
for themselves and their community. 

The residence halls are staffed with upperclass 
students who serve as Resident Advisors (RAs) 
selected on the basis of leadership skills. RAs 
provide information, refer students to campus 
and local resources, help enforce College and 
community standards, use helping skills for 
students in need, and facilitate educational and 
social programs. Most importandy, RAs assist 
residents in the development and maintenance 
of strong, positive residence hall communities. 
The Residence Communities Association also 
encourages student participation and involve- 
ment in such areas as policy formulation, 
facility improvement, and general resident 
concerns. With the guidance and support of 
Residence Life staff, each resident is expected 
to become involved in promoting a positive 
learning environment in his or her community. 

Several different living options are avail- 
able for students in our eight residence halls. 
Asbury and Skeath Halls house all freshmen 
students in a co-educational environment 
encouraging students to develop class identity 
and unity. The six upperclass halls offer 
opportunities for co-educational housing, an 
all female hall, fraternity and sorority chapter 
housing, intensive study areas, a substance free 
area, and smoking environments. College 
Apartments are available to sophomores, 
juniors and seniors who meet specific grade 
requirements and who are in good disciplinary 
standing with the College. Additional 
information is sent to students following their 
acceptance by the College. 

Athletics 

Athletics is an important part of the 
Lycoming experience. As a member of the 
NCAA, Lycoming sponsors nineteen 
intercollegiate sports for both men and women 
student-athletes. 



'002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



STUDENT AFFAIRS 



Men can choose from football, soccer, cross 
country, wrestling, golf, basketball, lacrosse, 
swimming, tennis, and track and field. Women 
can compete in soccer, cross country, lacrosse, 
volleyball, basketball, swimming, softball, 
tennis, and track and field. 

Lycoming is a member of the Middle 
Atlantic Conference, which is a Division III 
athletic conference. As a Division III school, 
Lycoming does not offer athletic scholarships. 

In addition, the College offers a very active 
intramural and recreation program that is open 
to all students. This program includes, among 
others, basketball, softball, water polo, beach 
volleyball, flag football, and soccer. 

Student Programs 

The Office of Student Programs offers 
assistance and resources for all campus 
activities and student organizations. Through 
the efforts of the student administered Campus 
Activities Board (CAB), extra-curricular 
programming is offered to the entire college 
community. CAB programming is designed 
to enhance the overall educational experience 
of students through the exposure to social, 
cultural, and recreational programs. Members 
of the staff in Student Activities also direct 
leadership training programs for the student 
government, the Interfratemity and 
Panhellenic Councils, the International 
Student Organization, the Arrow Yearbook, 
and all registered student organizations. 

Religious Life 

The United Campus Ministry, staffed by a 
Protestant minister and a Roman Catholic lay 
minister, provides a wide range of activities in 
support of the spiritual development and 
religious life of students. Ecumenical and 
inclusive in nature. Campus Ministry at 
Lycoming provides worship services, service 
projects, social occasions, retreats, study 
opportunities, and personal counseling. 
The campus ministers are an integral part of 
campus life and are available to students who 
may need support, counsel, or direction. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Safety and Security 

The Department of Safety & Security 
strives to maintain an environment that is free 
of unnecessary hazards and disruptions. This 
responsibility includes the enforcement of 
Lycoming College rules, regulations, and 
policies. Security personnel are scheduled on 
an around-the-clock basis. An emergency 
telephone line is always monitored. Twenty- 
four hour a day telephone extensions are used 
to handle general security concerns. 

The department solicits the cooperation of 
the entire college community in reporting 
unsafe conditions and suspicious activity on 
the Lycoming College campus. 

Other services provided by the department 
are: First aid and ambulatory medical tran- 
sportation, emergency maintenance referral, 
an escort service, guest and parking registra- 
tion, and the dissemination of telephone 
numbers and general information to the public 
when the College switchboard is closed. 

Standards of Conduct 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
creation and maintenance of a living-learning 
environment which fosters the intellectual, 
personal, social and ethical development of its 
students. Respect for the rights of others and 
self-discipline are essential to the fulfillment 
of these goals. Students are expected to 
adhere to the policies contained in the Student 
Handbook and other College publications. 
These policies, rules and regulations are part 
of the contractual agreement students enter 
into when they register at Lycoming College. 

Students who demonstrate an unwilling- 
ness to abide by these policies will be subject 
to disciplinary action which may include 
suspension or expulsion from the College. 
Students are encouraged to review the Student^ 
Handbook and Housing License in order to 
familiarize themselves with the policies 
governing student conduct. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 




Academic Policies 
And Regulations 



Students are expected to familiarize 
themselves with the academic policies 
contained in this Catalog. Failure to do so 
does not excuse students from the require- 
ments and regulations described herein. 

THE UNIT 
COURSE SYSTEM 

Instruction at Lycoming College is orga- 
nized, with few exceptions, on a departmental 
basis. Most courses are unit courses, meaning 
that each course taken is considered to be 
equivalent to four semester hours of credit. 
Exceptions occur in applied music and theatre 
practicum courses, which are offered for either 
one-half or one semester hour of credit, and in 
departments that have elected to offer certain 
courses for the equivalent of one, two or three 
semester hours of credit. Furthermore, 



independent studies and internships carrying 
two semester hours of credit may be designed. 

The normal student course load is four unit 
courses (16 semester hours) during the fall and 
spring semesters. Students who elect to attend 
the special sessions may enroll in one unit 
course (four semester hours) during the May 
term and one or two unit courses (four - eight 
semester hours) in each of the summer terms. 
A student is considered full time when enrolled 
for a minimum of three unit courses, or the 
equivalent, during the fall or spring semesters, 
one unit course, or the equivalent, for the May 
term, and two unit courses for each of the 
summer terms. 

Students may enroll in five unit courses 
(20 semester hours) during the fall and spring 
semesters if they are Lycoming scholars or were 
admitted to the Dean's List at the end of the 
previous semester. Exceptions may be granted 
by the Dean of the College. Overloads are not 
permitted during the May and summer terms. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



ALTERNATIVE 
CREDIT SOURCES 
Transfer Credit 

Matriculated students who wish to study at 
other campuses must obtain prior written 
approval to do so from their advisor, the chair 
of the department in which the credit will be 
awarded, and the Lycoming College Registrar. 
Course work counting toward a major or minor 
must also be approved in advance by the chair- 
person of the department in which the major or 
minor is offered. Once a course is approved, 
the credit and grades for the course will be 
transferred to Lycoming and calculated in the 
student's grade point average as if the courses 
were taken here. This means that "D" and "F" 
grades will be transferred as well as all other 
grades. Unapproved courses will not transfer. 
Final determination of transfer credit will be 
made by the Registrar based on official tran- 
scripts only. 

Students are expected to complete their last 
eight unit courses (32 semester hours), and 16 
semester hours in their major at Lycoming. 
Requests for waivers of this regulation must be 
sent to the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Credit By Examination 

Students may earn credit or advanced 
placement through the standardized examina- 
tions listed below. A maximum of 50 percent 
of the course requirements for the Baccalaure- 
ate degree may be earned through these exam- 
inations. The appropriate academic department 
will determine which tests they will accept 
and the course equivalencies. A list of 
approved examinations is available in the 
Office of the Registrar. Although these exam- 
inations may be taken after matriculation, new 
students who are competent in a given area are 
encouraged to take the examination of their 
choice before entering Lycoming so that the 
college will have the test scores available for 
registration advising for the first semester of 
enrollment. Students applying to the college 
for the first time should inform the Admis- 



sions Office that they have completed these 

tests and provide the official scores as part of 

their application packet. Continuing students 

must send official test scores to the Office of 

the Registrar and inform their academic 

advisors when examinations have been taken. 

i 
The College Entrance Examination Board 

Advanced Placement (CEEB AP) - Depend- 
ing upon the exam, a score of three or four is 
required for credit. 

The International Baccalaureate - Students 
who have completed the full diploma and 
have scores of five or above on the higher 
level examinations will be granted 32 credit 
hours; specific courses will be based on the 
examinations taken. Students who complete 
the full diploma but earn less than a score of 
five on all of the higher level examinations 
will be granted eight credits for each higher 
level examination completed with a grade of 
five or higher and four credits for a satisfac- 
tory or higher completion of the Theory of 
Knowledge requirement. Students who have 
completed the certificate will be granted credit 
based on the examinations taken. Subsidiary 
examinations will not be considered. 

The American College Testing Proficiency 
Examination Program (ACT PEP) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

College Level Examination Program 

(CLEP) - A score equivalent to a grade of 
"B" or above is required. 

Defense Activity for Non-Traditional 
Education Support (DANTES) - A score 
equivalent to a grade of "B" or above is required. 

STUDENT RECORDS 

The policy regarding student educational 
records is designed to protect the privacy of 
students against unwarranted intrusions and is 
consistent with Section 43B of the General 
Education Provision Act (commonly known as 
the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act 
of 1974, as amended). The details of the College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



)olicy on student records and the procedures 
or gaining access to student records are 
;ontained in the current issue of the Student 
'handbook, which is available in the library and 
he Office of the Dean of Student Affairs. 

REGISTRATION 

During the registration period, students select 
heir courses for the next semester and register 
heir course selections in the Office of the 
Registrar. Course selection is made in consult- 
ition with the student's faculty advisor in order 
o insure that the course schedule is consistent 
Uith College requirements and student goals, 
kfter the registration period, any change in the 
[itudent's course schedule must be approved by 
30th the faculty advisor and Office of the 
Registrar. Students may not receive credit for 
:ourses in which they are not formally registered. 

During the first five days of classes, students 
Tiay drop any course without any record of 
juch enrollment appearing on their permanent 
record, and they may add any course that is 
not closed. The permanent record will reflect 
the student's registration as of the conclusion 
3f the drop/add period. Students wishing to 
withdraw from a course between the fifth day 
and the 9th week of classes must secure a 
withdrawal form from the Office of the 
Registrar. Withdrawal grades are not 
computed in the grade point average. Students 
may not withdraw from courses after the 9th 
week of a semester and the comparable period 
during the May and summer terms. Students 
who stop attending a course (or courses) but 
do not withdraw will receive a grade(s) of "F." 

In zero semester hour and two semester hour 
(1/2 unit) courses meeting only during the last 
half of any semester, students may drop/add for 
a period of five days, effective with the mid- 
term date shown on the academic calendar. 
Withdrawal from zero-credit and half-semester 
courses with a withdrawal grade may occur 
within 4 1/2 weeks of the beginning of the 



course. It is understood that the period of time 
at the beginning of the semester will be 
identical, for example, a period of five days as 
indicated above. 

Cross Registration 

A special opportunity exists in the 
Williamsport area for students to take courses 
at the Pennsylvania College of Technology. 
Students may enroll for less than a full-time 
course load at Penn College while remaining 
enrolled in courses at Lycoming. 

Students must be enrolled full-fime in a 
degree program and have earned no more than 
93 semester hours. Cross registration is 
available for the Fall and Spring Semesters, 
and Summer I and II. It is not available for 
May Term. 

NON-DEGREE STUDENTS 

Smdents who do not wish to pursue a degree at 
Lycoming College may, if space permits, register 
for credit or audit courses on either a part-time 
or full-time basis. Students who register for 
less than 12 semester hours are considered to be 
enrolled part-time; students who register for 12 or 
more semester hours are considered to be 
enrolled full-time. 

Anyone wishing to register as a non-degree 
student must fill out an application form in the 
Admissions Office, pay a one-time application 
fee and pay the tuition rate in effect at the time 
of each enrollment. After a non-degree student 
has attempted four unit courses (16 semester 
hours), the student must either matriculate or 
obtain permission from the Dean of the College 
to continue study on a non-degree basis. 

All non-degree students are subject to the 
general laws and regulations of the College as 
stated in the College Catalog and the Student 
Handbook. The College reserves the right to 
deny permission to register individuals who 
do not meet the standards of the College. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Students who wish to change from a non- 
degree to a degree status must apply for 
admission as a degree candidate and satisfy all 
conditions for admission and registration in 
effect at that time. 

AUDITORS 

Any person may audit courses at Lycoming 
at one-fourth tuition per course. Members of 
the Lycoming College Scholar Program may 
audit a fifth unit course per semester at no 
additional charge. Laboratory and other special 
fees must be paid in full. Examinations, papers, 
and other evaluation devices are not required 
of auditors, but individual arrangements may be 
made to complete such exercises with consent 
of the instructor. The option to audit a course 
must be declared by the end of the drop/add 
period. Forms are available in the Registrar's 
Office. 

ATTENDANCE 

The academic program at Lycoming is 
based upon the assumption that there is value 
in class attendance for all students. Individual 
instructors have the prerogative of establishing 
reasonable absence regulations in any course. 
The student is responsible for learning and 
observing these regulations. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM 
THE COLLEGE 

A student who wishes to withdraw from 
the College during the semester should contact 
the Assistant Dean for Freshmen or the 
Assistant Dean for Sophomores. College 
personnel will explain the procedure to ensure 
that the student's financial and academic 
records are properly closed. 

A student who decides to discontinue study 
at the College as of the conclusion of the 
current semester must provide the Registrar 
with written notification of such plans in order 
to receive a refund of the contingency deposit. 
See page 14 for details. 



GRADING SYSTEM 

The evaluation of student performance in 
courses is indicated by the use of traditional 
letter symbols. These symbols and their 
definitions are as follows: 

A EXCELLENT - Signifies superior achieve 
ment through mastery of content or skills and 
demonstration of creative and independent 
thinking. 

B GOOD - Signifies better-than-average 
achievement wherein the student reveals 
insight and understanding. 

C SATISFACTORY - Signifies satisfactory 
achievement wherein the student's work has 
been of average quality and quantity. The 
student has demonstrated basic competence ir 
the subject area and may enroll in additional 
course work. 

D PASSING - Signifies unsatisfactory 
achievement wherein the student met only the 
minimum requirements for passing the course 
and should not continue in the subject area 
without departmental advice. 

F FAILING — Signifies that the student has 
not met the minimum requirements for 
passing the course. 

I INCOMPLETE WORK — Assigned in 
accordance with the restrictions of established 
academic policy. 

R A REPEATED COURSE — Students shall 
have the option of repeating courses for which 
they already have received a passing grade in 
addition to those which they have failed. Credit 
is received only once for the course. The most 
recent course grade will count toward the GPAi 

P PASSING WORK, NO GRADE 
ASSIGNED — Converted from traditional 
grade of A through D-. 

X AUDIT — Work as an auditor for which 
no credit is earned. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^« 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



W WITHDRAWAL — Signifies withdrawal 
from the course from the sixth day through 
the ninth week of the semester. 

Pluses and minuses may be awarded (except 
for A+, F+, or F- ) at the discretion of the 
instmctor. The cumulative grade point average 
(GPA) is calculated by multiplying quality 
points by credits 
and dividing the 
total quality 
points by the 
total credits. A 
quality point is 
the unit of 
measurement of 
the quality of 
work done by 
the student. The 
cumulative GPA 
is not deter- 
mined by 
averaging 
semester GPA's. 

The grade 

point average for the major is calculated in 
the same way as the cumulative grade point 
average. A minimum of 2.00 is required for 
the cumulative grade point average in the 
major to meet the requirements for gradua- 
tion. 

Pass/Fail 

! Use of the pass/fail grading option is 
limited as follows (this does not apply to 
ENGL 105): 

• Students may enroll on a P/F basis in no 
more that one unit course per semester 
and in no more than four unit courses 
during their undergraduate careers. 

• P/F courses completed after declaration of 
a major may not be used to satisfy a 
requirement of that major, including courses 
required by the major department which 
are offered by other departments. 
(Instructor-designated courses are excepted 
from this limitation.) 





Quality Points 




Earned for Each 


Grade 


Semester Hour 


A 


4.00 


A- 


3.67 


B+ 


3.33 


B 


3.00 


B- 


2.67 


C+ 


2.33 


C 


2.00 


C- 


1.67 


D+ 


1.33 


D 


1.00 


D- 


0.67 


F 


0.00 



• Courses for which a grade of P is recorded 
may not be used toward fulfillment of any 
distribution or "W" course requirement. 

• Students may not enroll in ENGL 106 on a 
P/F basis. 

• A course selected on a P/F basis from which 
a student subsequently withdraws will not 
count toward the four-course limit. 

• Instructor-designated courses may be 
offered during the May term with the 
approval of the Dean of the College. Such 
courses are not counted toward the four- 
course limit. 

• P grades are not computed in the grade 
point average. 

• Students electing the P/F option may designate a 
minimum acceptance letter grade from A to 
B-. If the student earns the designated grade 
or better, the grade will be recorded in the 
permanent record and computed in the 
grade point average. If a student selects P/F 
(with no designated minimum acceptance 
grade) and earns a grade of A to D-, a P will 
be recorded in the permanent record but not 
computed in the grade point average. In all 
cases, if a student earns a grade of F, this 
grade will be recorded in the permanent 
record and computed in the student's grade 
point average. 

• Students must declare the P/F option before 
the drop/add deadline. 

• Instructors are not notified which of their 
students are enrolled on an P/F basis. 

• Students electing the P/F option are 
expected to perform the same work as those 
enrolled on a regular basis. 

Incomplete Grades 

Incomplete grades may be given if, for 
absolutely unavoidable reasons (usually 
medical in nature), the student has not been 
able to complete the work required in the 
course. An incomplete grade must be 
removed within six weeks of the next regular 
semester, otherwise the incomplete is converted 
to an "F." 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Repetition of Course 

Students shall have the option of repeating 
courses for which they already have received 
a passing grade in addition to those which 
they have failed. Recording of grades for all 
repeated courses shall be governed by the 
following conditions: 

• A course may be repeated only one time. 
Both attempts will be recorded on the 
student's transcript. 

• Credit for the course will be given only once. 

• The most recent grade will count toward the 
GPA with this exception: A "W" grade 
cannot replace another grade. 

Final Course Grade 
Appeal Process 

Assigning final course grades is a responsi- 
bility that falls within the professional judgment 
and expertise of each faculty member. Grades 
assess as accurately as possible a student's 
performance according to clear criteria provided 
in the course such as academic performance, 
class attendance, and punctuality in submitting 
assignments. Student appeals of the final course 
grade must follow the three-step procedure 
outlined below. 

(1) Within two weeks of the beginning of the 
semester following the conclusion of the 
course, the student should request an 
informal conference with the instructor to 
discuss the grade and attempt to resolve 
the concern. 

(2) If the outcome of the informal conference 
is not satisfactory to the student, or the 
instructor is not available, the student may 
submit a written request to meet with the 
department chairperson (or another faculty 
member in the department in instances 
involving the chairperson) within two 
weeks of meeting with the instructor. The 
student's request must include a written 
statement outlining the basis for the 
appeal. It is the function of the chairperson 
to determine the relevant facts and to 
attempt to resolve the disagreement. The 
decision regarding the course grade in 



question will be made by the instructor in 
consultation with the chairperson (or his/ 
her stand-in). The student will receive 
from the department chairperson written 
nodficadon of the decision within one 
week of the meeting with the chairperson. 
(3) If resolution has not been achieved at step 
two, the student or the instructor may 
make a written appeal to the Dean of the 
College within two weeks of the depart- 
ment chairperson's written nodfication. In 
order to resolve the disagreement, the 
Dean will confer with the student and the 
instructor in private sessions, and may call 
addidonal witnesses. If the Dean is unable i 
to accomplish a resoludon, s/he will 
forward the case to the Committee on 
Academic Standards, which will make a 
final decision on the matter. The Dean will 
communicate in writing to the student and 
the instructor the final decision within 
three weeks of receiving the appeal. This is 
the final step in the appeal process. 

ACADEMIC LEVELS 

The following table is used to determine 
the academic grade level of degree candidates. 
See page 17 for related Financial Aid informa- 
tion. 



Year Semester 



Freshman 



Sophomore 



Junior 



Senior 



Number of Semester 
Hours Earned 

Fewer than 12 
At least 12 but fewer than 24 
At least 24 but fewer than 40 
At least 40 but fewer than 56 
At least 56 but fewer than 76 
At least 76 but fewer than 96 
At least 96 but fewer than 1 12 
More than 112 



ACADEMIC STANDING 

Good Academic Standing 

Students will be considered in good academic 
standing if they meet the following standard: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ACADEMIC POLICIES AND REGULATIONS 



Minimum 
semester Hours Completed Cumulative GPA 

fewer than or equal to 16 1 .70 

nore than 16, fewer than or equal to 32 1 .80 
nore than 32, fewer than or equal to 48 1 .90 
fnore than 48 2.00 

Probation 

Students who do not meet the standards for 
good academic standing at the end of one 
semester will be placed on academic probation. 
Students on academic probation are required to 
3ass ARC 100, Success Skills Workshop, 
f they have not already done so and are 
encouraged to attend programs developed by 
[.he Freshman and Sophomore deans. 

Suspension 

Students will be subject to suspension from the 
[College when: 

• their cumulative grade point average is 
below good standing for any two 
semesters, or 

• they earn a grade point average of 1 .00 or 
under in any one semester. 

rhe period of suspension will be for a mini- 
Tium of one full semester, not including May 
:erm or the summer sessions. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

1 • Students readmitted after suspension will 
be on academic probation. 

• Students readmitted after suspension who 
fail to meet the required standards may be 
dismissed. 

' Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval and with grades 
below a "C" will not be accepted for transfer. 

Dismissal 

Students will be subject to dismissal from the 
College when: 

• they exceed 24 semester hours of unsuc- 
cessful course attempts (grades of F and 



W) except in the case of withdrawal for 
documented medical or psychological 
reasons, or 

• they cannot reasonably complete all 
requirements for a degree. 

The standard length of dismissal will be for a 
period of two years. 

• After this time students may apply for 
readmission to the College. The decision 
for readmission will be made by the 
Committee on Academic Standards. 
Readmission is not guaranteed. 

• Students readmitted after dismissal will be 
on academic probation. 

• Students may request permission to take 
courses at another institution. Courses not 
receiving prior approval and with grades 
below a "C" will not be accepted for transfer. 

Probation, suspension, and dismissal become 
effective at the end of the semester in which the 
student fails to meet the academic standards 
listed above. The student will be notified of 
such action via U.S. mail. Receipt of such 
notice is not a prerequisite to the student's 
being placed on probation, suspension, or 
dismissal. 

ACADEMIC HONESTY 

The integrity of the academic process of 
the College requires honesty in all phases of 
the instructional program. The College 
assumes that students are committed to the 
principle of academic honesty. Students who 
fail to honor this commitment are subject to 
dismissal. Procedural guidelines and rules for the 
adjudication of cases of academic dishonesty are 
printed in The Faculty Handbook and The 
Pathfinder (the student academic handbook), 
copies of which are available in the library. 

ACADEMIC HONORS 
Dean's List 

Students are admitted to the Dean's List at 
the end of the fall and spring semesters if they 
meet all of the following conditions: 



'.002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACADEMIC POLICffiS AND REGULATIONS • THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• complete at least 1 2 semester hours for the 
semester 

• earn a minimum grade point average of 3.50 
for the semester 

• do not incur grades of F 

• do not incur grades of P (except in those 
courses graded only as P/F) 

• do not repeat any courses (except those 
which may be repeated for credit) 

Graduation Honors 

Students are awarded the Bachelor of Arts 
degree, the Bachelor of Science degree, or the 
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree with 
honors when they have earned the following 
grade point averages based on all courses 
attempted at Lycoming, with a minimum of 64 
semester hours (16 units) required for a student 
to be eligible for honors: 

summa cum laude exactly 3.90-4.00 

magna cum laude exactly 3.67-3.89 

cum laude exactly 3.33-3.66 

Academic Honor Awards, Prizes, and 
Societies - Superior academic achievement is 
recognized through the conferring of awards 
and prizes at the annual Honors Convocation 
and Commencement and through election to 
membership in honor societies. 

SOCIETIES 

Biology Beta Beta Beta 

Business Delta Mu Delta 

Chemistry Gamma Sigma Epsilon 

Communication Alpha Epsilon Rho 

Criminal Justice Alpha Phi Sigma 

Economics Omicron Delta Epsilon 

Education Kappa Delta Pi 

English Sigma Tau Delta 

Foreign Language Phi Sigma Iota 

General Academic Phi Kappa Phi 

History Phi Alpha Theta 

Nursing Sigma Theta Tau 

Philosophy Phi Sigma Tau 

Physics Sigma Pi Sigma 

Political Science Pi Sigma Alpha 

Psychology Psi Chi 

Social Science Pi Gamma Mu 

Theatre Alpha Psi Omega 



The Academic 
Program 



Lycoming College awards three different 
degrees: Bachelor of Arts (B.A.), Bachelor ot 
Science (B.S.) and Bachelor of Science in 
Nursing (B.S.N.). The degree in Nursing will 
be discontinued after 2003. For students 
wishing to do so, multiple degrees are possible. 
Candidates for multiple degrees must satisfy 
all requirements for each degree and earn a 
minimum of 40 units (160 semester hours). 
Students who have completed fewer than 40 , 
units but more than 32 units (128 semester 
hours), and who have completed all other 
requirements for two baccalaureate degrees 
from Lycoming College will receive only one 
baccalaureate degree. They must choose the 
degree to be conferred. Completed majors 
will be posted to the transcript. 

Freshmen entering the College during the 
2002-2003 academic year are subject to the 
requirements which appear on the following 
pages. Continuing students are subject to the 
Catalog in effect at the time of their entry 
unless they elect to complete the current 
curriculum. Students who transfer to the 
College with advanced standing will be 
subject to the requirements imposed upon 
other students at the College who have 
attained the same academic level. 

Students already possessing a baccalaure- 
ate degree who are returning for a second 
degree will be reviewed on an individiual 
basis by the Registrar and major department. 
Post-baccalaureate students will be subject to 
the current catalog, must complete all major 
requirements and related prerequisites, and 
may be required to complete the distribution 
requirements. This does not apply to non- 
degree students in certificate-only programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Students must complete the final 32 
;mester hours of the degree program at 
ycoming College. At least 16 semester 
Durs in the major program must be taken at 
ycoming. 

If a student interrupts his or her education 
jt returns to the College after no more than 
le academic year has passed, he/she will 
tain the same requirements in effect at the 
litial date of entrance. A student who 
ithdraws from the College for more than one 
jar will, upon return, be required to complete 
£ requirements currently imposed upon other 
udents of the same academic level. 

Lycoming College certifies three official 
aduation dates per calendar year: the May 
)mmencement date for those students who 
)mplete all of their degree requirements 
jtween January 1 and the conclusion of the 
Dring Semester; September 1 5 for those 
udents who finish after the conclusion of the 
Dring Semester and by September 1 ; and 
Jiuary 1 for those students who finish 
Jtween September 1 and the conclusion of 
e Fall Semester. 

Lycoming's Commencement ceremony 
;curs in May. Students will be permitted to 
irticipate in the ceremony when (a) they 
ive finished all degree requirements as of the 
eceeding January 1 , have finished all degree 
quirements as of the May date, or have 
plan approved by the Registrar for finishing 
' September 1 of the same calendar year ; 
id (b) they are in good academic standing at 
e conclusion of their last semester prior to 
e ceremony. 

rhe College will graduate any student who 
IS completed the distribution program, 
Ifilled the requirements for one major, 
Imed a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
Imrs) and met all other requirements for 
jaduation. 

Exceptions to or waivers of any requirements 
jid/or policies listed in this Catalog must 
\- made by the Committee on Academic 
"andards. 



THE BACHELOR OF 
ARTS DEGREE 

Lycoming College is committed to the 
principle that a liberal arts education is the 
ideal foundation for an infonned and produc- 
tive life. The liberal arts - including the fine 
arts, the humanifies, mathematics, the natural 
and social sciences - have created the social, 
political, economic and intellectual systems 
which help define contemporary existence. 
Therefore, it is essential that students grasp the 
modes of inquiry and knowledge associated 
with these disciplines. 

Consequently, the Bachelor of Arts degree 
is conferred upon the student who has completed 
an educational program incorporating the two 
principles of the liberal arts known as distribu- 
tion and concentradon. The objective of the 
distribution principle is to insure that the 
student achieves breadth in learning through 
the study of the major dimensions of human 
inquiry: the humanities, the social sciences, 
and the natural sciences. The objective of the 
concentration principle is to provide depth of 
learning through completion of a program of 
study in a given discipline or subject area 
known as the major. The effect of both 
principles is to impart knowledge, inspire 
inquiry, and encourage creative thought. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.A. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. 
Athletic training courses or Military Science 
1 1 , 02 1 , 03 1 , or 04 1 may satisfy this 
requirement. 



li)2-03 



ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• Complete a major consisting of at least eight 
unit courses (32 semester hours). Students 
must pass every course required for the 
major and have a minimum major grade 
point average of 2.00. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
hours) with a minimum cumulative grade 
point average of 2.00. Additional credits 
beyond 128 semester hours may be completed 
provided that the minimum 2.00 cumulative 
average is maintained. 

• Complete in residence the final eight courses 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree at 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree is available 
to students majoring in Biology, Chemistry, or 
Computer Science. Students may elect either 
the B.A. or the B.S. degree in these majors. 
The B.S. degree is appropriate for students 
planning further education in a graduate or 
professional school. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S. degree candidate is expected to 
meet the following requirements in order to 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the B.S. major in either Biology, 
Chemistry, or Computer Science as 
described on page 68, 81 and 1 18 respec- 
tively. Students must pass every course 
required for the major and have a minimum 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculum 
Program requirements. 

• Earn one year of credit in Physical Activities, 
Wellness, and Community Service. Athletic 
Training courses or Military Science 01 1, 
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this requirement. 

• Pass a minimum of 32 units ( 1 28 semester 
hours) with a minimum grade point average of 



2.(X). Additional credits beyond 128 semestei 
hours may be completed provided that the m 
imum 2.00 cumulative average is maintained 

• Complete in residence the final eight cours( 
(32 semester hours) offered for the degree i 
Lycoming. 

• Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

THE BACHELOR OF 
SCIENCE IN NURSING 
DEGREE 

The program of study leading to the Bacheld 
of Science in Nursing degree is designed to 
prepare men and women as beginning practiti 
ners of professional nursing, qualified for first 
level positions in a variety of health settings ar 
for graduate study in nursing. Upon satisfactor 
completion of the program, a graduate is eligi' 
to write the State Board of Nursing examinatii 
for licensure as a registered nurse. The goal o 
the program is to develop a liberally-educated 
and self-directed individual who is prepared t^ 
contribute to the welfare of the nation througl^ 
the practice of professional nursing, which 
supports the promotion and restoration of the 
health of individuals and families in a variety 
settings. 

PROGRAM NOTE The Bachelor of Science 
Nursing degree will be discontinued as of 
August 2003. In order to enter the Nursing 
program, a student must complete all degree 
requirements (distribution, major, and elective 
by the end of August 2003. 

Requirements For Graduation 

Every B.S.N, degree candidate is expectet 
to meet the following requirements in order tj 
qualify for graduation: 

• Complete the Nursing major as described o 
page 1 30. Students must pass every course | 
required for the major and have a minimun: 
major grade point average of 2.00. 

• Complete the distribution program. 

• Complete the Writing Across the Curriculun: 
Program requirements. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Pass a minimum of 32 units (128 semester 
tiours) with a minimum cumulative average 
of 2.00. 

[Earn one year of credit in Physical Activi- 
ties. Wellness and Community Service. 
Athletic training or Military Science Oil, 
021, 031 or 041 may satisfy this requirement. 
Complete in residence the final eight 
courses (32 semester hours) offered for the 
degree at Lycoming. 

Satisfy all financial obligations incurred at 
the College. 

i he distribution 
Program 

, he Distribution Program for 
lie B.A., B.S., and B.S.N, 
degrees 

' A course can be used to satisfy only one 
Istribution requirement (except in the Cultural 
Hversity area). Courses for which a grade of 
P" is recorded may not be used toward the 
lilfillment of the distribution requirements, 
'^efer to page 26 for an explanation of the 
rading system.) No more than two courses 
sed to satisfy the distribution requirements 
iay be selected from the same department, 
xcept for ENGL 105 and 106 or 107 and 
oreign Language Courses numbered 
elow 222. This means that in English, 
oreign Languages literatures, and Theatre 
are must be taken to comply with this rule. 

A course in any of the following distribution 
iquirements refers to a full-unit course (four 
smester hours) taken at Lycoming, any 
ppropriate combination of fractional unit 
ourses taken at Lycoming which accumulate 
) four semester hours, any appropriate course 
/hich is taken by cross-registration, any 
ppropriate course which is part of an approved 
ff-campus program (such as those listed in the 
atalog sections titled COOPERATIVE 
•ROGRAMS, SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
)PPORTUNrnES. and STUDY ABROAD 
'ROGRAMS) or any approved course 
ransferred from another institution. 

302-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Special distribution requirements which 
apply to students in the Lycoming Scholar 
Program appear on page 41 . For information 
regarding CLEP and AP credit see page 24. 

A. English - Students are required to pass 
ENGL 105, unless exempted on the basis of 
the college's placement examination, and 
ENGL 106 or 107. ENGL 105 and ENGL 
106 or 107 must be taken during the freshman 
year unless the student does not successfully 
complete ENGL 105 during the first semester. 

B. Fine Arts - Students are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from Art, 
Creative Writing, Literature, Music, and/or 
THEA 100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335. 

C. Foreign Language - Students are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 101, unless 
exempted on the basis of placement, and a 
course numbered above 101 in the same 
language. Placement at the appropriate course 
level will be determined by the faculty of the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

D. Humanities - Students are required to pass 
four courses from History, Literature, includ- 
ing THEA 333 and 335, Philosophy, and/or 
Religion. At least one course must be suc- 
cessfully completed in 3 of the 4 disciplines. 

E. Mathematics - Students are required to 
demonstrate competence in basic algebra and 
to pass one course selected from CPTR 108, 
MATH 106, 109, 112, 123, 128, 129, 130, 
214, or 216. The requirement of competence 
in basic algebra must be met before the end of 
the fourth semester or within one year of 
entry, whichever is later. Students that have 
not met this competency requirement before 
the final semester of the applicable time 
period must register for MATH I(X) in that 
semester. 

New students take the mathematics 
placement examination determined by the 
Department of Mathematical Sciences at a 
new-student orientation session. Those who 
do not pass this exam may take home a 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



computerized study guide and take another 
exam at a specified time. 

After beginning classes at Lycoming 
College, a student may satisfy the basic 
algebra competence requirement by successful 
completion of MATH 100 at Lycoming, or of 
an approved course transferred from another 
college, or by passing a competence examina- 
tion administered by the Department of 
Mathematical Sciences. Enrolled students may 
take this examination only once during a 
semester and may be subject to a testing fee. 
No student will be permitted to take this 
examination while enrolled in MATH 100. 

F. Natural Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two laboratory courses chosen from 
Astronomy/Physics, Biology, and/or Chemisty. 

G. Social Sciences - Students are required to 
pass two courses from Criminal Justice, 
Economics, Political Science, Psychology, or 
Sociology- Anthropology. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Students are required 
to pass one designated course which intro- 
duces students to Cultural Diversity which are 
distinct from the predominant Anglo-Ameri- 
can culture. The course selected to fulfill this 
requirement may also be used to satisfy one of 
the other general education requirements in 
the liberal arts. Students also may fulfill the 
cultural diversity requirement by successfully 
completing at least one full-time semester ( 1 2 
semester hours) in a college-accepted study 
abroad program. 

The following courses have been approved 
to be offered as cultural diversity courses and 
will be offered as such. Students must check 
semester class schedules to determine which 
courses are offered as "D" (cultural diversity) 
courses for that semester. 

ART ART 222, 339 

BUSINESS BUS 244, 319 

ENGLISH ENGL 334 

FRENCH FRN 228 

GERMAN GERM 22 1 , 222 



HISTORY 

MUSIC 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 

PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 
THEATRE 

WOMEN'S STUDIES 



HIST 120, 140, 22C 
230, 240 

MUS 116, 128,234 
PSCI221,327, 340 
PSY 341 
REL 1 10, 224, 
225, 226, 228 
SOC 229, 331,334, 
335, 336, 337 
SPAN 221, 222, 311 
THEA 114,212, 
332,333,335,410 
WMST 200 



Writing Across The 
Curriculum Program 

I. Purpose 

The Lycoming College Writing Across the 
Curriculum Program has been developed in 
response to the conviction that writing skills 
promote intellectual growth and are a hall- 
mark of the educated person. The program 
has therefore been designed to achieve two 
major, interrelated objectives: 

1 ) to enhance student learning in general 
and subject mastery in particular, and 

2) to develop students' abilities to commu- 
nicate clearly. In this program, students 
are given opportunities to write in a 
variety of contexts and in a substantial 
number of courses, in which they receive, 
faculty guidance and reinforcement. j 

IL Program Requirements 

Students must successfully complete the 
following writing requirements: 

1) ENGL 105 or exemption from the course. 

2) ENGL 106 (Composition) or ENGL 
107 (Honors Composition). 

3) A writing component in all distribution 
courses completed at Lycoming. 

4) Three courses designated as writing- 
intensive, or "W" courses. 

• Successful completion of ENGL 106 I 
or 107 is a prerequisite for enrollment! 
in writing-intensive courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• All courses designated "W" are 
numbered 200 or above. 

• One of the student's "W" courses must 
be in his/her major (or one of the 
majors) or with departmental approval 
from a related department. All 
three cannot carry the same course- 
prefix (ex. PHIL, ENGL, ACCT, etc.). 

n. Approved Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses have been approved 
o be offered as writing intensive courses and 
nay be offered as such. Students must check 
iiemester class schedules to determine which 
'ourses are offered as "W" courses for that 
semester. 



ACCOUNTING 
AMERICAN STUDIES 
[\RT 

ASTRONOMY 

BIOLOGY 

BUSINESS 



ACCT 223, 224, 442 

HIST 443 

ART 222, 223, 331, 

333, 334, 336, 339 

ASTR 230 

BIO 222, 224 

BUS 340,342,344, 

441 

CHEM 330, 331,332 

COMM 21 1,326 



CHEMISTRY 

COMMUNICATION 

COMPUTER SCIENCE CPTR 246, 247, 

346, 448 
CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



[ECONOMICS 
lEDUCATION 

ENGLISH 

IFRENCH 

|GERMAN 

HISTORY 

I INTERNATIONAL 
! STUDIES 
MATHEMATICS 
MUSIC 

NEAR EAST CULTURE ART 222 
NURSING NURS 22 1 , 432/ 

433, 435 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



CJ 447, PHIL 218, 

SOC 222 

ECON 236, 337, 440 

EDUC 239, 343, 344, 

447 

ENGL 225, 311,331, 

334, 335, 336, 420 

FRN 222 

GERM 431, 441 

HIST218, 230, 247, 

332, 335, 443, 449 

INST 449 

MATH 234 
MUS 336 



PHILOSOPHY 



PHYSICS 

POLITICAL SCIENCE 
PSYCHOLOGY 

RELIGION 
SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 
SPANISH 

THEATRE 



PHIL216, 217, 218, 
219,301,332,333, 
334, 335, 336, 340 
PHYS 338, 447 
PSCI 210, 334,400 
PSY225, 324, 431, 
432, 436 

REL 230, 331,337 
SOC 222, 228, 229, 
230,331 
SPAN 323,418, 
424, 426 
THEA212, 332, 333 



Physical Activities, Wellness, and 
Community Service Program 

L Purpose 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and to encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 

II. Program Requirements 

Students must pass any combination of two 
semesters of course work selected from the 
following: 

1 . Designated physical activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses. 

CONCENTRATION 

The Major 

Students are required to complete a series of 
courses in one departmental or interdisciplinary 
(established or individual) major. Specific course 
requirements for each major offered by the 
College are listed in the curriculum section of 
this catalog. Students must earn a 2.00 or 
higher cumulative grade point average in the 
major. Students must declare a major by the 
beginning of their junior year. Departmental 
and established interdisciplinary majors are 
declared in the Oftlce of the Registrar, whereas 
individual interdisciplinary majors must be 
approved by the Committee on Curriculum 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Development. Students may complete more 
than one major, each of which will be recorded 
on the transcript. Students may be removed 
from major status if they are not making 
satisfactory progress in their major. This 
action is taken by the Dean of the College 
upon the recommendation of the department, 
coordinating committee (for established 
interdisciplinary majors), or Curriculum 
Development Committee (for individual 
interdisciplinary majors). The decision of the 
Dean of the College may be appealed to the 
Committee on Academic Standards by the 
student involved or by the recommending 
department or committee. Students pursuing 
majors in two different degrees are subject to 
the policy for dual degrees on page 29. 

Departmental Majors — The following 

Departmental majors are available: 

Accounting 

Art History 

Art Studio 

Astronomy 

Biology 

Business Administration 

Chemistry 

Communication 

Computer Science 

Economics 

English 

French 

German 

History 

Mathematics 

Music 

Nursing * 

Philosophy 

Physics 

Political Science 

Psychology 

Religion 

Sociology- Anthropology 

Spanish 

Theatre 

* The degree in Nursing will be 
discontinued as of August 2003. 



Established Interdisciplinary Majors — Th( 

following established interdisciplinary majors 
include course work in two or more departments 
Accounting-Mathematical Sciences 
Archaeology and Culture of the Ancient Near East 
Actuarial Mathematics 
American Studies 
Criminal Justice 
International Studies 
Literature 

Individual Interdisciplinary Majors — 

Students may design majors which are unique 
to their needs and objectives and which combine 
course work in more than one department. 
These majors are developed in consultation 
with students' faculty advisors and with a panel 
of faculty members from each of the sponsor- 
ing departments. The applications are acted 
upon by the Curriculum Development Commit 
tee. The major normally consists of at least 10 
courses, at least six of which are at the 300 or 
400 level. No more than two courses used to 
satisfy distribution requirements may be 
included in the major. Examples of individual 
interdisciplinary majors are: Legal Studies, 
Women and the Legal System, and Religion 
and Marketing. 

The Minor 

The College awards two kinds of minors, 
departmental and interdisciplinary, in recog- 
nition of concentrated course work in an area 
other than the student's major. All minors arej 
subject to the following limitations: 

• A minor must include at least two courses 
which are not counted in the student's major. 

• A student may receive at most two minors. 

• Students with two majors may receive only 
one minor; students with three majors may 

not receive a minor. 

• Students may not receive a minor in their 
major discipline unless their major discipline i 
is Art and the minor is Art History^ their 
major is Biology and the minor is Environ- 
mental Science, or their major is Religion andi 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



the minor is Biblical Languages. (A disci- 
pline is any course of study in which a student 
can major. Tracks within majors are not 
separate disciplines.) 

• A student may not receive a minor unless 
his/her average in the courses which count 
for his/her minor is a minimum of 2.00. 

• Courses taken P/F may not be counted 
toward a minor. 

Students must declare their intention to 
minor by signing a form available in the 
Registrar's Office, obtaining required faculty 
signatures, and returning the completed form 
to the Office of the Registrar. 

When students complete a minor, the title 
will be indicated on their official transcript. 
Students must meet the requirements for the 
minor which are in effect at the time they 
declare a minor or which are in effect subse- 
quent to that time before they graduate. 

Departmental Minors — Requirements for a 
departmental minor vary from department to 
department. Students interested in pursuing a 
departmental minor should consult that 
department for its policy regarding minors. 

Departmental minors are available in the 
following areas: 

ACCOUNTING 
ART 

Art History 

Commercial Design 

Painting 

Photography 

Sculpture 
ASTRONOMY 
BIOLOGY 

Biology 

Environmental Science 
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Marketing 

Finance 

General Management 
CHEMISTRY 
COMMUNICATION 
ECONOMICS 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 

Literature 

Writing 
FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES 

French 

German 

Spanish 
HISTORY 

American History 

European History 

History 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Computer Science 

Mathematics 
PHILOSOPHY 

Philosophy 

Philosophy and Law 

Philosophy and Science 
PHYSICS 
POLITICAL SCIENCE 

Political Science 

World Politics 

Legal Studies 
PSYCHOLOGY 
RELIGION 

SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 
THEATRE 

Theatre History and Literature 

Performance 

Technical Theatre 

Interdisciplinary Minors — Interdisciplinary 
minors include course work in two or more 
departments. Students interested in interdisci- 
plinary minors should consult the faculty 
coordinator of that minor. Interdisciplinary 
minors are available in the following areas: 
ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE 
ANCIENT NEAR EAST, BIBLICAL 
LANGUAGES, CRIMINAL JUSTICE, and 
WOMEN'S STUDIES 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL 

PROGRAMS (also see "Pre-Profes- 

sional Advising" in The Advising Program 

section) 

Preparation for Educational Professions — 

Lycoming College believes that the liberal arts 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



provide the best preparation for future teachers. 
Thus, all education students complete a liberal 
arts major in addition to the Lycoming 
College Teacher Education Certificate 
requirements. Students can be certified in 
elementary education or one or more of the 
following secondary areas: art (K-12), biology, 
chemistry, English, French, general science 
(with biology or astronomy/physics tracks), 
German, mathematics, music (K-12), physics, 
social studies, and Spanish. All teacher 
education programs are approved by the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education. 
Pennsylvania certificates are recognized in 
most other states either through reciprocal 
agreements or by transcript evaluation. See 
the Education Department listing on page 96. 

Preparation for Health Professions — The 

program of pre-professional education for the 
health professions (allopathic, dental, osteo- 
pathic, pediatric and veterinary medicine; 
optometry, and pharmacy) is organized around 
a sound foundation in biology, chemistry, 
mathematics, and physics and a wide range of 
subject matter from the humanities, social 
sciences, and fine arts. At least three years of 
undergraduate study is recommended before 
entry into a professional school; the normal 
procedure is to complete the Bachelor of Arts 
degree. 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions known to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester (see page 45). 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Lycoming offers a strong preparation for 
students interested in law as a profession. 
Admission to law school is not predicated 
upon a particular major or area of study; 
rather, a student is encouraged to design a 
course of study (traditional or interdisciplinary 
major) which is of personal interest and 
significance. While no specific major is 



recommended, there are certain skills of 
particular relevance to the pre-law student: 
clear writing, analytical thinking, and reading 
comprehension. These skills should be 
developed during the undergraduate years. 

Pre-law students should register with the 
Legal Professions Advisory Committee (LP AC 
during their first semester (see page 45). 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students preparing to attend a theological 
seminary should examine the suggestions set 
down by the Association of Theological 
Schools. It is recommended that students 
pursue a broad program in the liberal arts with 
a major in one of the humanities (English, 
history, languages, literature, philosophy, 
religion) or one of the social sciences (Ameri- 
can studies, criminal justice, economics, 
international studies, political science, psychol- 
ogy, sociology-anthropology). Students 
preparing for a career in religious education 
should major in religion and elect five or six 
courses in psychology, education and sociol- 
ogy. This program of study will qualify 
students to work as educational assistants or 
directors of religious education after graduate 
study in a theological seminary. 

Students should register with the Theologi-! 
cal Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations (see page 45). 

COOPERATIVE PROGRAMS 

Lycoming has developed several coopera- 
tive programs to provide students with opport- 
unities to extend their knowledge, abilities, and 
talents in selected areas through access to the 
specialized academic programs and facilities 
of other colleges, universities, academies and 
hospitals. Although thorough advising and 
curricular planning are provided for each of 
the cooperative programs, admission to 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



.ycoming and registration in the program of 
';hoice do not guarantee admission to the coop- 
;rating institution. The prerogative of admitting 
;tudents to the cooperative aspect of the 
)rogram rests with the cooperating institution. 
Jtudents who are interested in a cooperative 
Drogram should contact the coordinator during 
'he first week of the first semester of their 
enrollment at Lycoming. This is necessary to 
blan their course programs in a manner that 
vill ensure completion of required courses 
iiccording to the schedule stipulated for the 
urogram. All cooperative programs require 
>pecial coordination of course scheduling at 
Lycoming. 



lEngineering — Combining the advantages of 
1 liberal arts education and the technical train- 
ling of an engineering curriculum, this program 
lis offered in conjunction with The Pennsylva- 
'nia State University and Washington Univer- 
sity at St. Louis. Students complete three years 
of study at Lycoming and two years at the 
cooperating university. Upon satisfactory 
completion of the first year of engineering 
istudies, Lycoming awards a Bachelor of Arts 
degree. When students successfully complete 
the second year of engineering studies, the 
cooperafing university awards a Bachelor of 
Science degree in engineering. 

At Lycoming, students complete the dis- 
itribution program and courses in physics, 
.mathematics, and chemistry. The Pennsylva- 
nia State University offers aerospace, agricul- 
tural, ceramic, chemical, civil, computer, 
electrical, engineering science, industrial, 
mechanical, mining and nuclear engineering. 
jSimilar offerings are available at Washington 
jUniversity at St. Louis. 

Forestry or Environmental Studies — 

Lycoming College offers a cooperative 
program with Duke University in environ- 
mental management and forestry. Qualified 
students can earn the baccalaureate and master 
degrees in five years, spending three years at 



Lycoming and two years at Duke. All 
Lycoming distribution and major requirements 
must be completed by the end of the junior 
year. At the end of the first year at Duke, a 
baccalaureate degree will be awarded by 
Lycoming. Duke will award the professional 
degree of Master of Forestry or Master of 
Environmental Management to qualified 
candidates at the end of the second year. 

The major program emphases at Duke are 
Forest Resource Management, Resource Eco- 
nomics and Policy, and Resource Ecology. 

The program is flexible enough, however, 
to accommodate a variety of individual designs. 
An undergraduate major in one of the natural 
sciences, social sciences, or business may 
provide good preparation for the programs at 
Duke, but a student with any undergraduate 
concentration will be considered for admission. 
All students need at least two courses each in 
biology, mathematics, and economics. 

Students begin the program at Duke in July 
after their junior year at Lycoming with a one- 
month session of field work in natural resource 
management. They must complete a total of 
48 units which generally takes four semesters. 

Some students prefer to complete the 
baccalaureate degree before undertaking grad- 
uate study at Duke. The master degree 
requirements for these students are the same 
as for those students entering after the junior 
year, but the 48-unit requirement may be 
reduced for completed relevant undergraduate 
work of satisfactory quality. All credit 
reductions are determined individually and 
consider the students' educational background 
and objectives. 

Medical Technology - Students desiring a 
career in medical technology may either 
complete a Bachelor of Arts or a Bachelor of 
Science program followed by a clinical 
internship at any hospital accredited by the 
American Medical Association, or they may 
complete the cooperative program. Students 
electing the cooperative program normally 



2(K 12-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^H 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 

• 



Study for three years at Lycoming, during 
which time they complete 24 unit courses, 
including the College distribution require- 
ments, a major, and requirements of the 
National Accrediting Agency for Clinical 
Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). The current 
requirements of the NAACLS are: four 
courses in chemistry (one of which must be 
either organic or biochemistry); four courses 
in biology (including courses in microbiology 
and immunology), and one course in 
mathematics. 

Students in the cooperative program usually 
major in biology, following a modified major 
of six unit courses that exempts them from 
Ecology (BIO 224) and Plant Sciences (BIO 
225). Students must take either Microbiology 
(BIO 32 1 ) or Microbiology for the Health 
Sciences (BIO 226), and either Human 
Physiology (BIO 323) or Cell Biology (BIO 
435). The cooperative program requires 
successful completion of a one-year internship 
at a hospital accredited by the American 
Medical Association. Lycoming is affiliated 
with the following accredited hospitals: Divine 
Providence, Rolling Hill, Robert Packer, 
Lancaster, and Abington. Students in the 
cooperative program receive credit at 
Lycoming for each of eight courses in biology 
and chemistry successfully completed during 
the clinical internship. Successful completion 
of the Registry Examination is not considered a 
graduation requirement at Lycoming College. 

Students entering a clinical internship for 
one year after graduation from Lycoming 
must complete all of the requirements of the 
cooperative program, but are not eligible for 
the biology major exemptions indicated 
above. Upon graduation, such students may 
apply for admission to a clinical program at 
any hospital. 

Optometry — Through the Accelerated 
Optometry Education Curriculum Program, 
students interested in a career in optometry 
may qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 



College of Optometry after only three years a 
Lycoming College. 

After four years at the Pennsylvania Collegt 
of Optometry, a student will earn a Doctor of 
Optometry degree. Selection of candidates fc 
the professional segment of the program is 
completed by the admissions committee of th< 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry during th 
student's third year at Lycoming. (This is on( 
of two routes that students may choose. Any 
student, of course, may follow the regular 
application procedures for admission to the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry or anothe 
college of optometry to matriculate following 
completion of his or her baccalaureate pro- 
gram.) During the three years at Lycoming 
College, the student will complete 24 unit 
courses, including all distribution require- 
ments, and will prepare for his or her profes- 
sional training by obtaining a solid foundation 
in biology, chemistry, physics, and mathemat- 
ics. During the first year of study at the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry, the 
student will take 39 semester hours of basic 
science courses in addition to introductions to 
optometry and health care. Successful comple- 
tion of the first year of professional training wil 
complete the course requirements for the B.A. 
degree at Lycoming College. 

Most students will find it convenient to 
major in biology in order to satisfy the 
requirements of Lycoming College and the 
Pennsylvania College of Optometry. Such 
students are allowed to complete a modified 
biology major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). (This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at the Pennsylvania College of | 
Optometry.) Students desiring other majors 
must coordinate their plans with the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee in order to 
ensure that they have satisfied all requirements. 



Podiatry — Students interested in podiatry 
may either seek admission to a college of 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



O 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



podiatric medicine upon completion of the 
Bachelor of Arts degree or through the Accel- 
i erated Podiatric Medical Education Curricu- 
lum Program (APMEC). The latter program 
provides an opportunity for students to 
qualify for admission to the Pennsylvania 
College of Podiatric Medicine (PCPM) or the 
Ohio College of Podiatric Medicine (OCPM) 
after three years of study at Lycoming. At 
Lycoming, students in the APMEC program 
must successfully complete 24 unit courses, 
I including the distribution requirements and a 
basic foundation in biology, chemistry, 
physics, and mathematics. During the first 
year of study at PCPM or OCPM, students 
must successfully complete a program of basic 
science courses and an introduction to podiatry. 
Successful completion of the first year of 
professional training will contribute toward the 
fulfillment of the course requirements for a 
Bachelor of Arts degree at Lycoming. 

Students in the cooperative program who 
major in biology will be allowed to complete a 
modified major which will exempt them from 
two biology courses: Ecology (BIO 224) and 
Plant Sciences (BIO 225). This modified 
major requires the successful completion of 
the initial year at PCPM or OCPM. 

Students interested in a career in podiatric 
medicine should indicate their intentions to 
the Health Professions Advisory Committee. 

U.S. Army Reserve Officers Training 
Corps Program (R.O.T.C.) — The program 
provides an opportunity for Lycoming 
students to enroll in Army R.O.T.C. 
Lycoming notes enrollment in and successful 
completion of the program on student tran- 
scripts. Military Science is a four-year 
program divided into a basic course given 
during the freshman and sophomore years and 
an advanced course given during the junior 
and senior years. Students who have not 
completed the basic course may qualify for the 
advanced course by completing summer camp 
between the sophomore and junior years. 



Students enrolled in the advanced course 
receive a monthly, non-taxable stipend of 
$ 1 ,000. One course each in written communi- 
cation, computer proficiency, and military 
history will fulfill the professional military 
education requirements. 

Students successfully completing the 
advanced course and advanced summer camp 
between the junior and senior years will qualify 
for a commission as a Second Lieutenant in 
the United States Army upon graduation, and 
will incur a service obligation in the active 
Army or Army Reserves. 

THE HONORS PROGRAM 

The Scholar Program 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College's distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. Scholars may audit a fifth 
course each semester at no additional cost. In 
addition. Scholars may be exempted from the 
usual limitations on independent studies by the 
Individual Studies Committee. 

Students are admitted to the program by 
invitation of the Scholar Council, the group 
which oversees the program. The council 
consists of a director and four other faculty 
selected by the Dean of the College, and four 
students elected by current scholars. The 
guidelines governing selection of new scholars 
are flexible; academic excellence, intellectual 
curiosity, and creativity are all taken into 
account. Students who desire to participate in 
the Scholar Program but are not invited may 
petition the Scholar Council for consideration. 
Petitioning students should provide the Scholar 
Council with letters of recommendation from 



2(X)2-()3 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Lycoming faculty and a transcript to be sent to 
the director of the Scholar Program. 

To remain in the program, students must main- 
tain a cumulative average of 3.00 or better. Stu- 
dents who drop below this average will be placed 
on Scholar probation for one semester. After one 
semester, they will be asked to leave the program 
if their GPA has not returned to 3.00 or higher. 
To graduate as a Scholar, a student must have at 
least a 3.00 cumulative average. Scholars must 
successfully complete five Lycoming Scholars 
Seminars, as well as the non-credit Senior 
Scholar Seminar in which they present the 
results of their independent studies. In 
addition, the following distribution require- 
ments must be met. 

Scholar Distribution Requirements for 
Students in B.A., B.S., and B.S.N. Programs 

A. English - Scholars must complete ENGL 
106 or ENGL 107. The Scholar Council 
strongly recommends that qualified scholars 
enroll in ENGL 107 if scheduling permits. 
ENGL 106 or 107 must be taken during the 
freshman year. 

B. Fine Arts - Scholars are required to pass 
two courses (or the equivalent) from the 
following: Art: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 220 or higher; 
Music: MUS 117, 135 or higher; Theatre: 
THEA 11 4 or higher, excluding THE A 148; 
Creative Writing: ENGL 240, 322, 342, 41 1, 
412, 441 or 442; Literature: Any English 
Literature course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures (French, German, or 
Spanish). 

C. Foreign Language - Scholars are required 
to pass a course in French, German, Greek, 
Hebrew, or Spanish numbered 1 1 1 or higher. 
Placement at the appropriate course level will 
be determined by the faculty of the Department 
of Foreign Languages and Literatures. Scholars 
who have completed two or more years of a 
given language in high school are not admit- 
ted for credit to the elementary course in the 



same foreign language except by written 
permission of the chairman of the department. 

D. Humanities - Scholars are required to pass 
four courses from three of the following 
disciplines: History: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Literature: any English litera- 
ture course (except ENGL 215) and the 
literature courses of the Department of Foreign 
Languages and Literatures (French, German, oi 
Spanish); Philosophy: any course numbered 
200 or higher; Religion: any course numbered' 
222 or higher. 

E. Mathematics - Scholars must earn at least a 
grade of B (3.00) in one of MATH 103, 106, 
109, 1 12, or CPTR 108; or successfully 
complete one of MATH 128, 129, 130, 214 or 
216. 

F. Natural Sciences - Scholars are required 
to pass two laboratory courses from the follow- 
ing: Astronomy/Physics: any course numbered 
1 1 1 or higher; Biology: any course numbered 

1 10 or higher; Chemistry: any course num- 
bered 1 10 or higher. 

G. Social Sciences - Scholars are required to 
pass two courses from the following: Econom- 
ics: any course numbered 1 10 or higher; 
Political Science: any course numbered 106 or 
higher; Psychology: PSY 1 10 or any other 
PSY course numbered 225 or higher. Sociol- 
ogy-Anthropology: any course from 1 10, 220, 
229, 300 or higher. 

H. Cultural Diversity - Scholars are required 
to pass one designated course which introduces 
students to Cultural Diversity which is distinct i 
from the dominant western culture. Approaches i 
to study may be artistic, historical, sociological 
anthropological, international, psychological, 
or issues oriented. The course selected to 
fulfill this requirement may also be used to 
satisfy one of the other general education 
requirements in the Uberal arts. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



l. Writing Across the Curriculum. This 
-equirement is the same as that stipulated by 
he College for all students. 

J. Physical Activities, Wellness and Commu- 
nity Service. This requirement is the same as 
:hat stipulated by the College for all students. 

K. Lycoming Scholar Seminars — Team- 
taught interdisciplinary seminars are held every 
semester under the direction of the Lycoming 
Scholar Council. They meet for one hour each 
week (Tuesdays at noon) and carry one hour of 
credit. Grades are "A/F" and are based on 
students' performance. Lycoming Scholars are 
required to successfully complete five seminars 
and they are permitted to register for as many 
as eight. Topics for each academic year will be 
selected by the Scholar Council and announced 
before spring registration of the previous year. 
Students must be accepted into the Scholar 
Program before they enroll in a Scholar Seminar. 
Scholars are strongly urged to register for a 
least one seminar during the freshman year. 

L. Senior Project — In the senior year, 
scholars must successfully complete an 
independent studies or departmental honors 
project which has been approved in advance 
by the Independent Studies Committee and the 
Scholar Council. This project must be 
presented orally as part of the Senior Scholar 
Seminar and be accepted by the Scholar 
Council. 

M. Major — Scholars must complete a 
major and 32 units (128 semester hours), 
exclusive of the Senior Scholar Seminar. 

Note to Transfer Students — In the case of 
transfer students and those who seek to enter 
the program after their freshman year and in 
other cases deemed by the Scholar Council to 
involve special or extraordinary circum- 
stances, the Council shall make adjustments to 
the scholar distribution requirements provided 
that in all cases such exceptions and adjust- 
ments would still satisfy the regular College 
distribution requirements. 



Management Scholars 
Program of the Institute for 
Management Studies 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the Manage- 
ment Scholars Program, a student must satisfy 
the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one or 
ore of the IMS departments. However, 
the IMS Director may invite or permit 
other students to join the Management 
Scholars Program who do not meet this 
criteria, such as freshmen who have not 
yet declared a major or minor. 

b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, or 
exhibit strong academic potential if the 
student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor in 
one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher in 
both overall college work, and within an 
IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar is 
taught per academic year on an interdisciplinary 
topic of relevance to students in all three IMS 
departments. The seminars are offered as one 
semester-hour courses and do not result in 
overload charges for full-time students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming College 
Scholars may also become Management 
Scholars and participate in both programs. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Nursing Scholars Program 

The Department of Nursing offers a program 
for those students who excel academically. 
To graduate as a Nursing Scholar, a student 
must: 

a. Demonstrate continued participation in 
activities sponsored by the Center for 
Nursing Excellence (CNE). 

b. Achieve a GPA of 3.25 or higher in both 
overall college work and within the nursing 
major. 

c. Successfully complete an approved intern- 
ship, practicum, or independent or honors 
study. 

d. Demonstrate those qualities most becoming 
a professional nurse, including a commit- 
ment to the profession and community 
service. 

Students who are Lycoming College Scholars 
may become Nursing Scholars and participate 
in both programs. 

Departmental Honors 

Honors projects are normally undertaken 
only in a student's major, and are available 
only to exceptionally well-qualified students 
who have a solid background in the area of 
the project and are capable of considerable 
self-direction and have a GPA of at least 3.00. 
The prerequisites for registration in an honors 
program are as follows: 

• A faculty member from the department(s) 
in which the honors project is to be under- 
taken must agree to be the director and must 
secure departmental approval of the project. 

• The director, in consultation with the 
student, must convene a committee consist- 
ing of two faculty members from the 
department in which the project is to be 
undertaken, one of whom is the director of 
the project, and one faculty member from 
each of two other departments related to the 
subject matter of the study. 

• The Honors Committee must then certify by 
their signatures on the application that the 
project in question is academically legiti- 



mate and worthy of pursuit as an honors 
project, and that the student in question is 
qualified to pursue the project. 

• The project must be approved by the 
Committee on Individual Studies. 

Students successfully complete honors 
projects by satisfying the following condition; 
in accordance with guidelines estab lished by ' 
the Committee on Individual Studies: 

• The student must produce a substantial 
research paper, critical study, or creative 
project. If the end product is a creative 
project, a critical paper analyzing the 
techniques and principles employed and thd 
nature of the achievement represented in th^ 
project shall be also submitted. 

• The student must successfully explain and 
defend the work in a final oral examination 
given by the honors committee. 

• The Honors Committee must certify that tW 
student has successfully defended the 
project, and that the student's achievement i 
clearly superior to that which would ordi- 
narily be required to earn a grade of "A" in 
regular independent studies course. 

• The Committee on Individual Studies must 
certify that the student has satisfied all of 
the conditions mentioned above. 

Except in unusual circumstances, honors 
projects are expected to involve independent 
study in two consecutive unit courses. 
Successful completion of the honors project 
will cause the designation of honors in that 
department to be placed upon the permanent 
record. Acceptable theses are deposited in th 
College library. In the event that the study isj 
not completed successfully or is not deemed 
worthy of honors, the student shall be re- 
registered in independent studies and 
given a final grade for the course. 

THE ADVISING PROGRAM 

Academic Advising 

One advantage of a small college is the 
direct, personal contact between a student an 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC 



p 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



he College faculty who care about that 
tudent's personal, academic, and professional 
:spirations. The student can draw upon their 
'ears of experience to resolve questions about 
ocial adjustment, workload, study skills, 
utoring and more. Perhaps the member of the 
acuity with the most impact on a student is 
he academic advisor. 

The freshman advisor, whom the student 
neets at summer orientation, assists with 
ourse selection by providing accurate informa- 
ion about requirements, programs and career 
•ptions. Advisors help students to identify 
•ther campus resources. Health Services can 
upply counseling support for students with 
tersonal adjustment issues. 

During the sophomore year, the student 
lust choose a major and select an advisor 
rom the major department. The new advisor, 
/hile serving as a resource, can best advise 
tiat student about course selection and career 
ipportunities. 

Advisors at Lycoming endeavor to 
ontribute to students' development in yet 
nother way. They insist that students assume 
nil responsibility for their decisions and 
cademic progress. By doing so, they help to 
irepare them for the harder choices and 
esponsibilities of the professional world. 

Also, Lycoming provides special advising 
irograms for careers in medicine, law and 
eligion. Interested students should register 
I'ith the appropriate advisory committee 
mmediately after deciding to enter one of 
tiese professions. 

*re-Professional Advising 

also see "Pre-Professional Programs" in 
he Concentration section) 

^reparation for Educational Professions — 

Itudents interested in obtaining teacher cert- 
fication should consult with a member of the 
education Department as early as possible, 
lee the Education Department listing on 
•age 96. 



Preparation for Health Professions — 

Students interested in one of the health 
professions or in an allied health career should 
make their intentions know to the Admissions 
Office when applying and to the Health 
Professions Advisory Committee (HPAC) 
during their first semester. This committee 
advises students concerning preparation for 
and application to health-professions schools. 
All pre-health professions students are invited 
to join the student Pre-Health Professions 
Association. See also descriptions of the 
nursing program and of the cooperative 
programs in podiatric medicine, optometry, 
and medical technology. 

Preparation for Legal Professions — 

Students interested in pre-law should register 
with the Legal Professions Advisory Commit- 
tee (LP AC) during their first semester and 
should join the Pre-Law Society on campus. 
LP AC assists the pre-law student through 
advising, compilation of recommendations, 
and dissemination of information and materi- 
als about law and the legal profession. The 
Pre-Law Society sponsors films, speakers, and 
field trips including visits to law school 
campuses. 

Preparation for Theological Professions — 

Students who plan to investigate the religious 
vocations should register with the Theological 
Professions Advisory Committee (TPAC) 
during their first semester. TPAC acts as a 
"center" for students, faculty, and clergy to 
discuss the needs of students who want to 
prepare themselves for the ministry, religious 
education, advanced training in religion, or 
related vocations. Also, it may help coordi- 
nate internships for students who desire 
practical experience in the parish ministry or 
related areas. 



002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



ACADEMIC 
SUPPORT SERVICES 
Academic Resource Center 
(ARC) 

Daniel Hartsock, Director 

Jane Keller, Assistant Director 

www.lycoming.edu/arc 

The Academic Resource Center, located on 

the second floor of the Fine Arts Building, 

provides a variety of free services to the 

campus community. 

Tutoring in Writing — Working one-on- 
one. Writing Consultants use questioning 
techniques to help writers improve papers 
while developing confidence and indepen- 
dence as writers. Writers may use the 
Writer's Room, a quiet place for writing, to 
work on papers while consulting with tutors 
about development, organization, grammar, 
documentation, and any other writing 
concern. Writing Consultants offer 38 
hours of scheduled tutoring weekly. 
Tutoring in the Content Areas — The ARC 
offers one-on-one tutoring support in almost 
every course. Tutors assist students with 
homework assignments and exam prepara 
tion. A list of tutors is available on the ARC 
website or by contacting the ARC direcdy. 
Study Skills Support — The ARC provides 
support through individualized instruction 
and through small group workshops upon 
request. Topics vary depending on the 
needs of students. Also, the ARC offers a 
more formal option for study skills support: 
ARC 100, Success Skills Workshops. 
ARC 100 Success Skills Workshops 
A seven-week course, the workshop 
introduces students to a variety of topics 
important to student success. Among 
these are time management, learning 
styles, motivation, highlighting text, 
note-taking, and word processing. 
Topics will be selected to meet students' 
needs. ARC 100 is highly recommended 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



for students who, in consultation with 
their academic advisors, choose to 
improve their academic skills. This non- 
credit course will be graded on a pass/ 
fail basis. 

Disability Support — The Coordinator of 
Services for Students with Disabilities 
assists students in arranging for classroom i 
accommodations, meeting requirements, 
and developing appropriate study practices 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Freshmen 

Lycoming College believes a student's 
freshman year needs structure and support. 
This office serves as a focal point for the 
freshman and his or her family. 

Freshman Orientation — The purpose of, 
this required program is to acquaint new 
students and their families more fully with 
the College so that they can begin their 
Lycoming experience under the most 
favorable circumstances. Students sit for 
placement tests, confer with their academic 
advisors, preregister for fall classes, and 
become acquainted with their classmates 
First Weekend — Begins the day freshmeij 
arrive with New Student Convocation. Thi 
weekend activities include academic success 
career, library and financial aid workshops 
along with social events. 
Information and Support — Students 
and their families find the Office of the 
Assistant Dean for Freshmen an accessibly 
resource to resolving problems, developing 
solutions, coordinating services and enablin; 
student success. Student and Family news 
letters are provided during the year. 

Office of the Assistant 
Dean for Sophomores 

The College continues to provide academ 
counseling and support as students move intc 
the sophomore year. The Assistant Dean for 
Sophomores meets individually with second 
year students and, in cooperation with the 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATAL( 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Assistant Dean for Freshmen, conducts small 
group retreats and other meetings. These 
efforts are designed to alert students to their 
circumstances, to help them explore options, 
to motivate them to achieve their academic 
aspirations, and to provide them with useful 
strategies and resources for success. 

In addition, the Sophomore Dean consults 
with students on a variety of personal, social, 
residential, financial, and other concerns. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC 
OPPORTUNITIES 

Vlay Term — This four-week voluntary 
session is designed to provide students with 
;ourses listed in the catalog and experimental 
ind special courses that are not normally 
ivailable during the fall and spring semesters 
md summer sessions. Some courses are 
offered on campus, others involve travel. In 
iddition to the courses themselves, attractions 
nclude less formal classes and reduced tuition 
■ates. On campus courses have included 
Chemistry in Context, Field Geology, Field 
Ornithology, Energy Economics, Writer's 
Seminar, American Detective Fiction, The 
\merican Hard-Boiled Mystery, Organized 
[Trime in America, and Internet Marketing and 
\dvertising. Travel courses have included 
Painting at the Outer Banks, Art History and 
Photography in Greece and Italy, Cross- 
Z!ultural Psychology in Greece and Italy, 
intensive Language/Cultural Study and 
Community Service in Mexico, and Tropical 
Vlarine Biology in Jamaica. A business 
nternship opportunity to study and work in 
England for six weeks is offered on an annual 
Dasis. 

Summer Sessions I and II — These two suc- 
cessive five- week academic terms offer the 
opportunity for students to complete intern- 
ships, independent studies and semester 
courses. 



Independent Studies — Independent studies 
are available to any qualified student who 
wishes to engage in and receive academic 
credit for any academically legitimate course 
of study for which he or she could not other- 
wise receive credit. It may be pursued at any 
level (introductory, intermediate, or advanced) 
and in any department, whether or not the 
student is a major in that department. An 
independent studies project may either 
duplicate a catalogue course or be completely 
different from any catalog course. In order for 
a student to be registered in any independent 
study course, the following conditions must be 
satisfied: 

1 ) An appropriate member of the faculty must 
agree to supervise the project and must 
certify by signing the application form that 
the project involves an amount of legiti- 
mate academic work appropriate for the 
amount of academic credit requested and 
that the student in question is qualified to 
pursue the project. 

2) The studies project must be approved by 
the chair of the department in which the 
studies project is to be undertaken. In the 
case of catalog courses, all department 
members must approve offering the 
catalog course as an independent studies 
course. 

3) After the project is approved by the 
instructor and the chair of the appropriate 
department, the studies project must be 
approved by the Committee on Individual 
Studies. 

Participation in independent studies 
projects which do not duplicate catalog 
courses is subject to the following: 

• Students undertaking independent studies 
projects must have a GPA of at least 2.50. 

• Students may not engage in more than one 
independent studies project during any 
given semester. 

• Students may not engage in more than two 
independent studies projects during their 
academic careers at Lycoming College. 



i002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



• The Individual Studies Committee may 
exempt members of the Lycoming College 
Scholar Program from these two limitations. 

As with other academic policies, any other 
exceptions to these two rules must be approved 
by the Committee on Academic Standards. 

Internship Program — An internship is a 
course jointly sponsored by the College and a 
public or private agency or subdivision of the 
College in which a student is able to earn 
college credit by participating in some active 
capacity as an assistant, aide, or apprentice. 

For a one unit (4 semester hour) internship, 
at least ten hours per week must be spent in 
agency duties. Academic requirements 
include a daily log or journal, a research paper 
of approximately ten pages or its equivalent, 
and a reading list of approximately five books 
or the equivalent. The student and academic 
supervisor meet weekly during the term of the 
internship. 

The objectives of the intemship program are: 

1 ) to further the development of a central 
core of values, awarenesses, strategies, 
skills, and information through experiences 
outside the classroom or other campus 
situations, and 

2) to facilitate the integration of theory and 
practice by encouraging students to relate 
their on-campus academic experiences 
more directly to society in general and to 
possible career and other post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. 

Any junior or senior student in good acad- 
emic standing may petition the Committee on 
Individual Studies for approval to serve as an 
intern. A maximum of 1 6 credits can be earned 
through internships, practica, and/or student 
teaching. Guidelines for program develop- 
ment, assignment of tasks and academic 
requirements, such as exams, papers, reports, 
grades, etc., are established in consultation with 
a faculty director at Lycoming and an agency 
supervisor at the place of internship. 

Students with diverse majors have partici- 
pated in a wide variety of internships, 
including ones with NBC Television in New 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



York City, the Allenwood Federal Prison 
Camp, Pennsylvania State Department of 
Environmental Resources, Lycoming County 
Historical Society, the American Cancer 
Society, business and accounting firms, law 
offices, hospitals, social service agencies, 
banks and Congressional offices. 

Practica — Practica are offered in Account- 
ing, Biology, Business, Communication, 
Criminal Justice, Economics, Education, IMS, 
and Psychology. These courses require 10 to 
1 2 hours of work per week in a business, 
agency, or organization in addition to class- 
room time. A maximum of 16 credits can be 
earned through practica, internships, and/or 
student teaching. 

Teacher Intern Program — The purpose of 
the Teacher Intern Program is to provide 
individuals who have completed a baccalaure- 
ate degree with the opportunity to become 
certified teachers through on-the-job training. 
Interns can earn a Lycoming College Teacher 
Education Certificate and be certified by the 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania in elementary 
education or one or more of the following 
secondary areas: art, biology, chemistry, 
English, French, general science (with biology 
or astronomy/physics tracks), German, math- 
ematics, music, physics, social studies, and 
Spanish. 

Interested individuals should file a formal 
application with the Education Department foi 
admission to the Intern Program. Upon 
completion of the application process, interns 
receive a letter of Intern Candidacy from the 
Pennsylvania Department of Education which 
the candidate then uses to apply for a teaching 
position. Necessary professional coursework 
can be completed prior to the teaching 
experience when individuals obtain teaching 
position. (See Education Department on page 
96 for course listing.) 

The Philadelphia Urban Semester — A full 
semester liberal arts program for professional 
development and field study is available to 
Lycoming students. The program is open to 







2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO 



THE ACADEMIC PROGRAM 



Liniors majoring in any discipline or program, 
^he Philadelphia Urban Semester is sponsored 
nd administered by the Great Lakes Colleges 
Association. 

Vashington Semester — With the consent 
if the Department of Political Science and the 
Registrar, selected students are permitted to 
tudy in Washington, D.C., at The American 
Jniversity for one semester. They may 
hoose from seven different programs: 
Vashington Semester, Urban Semester, 
'oreign Policy Semester, International 
)evelopment Semester, Economic Policy 
lemester. Science and Technology Semester, 
ir American Studies Semester. 

Jnited Nations Semester — With the 
onsent of either the Department of History 
ir Political Science and the Registrar, selected 
tudents may enroll at Drew University in 
/ladison. New Jersey, in the United Nations 
lemester, which is designed to provide a first- 
land acquaintance with the world organiza- 
ion. Students with special interests in world 
listory, international relations, law, and 
(olitics are eligible to participate. 

!^apitol Semester Internship Program — 

"his program is available to eligible students 
m a competitive basis. The program is co- 
pon sored by Pennsylvania's Office of 
Administration and Department of Education, 
'aid internships are available to students in 
nost majors. Interested students should 
:ontact the Career Development Center for 
idditional information. 

^TUDY ABROAD 
PROGRAMS 

Students are encouraged to participate in a 
variety of study abroad programs sponsored 
)y affiliates or other institutions. Students 
vho intend to study abroad must have a 
:umulative grade point average of 2.50 or 
ligher. Study abroad opportunities range from 



summer sessions to a full semester or aca- 
demic year overseas. All overseas programs 
require prior approval from the students' 
major departments, the Study Abroad Coordi- 
nator, and the Registrar. Applications are 
available in the Office of the Registrar. 

Before embarking on an overseas learning 
experience, students should review the study 
abroad materials in the Career Development 
Center (2nd floor, Wertz Center). With the 
help of the Study Abroad Coordinator, they 
must identify any additional program require- 
ments such as fluency in a foreign language. 

A limited number of competitive grants for 
study abroad at our affiliate institutions are 
available. Application forms are posted on the 
College's home page under Academic 
Programs, Study Abroad. For more details, 
contact the Study Abroad Coordinator. 
Lycoming aid is not part of the Study Abroad 
package. 

Affiliate Programs — Lycoming has coop- 
erative arrangements with six institutions 
overseas: Anglia Polytechnic University 
(Cambridge, England), CUEF Universite 
Stendhal-Grenoble 3 (Grenoble, France), 
Lancaster University (Lake District, England), 
Oxford Brookes University (Oxford, England) 
Regent's College (London, England), and 
Tandem Escuela Intemacional (Madrid, 
Spain). Course offerings vary at each institu- 
tion, contact the Study Abroad Coordinator for 
details. Students interested in the programs 
Grenoble and at Tandem should contact the 
Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures. 

Programs Sponsored by Other Institutions 

Lycoming students have taken advantage of 
opportunities offered by other institutions in 
countries such as Australia, the Czech 
Republic, France, Germany, Ireland, Mexico. 
New Zealand, Spain, and Sweden. Information 
regarding these and other programs are 
available in the Career Development Center, 



«02-O3 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE ACADEMDIC PROGRAM • CURRICULUM 




Curriculum 



the Department of Foreign Languages and 
Literatures, and from the Study Abroad 
Coordinator. 

Student Teaching Abroad — Lycoming 
College has established a cooperative program 
with Moorhead State University enabling 
teacher education students to do all or part of 
their student teaching in a foreign country. 

This program offers exceptional students 
the opportunity to student teach in nearly any 
country in the world. Students are placed in 
independent international schools where 
English is the instructional language. An 
effort is made to assign students to geographi- 
cal areas that will enrich their backgrounds, 
serve their special interests and expand their 
cultural horizons. 

NOTE: Lycoming College cannot assume 
responsibility for the health, safety, or welfare of 
students engaged in or en route to or from any 
off-campus studies or activities which are not 
under its exclusive jurisdiction. 



Numbers 100-149 Introductory courses and 
Freshman level courses 

Numbers 200-249 Intermediate courses and 
Sophomore level courses 

Numbers 300-349 Intermediate courses and 
Junior level courses 

Numbers 400-449 Advanced courses and 
Senior level courses 

Numbers N50-N59* Non-catalog courses 
offered on a limited basis 

Numbers 160-169 Applied Music, Theatre 
Practicums and other fractional credit courses 



Numbers 470-479 Internships 

Numbers N80-N89* Independent Study 

Numbers 490-491 Independent Study for 
Departmental Honors 

*N = course level 1, 2, 3 or 4 as determined by^ 
department 

Courses not in sequence are listed 
separately, as: 

Drawing ART 1 1 1 

Color Theory ART 212 

Courses which imply a sequence are indicated 
with a dash between, meaning that the first 
semester must be taken prior to the second, as: 

Intermediate French 

FRN 111-112 
Except for academic reasons, all students have 
the right of access to all courses. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



ACCOUNTING 



ACCOUNTING (AccT) 

ssociate Professor: Kuhns 
ssistant Professors: Slocum, 
Wienecke (Chairperson) 

The purpose of the accounting major is to 
;lp prepare the student for a career within the 
:counting profession. In order to satisfy the 
;eds of an extremely diverse profession, the 
lajor in accounting consists of three separate 
acks. Track I is designed for students with 

I interest in accounting for the informational 
jeds of managers including business entities, 
3n-profit entities and internal auditing. 

his track will provide excellent preparation 
)r the Certified Management Accounting 
IMA) exam. Track II is a 128 semester hour 
rogram and is designed to meet the require- 
lents of the Pennsylvania State Board of 
.ccountancy for those students whose goal is 
► become Certified Public Accountants in 
ennsylvania. Track III is a 150 semester 
our program designed to meet the 1 50 hour 
;quirement of the American Institute of 
ertified Public Accounts for those students 
'hose goal is to become a member of the 
JCPA in Pennsylvania or any other state. 
Students planning to sit for the Uniform 
ertified Public Accounting Examination are 
ivised to check with their State Board of 
accounting to assure that they have completed 

II courses required for C.P.A. licensure. 

lore courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 1 10, 223, 344, 345, 440, 443; 

US 223, 228. 235, 244, 312, 320, 338, 441; 

CON 110 or 111; MATH 123 

rack requirements: 
Management Accounting - 128 hours: 
ACCT 224, and either 449 or 470-479; 

iUS 339 

[. Financial Accounting - 128 hours: 
ACCT 436, 441 ; one course from 
ACCT 224, 442, and either 449 or 
470-479, or BUS 345 




III. Financial Accounting - 150 hours: 
ACCT 224, 436, 441, 442, 447, and 
either 449 or 470-479; BUS 236; 
ECON 1 10 and 1 1 1 ; one course from SOC 
orPSY 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ACCT 223, 224, and 442. 

Minor 

A minor in the Department of Accounting 
consists of ACCT 1 1 and four other account- 
ing courses as determined by the student's 
interests. 

100 

PERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNING 
This course prepares students to make 
better informed financial decisions in a 
complicated world. A practical, relatively non- 
technical course designed to help the student 
identify and plan to meet their financial goals. 



X)2-()3 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING 



110 

ELEMENTARY ACCOUNTING THEORY 

An introductory course in recording, 
classifying, summarizing, and interpreting the 
basic business transaction. Problems of 
classification and interpretation of accounts 
and preparation of financial statements are 
studied. 

130 

ACCOUNTING FOR MANAGERIAL 
DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to the various components 
of managerial accounting. Emphasis is placed 
on managerial problem-solving techniques 
and the analysis of the results. Accounting 
systems, costing procedures, cost-volume 
profit relationships, managerial control 
processes and the use of computers as aids to 
decision-making are studied. Students will 
gain hands-on experience with various 
computer applications of managerial account- 
ing. Prerequisite: ACCT 110. 

223 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

Methods of accounting for material, labor 
and factory overhead expenses consumed in 
manufacturing using job order, process, and 
standard costing techniques. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 110. 

224 

COST AND BUDGETARY 

ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

Application of cost accounting and bud- 
getary theory to decision making in the area of 
make or buy, expansion of production and 
sales, break even analysis, decision modeling, 
internal control and information systems. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 and MATH 123. 



344 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY I 

An in-depth examination of the environ- 
ment within which financial accounting theorj 
exists. An examination of the basic postulates 
that underlie financial statements and a 
critique of what financial reporting means. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 223 or consent of 
instructor. 

345 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY II 

An examination of the various accounting < 
and reporting issues affecting assets. Prereq-] 
uisite: ACCT 344. 

436 

INTERMEDIATE 
ACCOUNTING THEORY III 

An examination of the various accounting 
and reporting issues affecting liabilities, 
stockholder equity, earnings per share, cash 
flows and accounting changes. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 345 with a minimum grade ofCor 
consent of instructor. 

440 

AUDITING THEORY 

A study of the science or art of verifying, 
analyzing, and interpreting accounts and 
reports. The goal of the course is to empha- 
size concepts which will enable students to 
understand the philosophy and environment oi 
auditing. Special attention is given to the 
public accounting profession, studying 
auditing standards, professional ethics, the 
legal liability inherent in the attest function, 
the study and evaluation of internal control, 
the nature of evidence, the growing use of 
statistical sampling, the impact of electronic 
data processing, and the basic approach to 
planning an audit. Finally, various audit 
reports expressing independent expert 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



ACCOUNTING 

• 



opinions on the fairness of financial state- 
Tients are studied. Prerequisite: ACCT 344, 
MATH 123, BUS 320, and senior status or 
zonsent of instructor. 

i41 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 

Analysis of the provisions of the Internal 
Revenue Code relating to income, deductions, 
inventories, and accounting methods. Practical 
jroblems involving determination of income 
ind deductions, capital gains and losses, 
;omputation and payment of taxes through 
uvithholding at the source and through declara- 
tion are considered. Planning transactions so 
that a minimum amount of tax will result is 
emphasized. Prerequisite: ACCT 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

442 

FEDERAL INCOME TAX 
ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNING 

An analysis of the provisions of the 
[ntemal Revenue Code relating to partner- 
ships, estates, trusts, and corporations. An 
extensive series of problems is considered, 
and effective tax planning is emphasized. 
Prerequisite: ACCT 110, or consent of 
instructor. 

443 

ACCOUNTING FOR BUSINESS 
COMBINATIONS 

Certain areas of advanced accounting 
theory, including business combinations and 
consolidated financial statements. Prerequi- 
site: ACCT 345. One-half unit of credit. 

447 

ADVANCED ACCOUNTING 

An intensive study of partnerships, 
installment and consignment sales, branch 
accounting, foreign currency transactions, and 
segment interim reporting. Prerequisite: 
ACCT 443. One-half unit of credit. 



449 

PRACTICUM IN ACCOUNTING 

An introduction to the real world of 
accounting. Students are placed in Manage- 
rial and Public Accounting positions in order 
to effect a synthesis of the students' academic 
course work and its practical applications. 
Specifics of the course work to be worked out 
in conjunction with department, student and 
sponsor. May he repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in accounting typically work off 
campus under the supervision of a public or 
private accountant. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Typical examples of recent studies in 
accounting are: computer program to generate 
financial statements, educational core for 
public accountants, inventory control, and 
church taxation. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ACCOUNTING-MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICS 




ACCOUNTING - 

MATHEMATICAL 

SCIENCES 

Associate Professor: Kuhns (Coordinator) 

The accounting-mathematical sciences 
interdiscipHnary major is designed to offer, 
within a hberal arts framework, courses which 
will aid in constructing mathematical models 
for business decision-making. Students 
obtain the necessary substantial background in 
both mathematical sciences and accounting. 

Required accounting courses are: ACCT 
1 10, 223, 224, 344, 345, 441, 442. In math- 
ematical sciences, required courses are: CPTR 
125, 321 and MATH 112, 128, 129, 338 and 
either 123 or 332. Recommended courses 
include: MATH 130, 238, 333; BUS 223, 
235, 236, 338, 339; CPTR 108, 246; ECON 
1 10, 1 1 1; PSY 224, 225; and SOC 1 10. 



ACTUARIAL 
MATHEMATICS 

Associate Professor: Sprechini (Coordinator) 

The Actuarial Mathematics major is 
designed to offer, within a liberal arts frame- 
work, coursework to prepare for an actuarial 
career. Students obtain the necessary math- 
ematical background for the first actuarial 
exam and two or three exams beyond the 
first one. Students also obtain some back- 
ground in accounting, economics, and business 
which is needed for an actuarial career. At th 
time of completion of all major requirements, 
or shortly thereafter, a student should be 
prepared to sit for up to four of the examina- 
tions of the Society of Actuaries. 

The Actuarial Mathematics major consists 
of 14 unit courses and two semesters of non- 
credit colloquia. In Mathematical Sciences, 
required courses are CPTR 125, MATH 128, 

129, 130, 234, 238, 321, 332, 333, and 338. 
Also required are ACCT 1 10; ECON 1 10; on< 
of MATH 214 or ECON 230; one of ACCT 

130, ACCT 441, BUS 338, ECON 331 or 441 
two semesters of MATH 339 or 449 taken 
during the junior and/or senior years; success- 
ful completion of any one of the Society of 
Actuaries Examinations (typically either the 
course 100 or course 1 10 Examinations) by 
the end of the junior year. 

Recommended courses include: ACCT 
223, 224, 226, 344; BUS 339, 342; CPTR 108; | 
ECON 220, 229, 332, 337; MATH 106, 231, 
432, 434. It is also strongly recommended that 
the student complete as many of the actuarial 
examinations as possible prior to graduation. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



AMERICAN STUDIES 

• 




AMERICAN 
STUDIES (AMST) 

Professor: Piper (Coordinator) 

The American Studies major offers a compre- 
hensive program in American civilization which 
introduces students to the complexities under- 
lying the development of America and its cont- 
emporary life. Thirteen courses are included. 

Four Course Requirements 

The primary integrating units of the major, 
these courses — some team-taught — will 
encourage students to consider ideas from 
different points of view and help them to 
correlate information and methods from 
various disciplines: 

1 . AMST 200 — America as a Civilization 

(First semester of major study) 

2. AMST 220 — American Tradition in the 

Arts and Literature 

3. HIST 449 or SOC 447 — Research and 
Methodology (junior or senior year) 

4. Internship or Independent Study (junior 
or senior year) 

Concentration Areas 

Six courses in one option and three in the 
other are needed. Six primary concentration- 
option courses in American Arts or American 
Society build around the insights gained in the 
core courses. They focus particular attention 
on areas most germane to academic and 
vocational interests. The three additional 
courses from the other option give further 



breadth to an understanding of America. 
Students also will be encouraged to take 
elective courses relating to other cultures. 
Students should design their American 
Studies major in consultation with the 
program coordinator. 

American Arts Concentration Option 

ART 332 — American Art of the 20th Century 
ENGL 222 — American Literature I 
ENGL 223 — American Literature II 
MUS 128 — American Music 
MUS N 80 — Studies in American Music 
THEA N 80 — Studies in American Theatre 

American Society Concentration Option 

ECON 224 — Urban Problems 

HIST 442 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History to 1877 
HIST 443 — U.S. Social and Intellectual 

History since 1 877 
PSCI331 — Civil Rights and Liberties 
PSCI 335 — Law and Society 
SOC 334 — Racial and Cultural Minorities 
Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 95. 

200 

AMERICA AS A CIVILIZATION 

An analysis of the historical, sociocultural, 
economic, and political perspectives of Ameri- 
can civilization with special attention to the 
interrelationships between these various 
orientations. May be taken for either one-half 
unit (Section 200A) or full unit (Section B); 
declared majors and prospective majors should 
take the full-unit course, 200B. Alternate years. 

220 

AMERICAN TRADITION IN 
THE ARTS AND LITERATURE 

The relationship of the arts and literature to 
the various historical periods of American life. 

470-479 INTERNSHIP 
N80-N89 INDEPENDENT STUDY 
490-491 INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ARCHAEOLOGY AND CULTURE OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 




ARCHAEOLOGY 
AND CULTURE OF 
THE ANCIENT 

NEAR EAST 

Instructor: Knauth (Coordinator) 

The interdisciplinary major in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East is 
designed to acquaint students with the "cradle 
of Western civilization." The major requires 
completion of ten courses relevant to the study 
of the ancient Mediterranean and Near Eastern 
worlds from the following courses, which are 
described in their departmental sections: 

1. Two courses in archaeology: 

REL 226 Biblical Archaeology 

and one course from: 
REL 401 Field Archaeology (based 

on an excavation trip) 
REL 42 1 Archaeological Field 

Supervision 
REL/HIST/ART 470-479 

Internship (in archaeology 

or museum work) 
REL/HIST/ART N80-89 

Independent Study (project 

in archaeology) 

2. Four courses in culture from: 

ART 222 Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western 
Art 



HIST 2 1 Ancient History 
REL 113 or 114 

Old or New Testament Fait! 

and History (not both) 
REL 223 Backgrounds of Early 

Christianity 
REL 224 Judaism and Islam 

REL 228 History and Culture of the 

Ancient Near East 

3. Two semesters of foreign language from: 
HEBR 101-102 Old Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
GRK 101-102 New Testament Grammar 

and Readings 
(Modem Hebrew, Arabic, Classical Greek, 
or Latin may be substituted) 

4. Two courses from related disciplines, 
subject to advance approval by the supervi- 
sory committee. These courses may be 
taken from the fields of anthropology, art, 
economics, geology, his-tory, literature, 
philosophy, political science, or religion (oi 
other related fields); they can be taken as 
independent study projects. Topics should 
be relevant to some aspect of ancient or 
modem Near Eastem or Greco-Roman 
study. Additional "culture" courses as 
listed above are allowed in this category. 
Although not included in the major, the 
study of German and/or French is highly 
recommended for those planning to pursue j 
graduate studies in the field. 

Minor 

An interdisciplinary minor in Archaeology 
and Culture of the Ancient Near East requires 
completion of one archaeology course from 
REL 226 or 401, and four courses at least 
three of which must be numbered 200 or 
higher from ASTR 102 or 1 12, ART 222, 
HIST 210, REL 1 13 or 1 14, 223, 224, 226, 
228, 401, 421, SOC 114 and 229. At least 
two of these courses must be from outside the 
Religion Department. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



ART 

• 




ART (ART) 



Professor: Shipley 

Associate Professors: Golahny, 

Estomin (Chairperson) 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Goodyear, Tran 
Part-time Instructor: Stemgold 

The Art Department offers two majors in 
the B.A. Degree — Studio Art and Art History. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
STUDIO ART 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts Degree 
with a major in studio art, students must 
complete the seven-course foundation 
program and the requirements for an area of 
specialization, successfully complete each 
semester's colloquium (while a declared 
major), and successfully complete the senior 
exhibition. Exception to participation in the 
colloquium may be made by the art faculty. 

Placement into ART 227. Introduction to 
Photography, will be based on the experience 
of the student and determined by the faculty of 



the Art Department. Students who place out 
of ART 227 will take ART 337, Photography 
II, to fulfill the foundation requirement in 
photography. In addition, students placed into 
ART 337 who are specializing in Track IV, 
Commercial Design, will be required to take 
both ART 344, Computer Graphics for 
Electronic Media, and ART 430, Interactive 
Multi-Media and Web Design. Students 
specializing in Track VI, Photography/ 
Electronic Art, will be required to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media; 
ART 431, Advanced Digital Imaging; or an 
approved independent study. 

Foundation Program 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 116 — Figure Modeling 

ART 2 12 — Color Theory 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient Medieval 

and Non-Western Art 
ART 223 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non-Western Art 
ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 
ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 

Areas of Specialization 

I. Painting 

ART 220 — Painting I 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 330 — Painting II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 

II. Printmaking 

ART 221 —Drawing II 

ART 228 — Printmaking I 

ART 338 — Printmaking II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



III. Sculpture 

ART 225 — Sculpture I 

ART 226 — Figure Modeling II 

ART 335 — Sculpture II 

ART 446 — Studio Research 

and two art history courses numbered 

300 or above. 



IV. Commercial Design 

ART 221 — Drawing II 
ART 337 
ART 343 



Photography II 
Computer Graphics for 
Print Media 
ART 344 — Computer Graphics for 

Electronic Media, OR 
ART 430 — Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. (Commercial 
Design majors are strongly 
encouraged to take both.) 
ART 442 — Special Projects with 
Commercial Design 
ART 470 — Internship 

A student is encouraged to take the follow- 
ing courses: ART 431, Advanced Digital 
Imaging; BUS 332, Advertising; BUS 344, 
Electronic Commerce and Internet Marketing; 
COMM 323, Feature Writing for Special 
Audiences; COMM 1 10, Principles of 
Communication; and PSY 224, Social 
Psychology. 

V. Generalist Art Major 

To be taken by those students who are seeking 
teaching certification in Art. In addition, this 
area of specialization is recommended for those 
students also majoring or minoring in Psychol- 
ogy with a possible future career in art therapy. 
ART 119 — Ceramics I 
ART 220 — Painting I 
ART 225 — Sculpture I 
ART 228 — Printmaking I 
and two art history courses numbered 300 or 
higher. 

Students planning to complete the K- 12 art 
certification program must also fulfill the 
following requirements: 
ART 310 — History and Practice of Art 
Education 



EDUC 200 — Introduction to the Study of 

Education 
PSY 138 — Educational Psychology 
EDUC 446, 447 448 and 449 

Professional Semester 
Students are also encouraged to 
take EDUC 232, 239, and ART 343. 

VI. Photography/Electronic Art 

ART 337 — Photography II 

ART 342 — Photography III 

ART 343 — Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 
ART 431 — Advanced Digital Imaging, OR 
ART 446 — Studio Research 
and two Art History courses numbered 300 or 
above. 

Students are also encouraged to take ART 
344, Computer Graphics for Electronic Media 
and ART 430, Interactive Multi-Media and 
Web Design. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: ART 222 and 339. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ART 222, 223, 331, 333, 334, 
336, and 339. 

THE B.A. DEGREE - 
ART HISTORY 

To complete a Bachelor of Arts degree 
with a major in art history, a student must take 
courses in art history, studio art, and history 
and/or religion. A student majoring in art 
history is advised to take a foreign language. 
Art History majors (once declared) are 
required to participate in each semester's art 
colloquium. 

Required of ail students: 

ART 222 — Survey of Art: Ancient, 

Medieval, and Non- Western Art 

ART 223 — Survey of Art: From the 
Renaissance through the 
Modem Age 

ART 447 — Art History Research 

ART 148, 248, 348, 448 — Art Colloquium 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 

• 



Choose four of the following: 

ART 310 — History /Practice Art Education 
ART 331 — Recent Developments in Art 
ART 333 — 19th Century European and 

American Art 
ART 334 — Art of the Renaissance 
ART 336 — Art of the Baroque 
ART 339 — Women in Art 

Choose two of the following: 

ART 1 1 1 — Drawing I 

ART 115 — Two-Dimensional Design 

ART 1 16 — Figure Modeling I 

ART 227 — Introduction to Photography 

Two Additional Courses Outside the Art 
Department: 

Students must take at least two additional 
courses in the areas of History, Literature, 
Theater or Religion. Students should select 
these courses with their advisors. 

The following courses have been 
approved to be offered as writing intensive 
courses and may be offered as such: ART 222, 
223,331,333, 334, 336 and 339. Students 
must check semester class schedules to 
determine which courses are offered as "W" 
courses for that semester. 

Minors 

Five minors are offered by the Art Depart- 
ment. Requirements for each follow: Commer- 
cial Design: ART 1 1 1, 1 15, 212, 223, 227 and 
343; Painting: ART 111,115, 220, 330 and 
221 or 223; Photography: ART 1 1 1, 212, 223, 
227. 337 and 342; Sculpture: ART 1 16, 225, 
226, 335, and 1 1 1 , 1 1 9 or 445; Art History: 
ART 222, 223 and two advanced art history 
courses. Art majors who minor in art history 
must take two additional upper level 
courses beyond the two required for the minor 
intended for students who major in other 
disciplines (i.e., ART 222, 223 and four upper 
level courses). 



Ill 

DRAWING I 

Study of the human figure with gesture and 
proportion stressed. Student is made familiar 
with different drawing techniques and media. 
Some drawings from nature. 

115 

TWO-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN 

The basic fundamentals found in the two- 
dimensional arts: line, shape, form, space, 
color, and composition are taught in relation- 
ship to the other two-dimensional arts. 
Perceptual theories and their relationships to 
what and why we see what we see in art are 
discussed with each problem. 

116 

FIGURE MODELING I 

Understanding the figure will be approached 
through learning the basic structures and pro- 
portions of the figure. The course is conceived 
as a three-dimensional drawing class. At least 
one figure will be cast by each student. 

119 

CERAMICS I 

Emphasis placed on pottery design as it 
relates to function of vessels and the design 
parameters imposed by the characteristics of 
clay. The techniques of ceramics are taught to 
encourage expression rather than to dispense 
merely a technical body of information. 

212 

COLOR THEORY 

A study of the physical and emotional 
aspects of color. Emphasis will be placed on 
the study of color as an aesthetic agent for the 
artist. The color theories of Johannes Itten 
will form the base for this course with some 
study of the theories of Albert Munsell, Faber 
Birren, and Wilhelm Ostwald. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 

• 



220 

PAINTING I 

An introduction of painting techniques and 
materials. Coordination of color, value, and 
design within the painting is taught. Some 
painting from the figure. No limitations as to 
painting media, subject matter, or style. 
Prerequisite: ART 115 or consent of instructor. 

221 

DRAWING II 

Continued study of the human figure. 
Emphasis is placed on realism and figure- 
ground coordination with the use of value and 
design. Prerequisite: ART HI. 

Ill 

SURVEY OF ART: ANCIENT, 

MEDIEVAL, AND NON-WESTERN ART 

A survey of the major developments in the 
visual arts of the Ancient, Medieval, and Non- 
western fields. Emphasis is on the interrelation 
of form and content, the function and meaning 
of the visual arts within their respective 
cultures, and the importance of visual literacy. 

223 

SURVEY OF ART: FROM THE 
RENAISSANCE THROUGH 
THE MODERN AGE 

A survey of Western architecture, sculp- 
ture, and painting. Emphasis is on the 
interrelation of form and content and on the 
relatedness of the visual arts to their cultural 
environment: 14th-20th centuries. 

225 
SCULPTURE I 

An introduction to the techniques, materi- 
als, and ideas of sculpture. Clay, plaster, wax, 
wood, and other materials will be used. The 
course will be concerned with ideas about 
sculpture as expression, and with giving 
material form to ideas. 



226 

FIGURE MODELING II 

Will exploit the structures and understand- 
ings learned in Figure Modeling I to produce j 
larger, more complex figurative works. There! 
will be a requirement to cast one of the works! 
in plaster. Prerequisite: ART 116 and consen, 
of instructor. 

Ill 

INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY 

Objectives of the course are to develop 
technical skills in the use of photographic 
equipment (cameras, films, darkroom, 
printmaker) and to develop sensitivity in the 
areas of composition, form, light, picture 
quality, etc. Each student must own (or have 
access to) a 35mm camera capable of full- 
manual operation. 

228 
PRINTMAKING I 

Introduction to the techniques of 
silkscreen, intaglio, monotype and lithograph> 
printing. One edition of at least six prints 
must be completed in each area. Prerequisite: 
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor. 

229 

CERAMICS II 

Continuation of Ceramics I. Emphasis on 
use of the wheel and technical aspects such as 
glaze making and kiln firing. Prerequisite: 
ART 119. 

310 

HISTORY AND PRACTICE 
OF ART EDUCATION 

This course concerns the teaching of art, 
from the distant past to the present. Topics 
include Discipline-Based Art Education: its 
philosophy, history, and context; lesson 
planning; and teaching methods. Course work 
includes observation of art classes in elemen- 
tary and secondary schools in the greater 
Williamsport area. Required of art majors in 
the K-12 certification program. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^m 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART 

• 



m 

AINTING II 

Continuation of Painting I (ART 220). 
'imphasis is placed on individual style and 
echnique. Artists and movements in art are 
itudied. No limitations as to painting media, 
.ubject matter, or style. Prerequisite: ART 220. 

131 

DECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ART 

' Recent developments, taking into account 

;lobal issues, historical reference, and news 

nedia. 

i 

f33 

I9TH CENTURY EUROPEAN 

VND AMERICAN ART 

The art of Western Europe and the United 
»tates from 1780-1900, with emphasis on 
painting in France. Those artists to be studied 
nclude David, Goya, Delacroix, Courbet, the 
mpressionists, Turner, Homer, Cole and Eakins. 

B4 

\RT OF THE RENAISSANCE 

The art of Italy and Northern Europe from 
.300 to 1530, with emphasis on the painters 
jiotto, Masaccio, Leonardo da Vinci, Raphael, 
ritian. Van Eyck, and Durer, the sculptors 
jhiberti, Donatello and Michelangelo, and the 
irchitects Brunelleschi and Alberti. 

SCULPTURE II 

A continuation of Sculpture I (Art 225). 
Emphasis is on advanced technical process, 
lasting of bronze and aluminum sculpture 
vill be done in the school foundry. Prereqiti- 
lite: ART225. 

^6 

\RT OF THE BAROQUE 

Seventeenth-century painting and sculpture 
n Italy and The Netherlands with emphasis on 
Bernini. Poussin. Rubens, and Rembrandt, with 
>pecial attention given to the expressive, nar- 
rative, and painterly styles present in their art. 



337 
PHOTOGRAPHY II 

To extend the skills developed in Introduc- 
tion to Photography (ART 227) by continued 
growth in technical expertise including 
instruction in photo art processes such as 
collage, multiple images, hand-coloring and/ 
or toning. Emphasis is placed on conceptual 
and aesthetic aspects of photography. Prereq- 
uisite: ART 227. 

338 
PRINTMAKING II 

Continuation of Printmaking I (ART 228). 
Emphasis on multi-plate and viscosity 
printing. Prerequisite: ART 228. 

339 

WOMEN IN ART 

A survey of women artists from a variety 
of viewpoints — aesthetic, historical, social, 
political and economic — which seeks to 
understand and integrate the contributions of 
women artists into the mainstream of the 
history of art. 

342 

PHOTOGRAPHY III 

Study of techniques and aesthetics of color 
photography using color negatives and/or 
slides, advanced imaging techniques utilizing 
the computer to enhance and manipulate 
students' original photographs, and introduc- 
tion to large format view cameras. Integration 
of tools to students' own artistic process 
emphasized. A portfolio including examples 
of color, image processing and large format 
work will be produced. Prerequisites: ART 
227, 337, and 343. 

343 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS FOR PRINT MEDIA 

Use of computers as an artist's and 
designer's tool. Concentrated, hands-on study 
of image manipulation, illustration and layout 
programs. Content of course includes funda- 
mentals of vector and raster imaging, typogra- 
phy, design, layout, color separation, and 



{002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ART 



manipulating computer images obtained from 
scanners, video sources, and the students' own 
original production using computer paint 
software. Prerequisite: ART 227 and either 
ART 111 or 115; or consent of instructor. 

344 

COMPUTER GRAPHICS 
FOR ELECTRONIC MEDIA 

Use of the computer as a tool to create, 
manipulate and edit video for artistic and 
commercial purposes. Content of course 
includes computer animation, multi-media 
program production and computer interfaced 
video production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

430 

INTERACTIVE MULTI-MEDIA 
AND WEB DESIGN 

This course is a concentrated, hands-on 
study of interactive media for CD-ROM and 
the World Wide Web. It includes study of the 
history and design principles of interactive art, 
creation of 2-D computer animation, digital 
sound editing, Web design and CD-ROM 
production. Prerequisite: ART 343 or consent 
of instructor. 

431 

ADVANCED DIGITAL IMAGING 

This course continues the study of the 
computer as an artist and designer's tool. It is 
the capstone course for those Photography/ 
Electronic Media majors who wish to do the 
majority of their senior show work in the 
digital media. Students learn advanced 
imaging techniques, work with digital cam- 
eras, use scanners as "cameras," combine 
traditional and digital photography, and 
experiment with a variety of printing processes 
and substrates. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 



440 

PAINTING III 

Advanced study of painting techniques and! 
materials. A personal painting direction is 
expected. There is some experimentation with 
new painting techniques. Prerequisite: ART 
330. 

441 

DRAWING III 

Continued study of the human figure, 
individual style, and professional control of 
drawing techniques and media are empha- 
sized. Prerequisite: ART 221 

442 

SPECIAL PROJECT IN 
COMMERCIAL DESIGN 

Concentrated research, preparation and 
execution of a series of projects in commercial 
design utilizing computer graphics, page 
layout programs and paint, draw and image 
manipulation software that simulate traditional 
airbrush, water-based mediums, markers, i 
colored pencils and ink pens. The following ( 
skills are involved: illustration, photography, j 
design, typesetting, lettering, layout, overlays, i 
scanning color separation, matching and 
proofing and preparation of files for a service 
bureau or printer. Prerequisite: ART 343 or 
consent of instructor. 

445 

SCULPTURE III 

In Sculpture III the student is expected to 
produce a series of sculptures that follow a 
conceptual and technical line of development. 
Prerequisite: ART 116, 225, and 335. 

446 

STUDIO RESEARCH 

Independent research in an elective studio 
area, conducted under the supervision of the 
appropriate faculty member, includes creation 
of work which may be incorporated in the 
senior group exhibition. Student works in 
private studio assigned by the department. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ART • ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



47 

.RT HISTORY RESEARCH 

Independent research, conducted under the 
jpervision of the appropriate faculty mem- 
er, includes the research and writing of a 
lesis, to be presented to a committee of Art 
department faculty. This course may he 
?peated for credit. 

48, 248, 348 and 448 
.RT COLLOQUIUM 

A non-credit seminar in which faculty, 
:udents and invited professionals discuss and 
ritique specific art projects. Required of all 
'udents majoring in art. Taken each semes- 
T. Meets 2-4 times each semester. Pass/Fail, 
'on-credit seminar. 

49 

.RT PRACTICUM 

his course offers students internship experi- 
nce in commercial design or commercial 
holography with companies and organiza- 
ons. Students work at least 10 hours per 
'eek for a sponsoring company and attend 
jminar sessions on issues relevant to their 
'ork assignments. Students must apply 
irectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
lacement before pre-registration to be 
ligible for this course. Prerequisite: ART 442 
r consent of instructor. 

70-479 

sfTERNSHIP (See index) 
This course offers students internship 
icperience in commercial design or commer- 
lal photography with companies and organi- 
itions. Prerequisite: ART 430 or ART 442 
r consent of instructor. Students must apply 
irectly to the Art Department to arrange job 
lacement before pre-registration to be 
Hgible for this course. 

90-491 

'^DEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
'EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



Sl^'^ 









ASTRONOMY 
AND PHYSICS 

Associate Professors: Erickson (Chairperson), 
Fisher, Wolfe 

The department offers two majors. The 
major in astronomy is specifically designed to 
train students in the field of planetarium 
education; it also may serve as a basis for 
earning state certification as a secondary school 
teacher of general science. The major in physics 
can prepare students for graduate work in 
physics, astronomy, and related physical 
sciences, for the cooperative program in 
engineering, for state certification as secondary 
school teachers of physics, or for technical 
positions in industry. 

ASTRONOMY (astr) 

The major in astronomy requires courses in 
astronomy, physics, chemistry and mathematics. 
The required courses are ASTR 111, 448, and 
five additional courses numbered ASTR 1 1 2 or 
higher four of which must be numbered ASTR 
230 or higher; PHYS 225-226; CHEM 110-1 1 1 
or 330-331; and MATH 128-129. Astronomy 
majors are also required to register for four 
semesters of ASTR 349 and 449 (non-credit 
colloquia). 

The requirement for taking ASTR 448 can be 
satisfied by doing an individual studies or honors 
project where the results would be presented at a 
departmental colloquium. A double major in 
astronomy and physics need only take the course 
once. Students participating in an engineering 3-2 
program will be exempt from taking ASTR 448. 



02-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



The following courses are recommended: 
PHIL 223 and 333, PHYS 333, and ART 227. 
Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 96. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ASTR 230. 

Minor 

A minor in astronomy consists of a grade of 
C or better in both ASTR 1 1 1 and PHYS 225 
plus any three additional courses selected from 
PHYS 226 or ASTR courses numbered 200 or 
higher. 

104 

FIELD GEOLOGY 

A methods course introducing the field 
techniques needed to study the geology 
of an area. May or summer term only. 

107 

OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY 

A methods course providing the opportu- 
nity to make a variety of astronomical 
observations, both visually and photographic- 
ally, with and without telescopes. The 
planetarium is used to familiarize the student 
with the sky at various times during the year 
and from different locations on earth. May or 
summer term only. 

101 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

111 

PRINCIPLES OF ASTRONOMY 

A summary of current concepts of the 
universe from the solar system to distant 
galaxies. Describes the techniques and 
instruments used in astronomical research. 
Presents not only what is reasonably well 
known about the universe, but also considers 
some of the major unsolved problems ASTR 
1 01 and 111 share the same three hours of 
lecture and two hours of laboratory each week. 
ASTR 111 has one additional hour each week 



for more advanced mathematical treatment of 
the material. Credit may not be earned for bott 
101 and 111. Corequisite for 111: MATH 127 
or consent of instructor. 

102 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 
112 

PRINCIPLES OF GEOLOGY 

A study of the surface processes and interna 
structure of the planet Earth. Shows how past 
events and lifeforms can be reconstructed from 
preserved evidence to reveal the geologic 
history of our planet from its origin to the 
present. Describes the ways geology influence) 
our environment. ASTR 102 and 112 share the 
same three hours of lecture and two hours of 
laboratory each week. 112 has one additional 
hour each week for more advanced mathemati-' 
cal treatment of the material. Credit may not 
be earned for both 102 and 112. Corequisite 
for 112: MATH 127 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

114 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT I 

Traces the beginnings of rocketry and 
spaceflight capability from Sputnik (1957) 
through the conclusion of the Apollo moon 
landings (1972). Extensive use of NASA vide( 
and other audio-visual aids. Examination of 
scientific, engineering and political motivation; 
When taken in May term, must be scheduled 
with ASTR 115. Not for distribution. Alternate 
years. One-half unit of credit. 

115 

MANNED SPACE FLIGHT II 

Examines manned spaceflight from Skylab 
missions (1973-74) through Apollo-Soyuz Test 
Project, early Space Shuttle missions, to current 
U.S. and Soviet space efforts. Extensive use of 
NASA video. Examination of scientific, 
engineering, and political motivations. When 
taken in May Term, must be scheduled with 
ASTR 114. Not for distribution. Alternate year 
One-half unit of credit. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALQi 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



130 

>LANETARIUM TECHNIQUES 

A methods course covering major aspects of 
)lanetarium programming, operation 
ind maintenance. Students are required to 
)repare and present a planetarium show. Upon 
mccessfully completing the course, students 
ire eligible to become planetarium assistants. 
ifhree hours of lecture and demonstration and 
three hours of practical training per week. 
Prerequisite: a grade ofC or better in ASTR 
fOl or U 1. Alternate years. 

243 

PLANETARY SCIENCE 

A comparative survey of the various 
classes of natural objects that orbit the sun. 
Including the major planets, their satellites, the 
minor planets, and comets. Topics include 
meteorological processes in atmospheres, 
geological processes that shape surface features, 
internal structures, the role of spacecraft in the 
exploration of the solar system, and clues to 
the origin and dynamic evolution of the solar 
system. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: a grade of C or better in ASTR 
U] or 112, or PHYS 225. Alternate years. 

344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four- vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and 
future of the universe. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 1 J J and PHYS 225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as PHYS 344. 

445 

STELLAR EVOLUTION 

The physical principles governing the 
internal structure and external appearance of 
stars. Mechanisms of energy generation and 
transport within stars. The evolution of stars 
from initial formation to final stages. The 
creation of chemical elements by nucleosyn- 
thesis. Four hours of lecture per week. 



Prerequisites: ASTR J 1 1 and PHYS 226. 
Alternate years. 

446 

STELLAR DYNAMICS AND 
GALACTIC STRUCTURE 

The motion of objects in gravitational fields. 
Introduction to the n-body problem. The 
relation between stellar motions and the 
galactic potential. The large-scale structure of 
galaxies in general and of the Milky Way 
Galaxy in particular. Four hours of lecture per 
week. Prerequisites: ASTR 111 and PHYS 
225. Alternate years. 

448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of the 
instructor Cross-listed as PHYS 448. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for 
juniors and seniors majoring in astronomy and 
physics offers students a chance to meet and 
hear active scientists in astronomy, physics, and 
related scientific areas talk about their own 
research or professional activities. In addition, 
majors in astronomy and physics must pre.sent 
two lectures, one given during the junior year 
and one given during the senior year, on the 
results of a literature survey or their individual 
research. Students majoring in this department 
are required to attend four semesters during the 
junior and senior years. A letter grade will be 
given when the student gives a lecture. Other- 
wise the grade will be P/F. Students in the 
Cooperative Program in Liberal Arts and 
Engineering are required to attend two semes- 
ters and present one lecture during their junior 
year. Non-credit course. One hour per week. 
Cross-listed as PHYS 349 & 449. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken in 
most areas of astronomy. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS (PHYS) 

The major in physics requires courses in 
physics, chemistry and mathematics. The 
required courses are PHYS 225, 226, 331, 
332, 448 and four additional courses num- 
bered PHYS 333 or higher; CHEM 110-111 or 
330-331; and MATH 128-129. Physics 
majors are also required to register for four 
semesters of PHYS 349 and 449 (non-credit 
coUoquia). 

The requirement for taking PHYS 448 can 
be satisfied by doing an individual studies or 
honors project where the results would be 
presented at a departmental colloquium. A 
double major in astronomy and physics need 
only take the course once. Students participat- 
ing in an engineering 3-2 program will be 
exempt from taking PHYS 448. 

Up to two courses chosen from ASTR 111, 
1 12, 243, 445 and 446 may substitute for two 
of the four physics electives. The following 
courses are recommended: MATH 231, 238; 
CPTR 125 (all three required for the coopera- 
tive engineering program and by many 
graduate schools), and PHIL 223, 333. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHYS 338 and 447. 

Minor 

A minor in physics requires completion of 
the following courses with a C grade or better: 



PHYS 225-226, 331, 332, and one additional 
course selected from PHYS courses numberedi 
300 or higher. 

106 

ENERGY ALTERNATIVES 

A physicist' s definition of work, energy, and ; 
power. The various energy sources available 
for use, such as fossil fuels, nuclear fission and 
fusion, hydro, solar, wind, and geothermal. The 
advantages and disadvantages of each energy- 
conversion method, including availability, 
efficiency, and environmental effects. Present 
areas of energy research and possible future 
developments. Projections of possible future < 
energy demands. Exercises and experiments in 
energy collection, conversion, and utilization. 
May or summer term only. 

108 

GREAT IDEAS OF THE 
PHYSICAL UNTVERSE i 

An introduction to several major concepts t 
of physics which have developed over the past! 
several centuries, relating them to their broad 
implications. The emphasis is on a descriptive 
rather than a mathematical discussion of I 

topics which range from early Greek concepts 
of science to present day methods and 
techniques used to describe the physical 
universe. Many distinctions and similarities 
between science and other areas of human 
endeavor will be studied to demonstrate the 
beauty, simplicity, harmony, and grandeur of 
some of the basic laws which govern the 
universe. Three hours of lecture and two \ 
hours of laboratory per week. Alternate years. 

225-226 

FUNDAMENTALS OF PHYSICS I-II 

A mathematically rigorous introduction to 
physics designed for majors in physics, astro- 
nomy, chemistry and mathematics. Topics 
include mechanics, thermodynamics, electric- 
ity and magnetism, waves, optics, and modem 
physics. Five hours of lecture and recitation 
and one three-hour laboratory per week. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



"ore qui site: MATH 128 or 129. With consent 
(department, MATH 109 may substitute for 
1ATH 128 or 129 as a prerequisite. 

31 

:lassical mechanics 

An analytical approach to classical mechan- 
:s. Topics include: kinematics and dynamics 
f single particles and systems of particles, 
ravitation and other central forces, moving 
jference frames, and Lagrangian and Hamilto- 
ian formulations of mechanics. Four hours of 
mature and three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: MATH 129 and a grade ofC or 
etterinPHYS225. 

32 
iLECTROMAGNETISM 

A theoretical treatment of classical electro- 
lagnetism. Topics include: electrostatics, 
lagnetostatics, electric and magnetic poten- 
ials, electric and magnetic properties of matter, 
-laxwell's equations, the electromagnetic 
ield, and the propagation of electromagnetic 
adiation. Four hours of lecture and three hours 
f laboratory per week. Prerequisite: MATH 
29 and a grade ofC or better in PHYS 226. 

33 

)PTICS 

Geometrical optics, optical systems, 
ihysical optics, interference, Fraunhofer 
nd Fresnel diffraction, and coherence and 
asers will be covered. Three hours of lecture 
md three hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: PHYS 226 and MATH 128; or 
onsent of instructor. Alternate years. 

136 

MTHEMATICAL METHODS OF PHYSICS 

Solution of ordinary linear differential 
iquations using power series and Laplace 
ransforms, nonlinear differential and coupled 
lifferential equations, Fourier analysis using 
)oth trigonometric and complex exponential 
unctions, complex variables, eigenvalue 
)roblems, infinite dimensional vector spaces, 
)artial differential equations, boundary value 



problem solutions to the wave equation, heat 
flow equation and Laplace's equation. Prereq- 
uisites: MATH 231 and 238. Alternate years. 

337 

THERMODYNAMICS AND 

STATISTICAL MECHANICS 

Classical thermodynamics will be presented, 
showing that the macroscopic properties of a 
system can be specified without a knowledge of 
the microscopic properties of the constituents of 
the system. Then statistical mechanics will be 
developed, showing that these same macro- 
scopic properties are determined by the micro- 
scopic properties. Four hours of lecture and 
recitation per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 226 
and MATH 129. Alternate years. 

338 

MODERN PHYSICS 

Thorough investigation of changes in the 
classical understanding of space and time 
together with those of energy and matter that 
led to the time development of relativistic and 
quantum mechanical theories. Topics include: 
introduction to special relativity, blackbody 
radiation, the postulation of the photon and 
quantization, atomic spectra, interactions of 
matter and energy, Bohr model of the atom, 
concepts of symmetry, and development and 
applications of the Schrodinger equation. 
Four hours of lecture and one-three hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: MATH 
129 and a grade of Cor better in PHYS 226. 

339 

SOLID STATE PHYSICS 

Topics include crystalline structures, 
periodic potentials, band structure, free 
electron model, semiconductor physics, 
electromagnetic and thermal properties of 
solids, superconductivity, and superfluidity. 
Four hours of lecture and three hours of 
laboratory per week. Prerequisites: PHYS 
332 and MATH 129; or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 



002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 



344 

RELATIVITY AND COSMOLOGY 

A detailed presentation of the special theory 
of relativity and an introduction to the general 
theory. Topics include: observational and 
experimental tests of relativity, four vectors, 
tensors, space-time curvature, alternative 
cosmological models, and the origin and future 
of the universe. Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisites: ASTRIU andPHYS225. 
Alternate years. Cross-listed as ASTR 344. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO 
QUANTUM MECHANICS 

Basic concepts and formulation of quantum 
theory. The free particle, the simple harmonic 
oscillator, the hydrogen atom, and central 
force problems will be discussed. Both time- 
independent and time-dependent perturbation 
theory will be covered. Four hours of lecture 
and recitation. Prerequisite: Either PHYS 226 
or CHEM 331, and MATH 231. Cross-listed 
as CHEM 439. 

447 

NUCLEAR AND PARTICLE PHYSICS 
The course will consider properties of 
nuclei, nuclear models, radioactivity, nuclear 
reactions (including fission and fusion), and 
properties of elementary particles. The 
interactions of nuclear particles with matter 
and the detection of nuclear particles will be 
covered. It will be shown how observed 
phenomena lead to theories on the nature of 
fundamental interactions, how these forces act 
at the smallest measurable distances, and what 
is expected to occur at even smaller distances. 
Four hours of lecture and recitation and three 
hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
PHYS 226, MATH 129, and either PHYS 338 
or CHEM 110. Alternate years. 



448 

RESEARCH TOPICS 

Students participate in a research project 
under the guidance of a faculty member in the 
department. In weekly meetings, they share 
reports from the literature and report on their 
own work. Topics will range from abstract 
theoretical to selected practical experimental 
investigations. Prerequisite: Permission of 
the instructor Cross-listed as ASTR 448. 

349 & 449 

ASTRONOMY AND PHYSICS 

COLLOQUIA 

This non-credit but required course for juniors 
and seniors majoring in astronomy and physics 
offers students a chance to meet and hear active 
scientists in astronomy, physics and related 
scientific areas talk about their own research or 
professional activities. In addition, majors in 
astronomy and physics must present two lectures, 
one given during the junior year and one given 
during the senior year, on the results of a literature 
survey or their individual research. Students 
majoring in this department are required to attend; 
four semesters during the junior and senior 
years. A letter grade will be given when the 
student gives a lecture. Otherwise the grade wil 
be P/F. Students in the Cooperative Program in 
Liberal Arts and Engineering are required to 
attend two semesters and present one lecture 
during their junior year. Non-credit course. Oni 
hour per week. Cross-listed as ASTR 349 & 449 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in physics work off campus under 
the supervision of professional physicists 
employed by local industries or hospitals. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent studies may be undertaken inj 
most areas of physics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC 



BIOLOGY 

• 




BIOLOGY (BIO) 

^rofessors: Diehl, Zimmerman (Chairperson) 
Associate Professors: Gabriel, Zaccaria 
\ssistant Professors: Briggs, Lipar, Newman 

The Department of Biology offers both 
3.A. and B.S. degree programs, with minors 
ivailable in Biology and Environmental 
Science. Consent of instructor may replace 
BIO 110-111 as a prerequisite for all upper 
evel biology courses. 

rhe B.A. Degree 

To earn the B.A. degree students must 
:omplete the 13 course major which consists 
Df BIO 1 10, 1 1 1, 222, 224, 225, 321, 323 and 
3ne course in Biology numbered 328 or higher 
^excluding BIO 400 or 470); one course from 
GHEM 1 15, 220, or 221 plus two additional 
units of Chemistry; two units of mathematical 
sciences chosen from CPTR 108, 125 and/or 
MATH 109, 123, 127, 128 or above. In 
addition, juniors and seniors are required to 
successfully complete BIO 349/449 (non- 
credit colloquium) for a maximum of four 
semesters and complete the capstone experi- 
ences described below. Enrollment in student 
teaching and/or other similar off-campus 
academic experiences will be accepted by the 
department in lieu of that semester's collo- 
quium requirement. Only two courses 



numbered below 221 may count toward the 
major. Declared Biology majors may substi- 
tute BIO 106-107 for BIO 110-111 with 
written consent of the department chair. 

The B.S. Degree 

To earn the B.S. degree students must 
complete the 13 course major described for 
the B.A., meet the colloquium requirement, 
and pass three courses chosen in any combina- 
tion from the following: BIO 328 or above 
( including BIO 400 and/or 470), CHEM 200 
or above, PHYS 200 or above, or MATH 
1 27 or above. Students electing to graduate 
with a B.S. must complete the capstone 
experiences listed below. 

Cooperative Programs 

Certain specific exceptions to the B.A. and 
B.S. degrees will be made for students in 
accelerated programs. The requirements for 
accelerated programs in Optometry, Forestry 
or Environmental Studies, Medical Technol- 
ogy, and Podiatry can be found in the 
Academic Program section of the catalog. 
Students interested in these programs should 
contact the program director before finalizing 
their individual programs. 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BIO 222 and 224. 

Capstone Experiences for Biology Majors 

In order to graduate, all biology majors 
must demonstrate to the Department their 
command of biology by meeting the following 
three criteria. 

1. Practical Experience: All students must 
complete at least one of the experiences 
in the following list: Internship, 
Practicum, Relevant Summer Experi- 
ence, Independent Studies, Honors, 
Medical Technology Internship, Teach- 
ing Semester, Biology Laboratory 
Assistant, Biology-related volunteer 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^n 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



work. (Summer experiences. Biology- 
related volunteer work, or working as a 
lab assistant must be approved by the 
Department in order to be used to meet 
this requirement.) 

2. Research & Presentation Component: 

All junior and senior majors are required 
to successfully complete Biology 
Colloquia (BIO 349 and 449) during all 
their semesters on campus. During their 
final year, students will research a 
biological topic and make an oral 
presentation at the Biology Colloquium. 
This will provide the student with the 
basic level of information literacy in the 
biological science. 

3. Assessment: All majors are required to 
take at least one of the exams listed 
below or pass a Biology Department Exit 
Exam. GRE - Bio subject exam, MCAT, 
OAT, DAT, VCAT, or the Praxis. By the 
end of their first semester of their senior 
year, students must provide the Depart- 
ment official documentation of the scores 
they have earned on one of these exams. 

If one or more of these requirements 
have not been met by the end of their 
first semester of their senior year, the 
student must submit a plan signed by 
their advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

Certification in Secondary Education 

A Biology major interested in becoming 
certified at the secondary level to teach 
Biology and/or General Science should, as 
early as possible, consult the current Depart- 
ment of Education Teacher Education 
Handbook and should make their plans known 
to their advisor and the Chair of the Education 
Department so the required courses can be 
scheduled before the Professional Semester, 
a) To obtain certification in Secondary 
Biology a student must successfully 
complete a Biology major, EDUC 200, 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSY 138, the Pre-Student Teaching Part- 
icipation, and the Professional Semester ! 
(EDUC 446, 447 and 449). Students may 
choose EDUC 232 and/or EDUC 239 as 
Education electives. 
b) Students interested in obtaining General 
Science/Biology certification must com- 
plete all the requirements for secondary 
Biology listed in (a) as well as PHYS 108 
or 225 and any two courses from ASTR 
1 1 1, 1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recommended as an additional course. 



Minors 

The Department of Biology offers two 
minors: Biology and Environmental Science. 

A minor in biology requires the completior 
of four courses numbered 200 or higher, with 
their appropriate prerequisites (i.e., two intro- 
ductory biology courses). At least two of thes 
must be from the series of courses BIO 222, 
224, 225, 321, or 323. 

A minor in Environmental Science consists 
of two introductory biology courses (one of 
which must be BIO 220), BIO 224, two addi- 
tional courses numbered 200 or higher, 
one course in economics (recommended 
ECON 225), and ASTR 102. 

Biology majors who minor in Environmen- 
tal Science must complete all requirements of 
the biology major. In addition, they need to 
complete BIO 220, BIO 401, ECON 225, 
ASTR 1 1 2, and one course selected from eithe 
ECON 240, SOC 229, or an advanced biology 
course (328 or higher). 

Clean Water Institute 

This institute is designed to provide a forufi 
for the natural resource heritage of North Centr^ 
Pennsylvania, the Susquehanna River and its 
major tributaries (Pine, Loyalsock, Lycoming, 
and Muncy Creeks). The institute provides a 
service not only to Lycoming College students 
through coordination of Environmental intern- 
ships, practica (BIO 401) and independent 
study/honors projects, but also the community 
This may include seminars or workshops on 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOd 



BIOLOGY 

• 



jnvironmental issues as well as monitoring 
issistance to watershed groups. 

106 

:ells. genes and society 

This course investigates the roles cellular 
phenomena, genes and biotechnology play in 
everyday life. The primary goal of this course 
s to improve recognition and understanding 
Df the implications of biology in health care, 
igriculture, law, bioethics, and business. 
Credit may not he earned for both BIO 106 
2nd 110. BIO 106 is not a prerequisite for 
810 107. Three hours of lecture and one- 
^.hree hour lab per week. 

107 

\NATOMY FOR HEALTH 
CARE CONSUMERS 

This course is a brief survey of human 
anatomy and physiology, which includes study 
3f the complementary nature of form and 
Function, as well as study of the levels of 
biological organization within the body. The 
objective is to provide students with a back- 
ground which will allow them to read, compre- 
hend, and appreciate current articles on this 
subject in the popular press. Students learn 
the names, structure, and general functions of 
the major organs of the body. Animal dissec- 
tion is optional. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 107 and 111. BIO 106 is not a pre- 
requisite for BIO 107. Three hours of lecture 
and one-three hour laboratory per week. 

110-111 

INTRODUCTION TO BIOLOGY 

An introduction to the study of biology 
designed for students planning to major in the 
biological sciences. Major topics considered 
include the origin of life, cellular respiration 
and photosynthesis, genetics, development, 
anatomy and physiology, ecology, behavior, 
and evolution. Credit may not be earned for 
both BIO 106 and 110 or for both BIO 107 
and 111. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory- per week. 

I 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG ■ 



213-214 

HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY 

Using the organ-systems approach, the 
course is an introduction to the human body — 
its anatomy, physiology, and normal develop- 
ment — with particular attention to structure 
and function at all levels of its biological 
organization (molecular through organismal). 
Three hours of lecture, and one three-hour 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 
115 or 220, or consent of instructor. 

220 

ENVIRONMENTAL BIOLOGY 

This course provides an introduction to eco- 
logical principles and concepts with an exami- 
nation of the biological basis of contemporary 
environmental problems. The effects of human 
population on earth's resources are studied 
against a background of biological and health 
sciences. This course is designed primarily for 
students not planning to major in the biological 
sciences. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Pre-requisite: BIO 
110. This course is not a substitute for BIO 111 
for majors. 

222 
GENETICS 

A general consideration of the principles 
governing inheritance, including treatment of 
classical, molecular, cytological, physiology, 
microbial, human, and population genetics. 
Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. 

224 
ECOLOGY 

The study of the principles of ecology with 
emphasis on the role of chemical, physical, 
and biological factors affecting the distribu- 
tion and succession of plant and animal 
populations and communities. Included will 
be field studies of local habitats as well as 
laboratory experimentation. Three hours of 
lecture and one three-hour laboratory per 
week. Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-1 1 1. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



225 

PLANT SCffiNCES 

A survey of the structure, development, 
function, classification, and use of plants and 
related organisms. The study will comprise 
four general topic areas: form, including 
morphology and anatomy of plants in growth 
and reproduction; function, concentrating on 
nutrition and metabolism peculiar to photosyn- 
thetic organisms; classification systems and 
plant identification, and human uses of plants. 
Three hours of lecture and one three hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 

226 

MICROBIOLOGY FOR 
THE HEALTH SCIENCES 

A study of microorganisms with emphasis 
given to their taxonomy and their role in various 
aspects of human infectious disease. Mechanisms 
for treating and preventing infectious diseases 
will be presented. Laboratory to include diagnos- 
tic culture procedures, antibiotic sensitivity 
testing, serology, anaerobic techniques and a 
study of hemolytic reactions. Three hours of 
lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: One year of introductory level 
biology, one year of chemistry or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
received creditfor BIO 321. 

321 

MICROBIOLOGY 

A study of microorganisms. Emphasis is given 
to the identification and physiology of microor- 
ganisms as well as to their role in disease, their 
economic importance, and industrial applica- 
tions. Three hours of lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO 
110-111. Not open to students who have 
received creditfor BIO 226. 

323 

HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY 

The mechanisms and functions of systems, 
including the autonomic, endocrine, digestive, 
cardiovascular, respiratory, renal, nervous, 
and reproductive systems. Three hours of 



lecture and one three-hour laboratory per weS 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 



328 

AQUATIC BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course dealing with freshwate 
ecosystems. Studies will include a survey of th 
plankton, benthos, and fish — as well as the 
physical and chemical characteristics of water \h 
influence their distribution. Several local field 
trips and an extended field trip to a field statioi 
will familiarize students with the diversity of 
habitats and techniques of limnologists. Alternate 
years. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111. 



329 



i 



TROPICAL MARINE BIOLOGY 

A field-oriented course where students stud 
the creatures of the fringing reefs, barrier reefs 
lagoons, turtlegrass beds and mangrove swamj 
at a tropical marine laboratory. Studies will 
include survey of plankton, invertebrates, and 
fish as well as the physical and chemical 
characteristics that influence their distribution 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate May 
terms. 

333 

MEDICINAL AND POISONOUS PLANTS 

An overview of plants that produce physio- 
logically active substances that are important t( 
humans and animals. Major themes include: 
Mechanisms and symptoms of poisoning, and 
plant chemicals with useful physiological 
effects. Laboratory topics include plant 
classification and techniques for compound 
identification. Three hours of lecture and one 
three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites 
BIO 1 10-11 1, or consent of instructor. Alter- 
nate years. 

334 

INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY 

Comparative study of the invertebrate phyU 
with emphasis on phylogeny, physiology, 
morphology, and ecology. Two three-hour 
lecture/laboratory periods per week. Prerequi 
site: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 

• 



38 

[UMAN ANATOMY 

An upper-division elective course whicii 
ses a combined organ-system and regional 
pproach to the study of human anatomy. The 
burse includes lecture, laboratory and 
idividual and/or group mini-projects, 
'omputer simulated dissection software 
Packages are used extensively. Video presenta- 
lons of cadaver dissections and a video disk 
if cross-sectional anatomy are available for 
tudy. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10 and 1 1 1. 

140 

>LANT ANIMAL INTERACTIONS 

An investigation of different herbivorous 
inimals, plant defenses, and how herbivores 
nfluence plants. Topics include evolution of 
lerbivores and plants, effects of herbivory on 
ndividuals and communities, and types of 
)lant defenses. We will also discuss how 
mimals deal with plant defenses, the advan- 
ages and disadvantages of monophagous and 
3olyphagous lifestyles, different types of 
lerbivores and herbivore damage, and 
mutualisms between plants and their herbi- 
vores. Three hours of lecture and one three- 
hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: 
BIO } 10-1 II, or consent of instructor Alter- 
nate years. 

341 

VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY 

A study of the development of vertebrates 
from fertilization to the fully formed fetus. 
Particular attention is given to the chick and 
human as representative organisms. Two three- 
hour lecture/laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 1 10-111. Alternate years. 

342 

ANIMAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of causation, function, evolution, 
and biological significance of animal behav- 
iors in their normal environment and social 
contexts. Three hours of lecture and one four- 
hour laboratory each week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 



346 

VIROLOGY 

An introduction to the study of viruses. The 
course will cover virus anatomy and reproduc- 
tion, diseases caused by viruses, modern 
treatments of viral infections and viral vaccines 
produced by recombinant DN A and other 
technologies. Course content will also include a 
description of how viruses are used as tools for 
genetic engineering and for studying cellular 
processes like membrane signal transduction, 
regulation of genetic expression and oncogenesis 
(cancer). Four hours of lecture per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO IIO-III or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

347 
IMMUNOLOGY 

The course introduces concepts concerning 
how pathogens cause disease and host defense 
mechanisms against infectious diseases. Charac- 
terization of and relationships between antigens, 
haptens, and antibodies are presented. Serologi- 
cal assays will include: agglutination, precipita- 
tions, immunofluorescence, 
immunoeletrophoresis, and complement 
fixation. Other topics are: immediate and 
delayed hypersensitivities (i.e. allergies such as 
hay fever and poison ivy), immunological renal 
diseases, immunohematology (blood groups, 
etc), hybridome technology, the chemistry and 
function of complement, autoimmunity, and 
organ graft rejection phenomena. Three hours of 
lecture, one three-hour laboratory, and one hour 
of arranged work per week. Prerequisite: BIO 
110-111. Alternate years. 

348 
ENDOCRINOLOGY 

This course begins with a survey of the role 
of the endocrine hormones in the integration of 
body functions. This is followed by a study of 
the control of hormone synthesis and release, 
and a consideration of the mechanisms by 
which hormones accomplish their effects on 
target organs. Two three-hour lecture/labora- 
tory periods per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110- 
111. Alternate years. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BIOLOGY 



400 

BIOLOGY PRACTICUM 

A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior biology majors jointly sponsored by the 
Department and a public or private agency. 
The practicum is designed to integrate 
classroom theory with field or laboratory 
practice. In addition to attendance at a weekly 
seminar, students will spend 10-12 hours per 
week at the sponsoring agency. Academic 
work will include, but is not limited to: a log, 
readings, recitation and an assigned research 
paper related to the specific agency's activi- 
ties. May be repeated once for credit with 
permission of the instructor. 

401 

ENVIRONMENTAL PRACTICUM 
A work-oriented experience for junior or 
senior students interested in environmental 
science. Students work on projects jointly 
sponsored by the Clean Water Institute and a 
public or private agency. The practicum is 
designed to integrate classroom theory with 
field and/or laboratory practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency or project. Academic work includes, 
but is not limited to a log, readings, recitation 
and an assigned research paper related to the 
specific agency or project activity. May be 
repeated once for credit with permission of the 
instructor. 

430 

COMPARATIVE ANATOMY 
OF VERTEBRATES 

Detailed examination of the origins, 
structure, and functions of the principal organs 
of the vertebrates. Special attention is given 
to the progressive modification of organs from 
lower to higher vertebrates. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

431 

HISTOLOGY 

A study of the basic body tissues and the 
microscopic anatomy of the organs and 



structures of the body which are formed fror 
them. Focus is on normal human histology. | 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour , 
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110\ 
111. Alternate years. 

435 

CELL BIOLOGY 

An intensive study of the cell as the basic uni 
of life. Topics will include: origins of cellular 
life, biochemistry of the cell, enzymatic reac- 
tions, cellular membranes, intracellular commun 
nication, the cell cycle, the cytoskeleton and cell 
motility, protein sorting, distribution and secretion 
Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and one semester of i 
organic chemistry. Alternate years. 

436 

EVOLUTION 

The study of the origin and modification ol 
life on earth. Topics discussed include molecm 
lar evolution, population genetics, gene flow, 
natural selection, sexual selection, kin selection, 
neutral theory, extinction, co-evolution, and 
the evolution of man. Four hours of lecture ' 
per week. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 
437 
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 

An in-depth analysis of fundamental 
cellular information flow processes with 
particular emphasis on how these processes 
have been harnessed in the laboratory, 
resulting in technologies such as DNA cloning 
and sequencing, the Polymerase Chain 
Reaction (PCR), genetic testing, gene therapy, 
genetic engineering, DNA forensics, and 
construction of gene libraries. Two hours of 
lecture, a one-hour lab and a three-hour lab 
per week. Prerequisites: BIO 110-111 and ond, 
semester of organic chemistry. 

439 

MEDICAL GENETICS 

This course is concerned with the relation- 
ships of heredity to disease. Discussions will 
focus on topics such as chromosomal abnor- 
malities, metabolic variation and disease, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BIOLOGY 



omatic cell genetics, genetic screening, and 

mmunogenetics. Laboratory exercises will 

iffer practical experiences in genetic diagnos- 

ic techniques. Prerequisite: BIO 110-111. 

Aay term only. 

\ 
140 

PARASITOLOGY AND 

VIEDICAL ENTOMOLOGY 

The biology of parasites and parasitism. 
Studies on the major groups of animal parasites 
ind anthropod vectors of disease will involve 
axonomy and life cycles. Emphasis will be 
nade on parasites of medical and veterinary 
Importance. Three hours of lecture and one 
hree-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
BIO 110-111. Alternate years. 

444 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
:arbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
and nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
and biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ing allosteric control, induction, repression, 
signal transduction as well as the various 
types of inhibitive control mechanisms. Three 
hours of lecture, one three-hour laboratory 
and one hour of arranged work per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221, or consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as CHEM 444. 
Alternate years. 

445 

RADIATION BIOLOGY 

A study of the effects of ionizing and non- 
ionizing radiations on cells, tissues and organ- 
isms. Consideration will be given to repair 
mechanisms and how repair deficiencies 
elucidate the nature of radiation damage. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laborato- 
ry per week. Prerequisites: BIO 1 10-1 1 1, 
one year of chemistry. Alternate years. 

446 

PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOLOGY 
A study of plant resource acquisition in the 



face of competing neighbors and the quickly 
changing global environment. The course will 
focus on how differences in the environment 
affect plant water use, carbon dioxide acquisi- 
tion, light capture and nutrient uptake. Three 
hours of lecture and one three-hour laboratory 
per week. Prerequisite: Bio 1 10-1 1 1 and 225. 
Alternate years 

349 & 449 

BIOLOGY COLLOQUIUM 

This course offers the student a chance to 
become familiar with research in the biological 
sciences using techniques such as meeting and 
talking with active researchers, reading a nd 
critically analyzing the current literature, and 
discussing the ideas and methods shaping 
biology. Students will be required to read and 
analyze specific papers, actively participate in 
discussions. Biology majors with junior and 
senior standing are required to successfully 
complete colloquim during all semesters on 
campus except for semesters when student 
teaching. The grade will be P/F. Non-credit 
course. One hour per week. Prerequisites: 
biology majors with junior or senior class 
standing. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent samples of internships in the 
department include ones with the Department of 
Environmental Resources, nuclear medicine or 
rehabilitative therapies at a local hospital. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Departmental studies are experimentally- 
oriented and may entail either lab or field work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Examples of recent honors projects have 
involved stream analysis, gypsy moth 
research, drug synthesis and testing. 



2(K)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 




BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

(BUS) 

Associate Professors: Toncar, Weaver 
Assistant Professor: Stemgold (Chairperson) 
Part-time Instructor: Larrabee 

This major is designed to educate students 
about business and management functions in 
both commercial and non-commercial 
organizations. The program provides a well- 
balanced preparation for a wide variety of 
professions and careers, including banking, 
financial services, small business manage- 
ment, marketing, sales, advertising, retailing, 
general management, supervision, invest- 
ments, human resources management, and 
management information systems. The major 
is also appropriate for students who plan to 
attend graduate school in business or related 
fields, such as law or public administration. 

All students majoring in Business Admin- 
istration must complete the ten core courses 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



and at least one of the four tracks listed below.' 

Core courses required of all majors: 

ACCT 110; BUS 223, 228, 235, 244, 312, 
320, 338, 441; ECON 110 or 1 1 1. Statistics is 
also required. 

Track requirements: 

1. General Management: 

ACCT 130 or 223; BUS 449; two 
courses from BUS 330, 332, 343, 344, | 
345, 429 

2. Financial Management: 

ACCT 130 or 223; BUS 339; two courses | 
from BUS 340, 345, 435, ECON 220 

3. Marketing Management: 

BUS 319, 342, 429; one course from BUS 
332, 343, 344, 444 , 

4. International Business Management: 
Two courses selected from BUS 319, 330, 
435; ECON 343; PSCI 225; one course 
selected from ECON 240, PSCI 221, PSCI 
327; and two higher-numbered language 
courses beyond those used to meet the 
foreign language distribution requirement. 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



lajors in the International Business Manage- 
lent track are encouraged to minor in a 
)reign language. Additionally, it is the 
xpectation, though not a requirement, that 
ley will complete a practicum or 
itemship relating to international business, 
referably in a foreign country. 

Minors 

The department offers three minors: 
( 1 ) general management, 
I (2) financial management, and 

(3) marketing management. 

. General Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
228, 244, and any three unit courses in the 
department, two of which must be num- 
bered 300 or higher. Students may substi- 
tute two half-unit courses numbered 300 or 
higher for one unit course numbered 300 or 
higher. 

1. Financial Management: 

Students are required to complete BUS 
338, 339, 340, ECON 220 and either 
ECON 441 or BUS 345. 

\. Marketing Management: 

Students are required to take BUS 228, 
and any four from: BUS 319, 332, 342, 
343, 344, 429, 444. 

nternships 

Through BUS 439, Business Practicum, 
ind BUS 325, International Internship, the 
iepartment offers a wide variety of U.S. and 
ntemational internships with businesses, 
government agencies and nonprofit organiza- 
ion. In addition, the department is a member 
)f the institute for Management Studies, which 
ilso offers internships, including several full- 
ime paid internships during the summer. 

Recommended Courses 

All majors and minors are encouraged to 
;omplete a selection of the following courses: 
• ACCT 130 Accounting for Managerial 
Decision-Making (Track 3 majors) 



• BUS 235 Legal Principles I 

• ECON 1 10 Principles of Macroeconomics 
and 1 1 1 Principles of Microeconomics 

• COMM 21 1 Public Speaking and Group 
Communication, 323 Feature Writing for 
Special Audiences, and 235 Writing and 
Speaking in Business and the Professions 

• PHIL 216 Philosophical Issues in Business 

• PSCI 1 10 Government and Politics in the 
United States 

Writing Intensive Courses 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: BUS 244 and 319. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: BUS 340, 342, 344, and 441. 

Institute for Management Studies 

The Department of Business Administration 
is a member of the Institute for Management 
Studies. See page 115. 

112 

BUSINESS AND SOCIETY 

A critical examination of the role of business in 
modem society. Topics include the social and 
economic roles of business management 
techniques by commercial and non-commercial 
organizations (e.g., banks, manufacturers, retail 
stores, hospitals), and business careers and 
functions. Designed for students considering 
majors or minors in business, and for non-majors 
seeking a broad understanding of business. May 
not be taken for credit by students who have 
successfully completed four or more courses 
in BUS. 

223 

QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS ANALYSIS 

A study of the opportunities and shortcom- 
ings of a quantitative approach to managerial 
decision-making. Using hand-computed and 
computer generated decisional models, students 
explore quantitative applications to quality 
control, resource allocation, inventory control, 
decisional analysis, network scheduling, forecast- 
ing, and other topics. Prerequisite: Statistics, 
or consent of instructor. 



1002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



228 

MARKETING PRINCIPLES 

A study of the methods used by business and 
nonprofit organizations to design, price, 
promote and distribute their products and 
services. Topics include new product develop- 
ment, advertising, retailing, consumer behavior, 
marketing strategy, ethical issues in marketing 
and others. Readings, case studies, library 
assignments and team research projects. 

235 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES I 

Lectures and analyses of cases on the 
nature, sources, and fundamentals of the law 
in general, and particularly as relating to 
contracts, agency, and negotiable instruments. 

236 

LEGAL PRINCIPLES II 

Lectures on the fundamentals and history 
of the law relating to legal association, real 
property, wills, and estates. 

244 

MANAGEMENT AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR 

A study of the complex character of organi- 
zational life and the discipline and process of 
management. Topics include the evolution and 
scope of organizations and management, plan- 
ning, organizing, leading, and controlling. 
Emphasis is placed on the importance of man- 
aging in a global environment, understanding 
the ethical implications of managerial decisions, 
and appreciating work place diversity. 

312 

HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

A study of the recruitment, selection, 
development, compensation, retention, 
evaluation, and promotion of personnel within 
an organization. Emphasis is on understand- 
ing these major activities performed by 
Human Resource Management professionals 
as organizations deal with increased laws and 
regulations, the proliferation of lawsuits 
related to Human Resources, changes in work 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



force characteristics, and an increasingly 
competitive work environment, one-half unit i 
of credit. Prerequisite: BUS 244 or consent oj 
instructor. 

319 

INTERNATIONAL MARKETING 

An investigation of the challenges of doing 
business in an increasingly global environ- 
ment. Special emphasis is placed on the 
cultural and social diversity of international 
markets. Examines the marketing strategies ol 
global firms, and the challenges of interna- 
tional pricing, distribution, advertising and 
product development. Prerequisite: BUS 228' 
or consent of instructor. 

320 

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 
SYSTEMS 

A study of computer information systems 
and digital networks from the perspective of 
business managers and other end-users. Topic; 
include the components and functions of 
management information systems, personal 
productivity applications, distributed networks 
and communication systems (including the 
Internet and World Wide Web), database 
management, electronic commerce and other 
emerging technologies and business applica- 
tions. One-half unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
BUS 244 or consent of instructor. 

325 

INTERNATIONAL INTERNSHIP 

A seven week overseas internship experi- 
ence, supervised on site by a member of the 
Lycoming College faculty. The course 
includes an internship with an organization in 
the host country, and a program of activities 
designed to familiarize the student with the 
cultural, political and legal environment of the 
host country. These activities include semi- 
nars, guest lecturers, visits to centers of 
government and to sites of cultural and/or 
historical importance. Previous internships 
have included: The Prince's Youth Business 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



list. The Oxfordshire Chamber of Com- 
erce, Oxford Brookes University, Critchley's 
bartered Accountants, Oxfam U.K., Spires 
temational and FPD Savills International; all 
cated in Oxford, England. Previous programs 
the U.K. have included visits to the House 
' Parliament, Windsor Castle and Stone- 
;nge, as well as weekend trips to Dublin, 
iland and Paris, France. Open to business 
id non-business majors and may be taken for 
ur to eight semester hours of credit. Prereq- 
site: consent of instructor. Summer term 
\ly. May he repeated for credit, provided that 
e 16-credit limit for practica, internships, 
id /or student teaching is not exceeded. 

10 

JTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT 

A study of the dynamic process of applying 
anagement concepts and techniques in a 
ultinational environment. Topics include 
obal strategy and competitiveness, the 
iltural context, intercultural communications, 
ganizational behavior and human resource 
anagement, and ethics and social responsi- 
lity. Special emphasis is placed on managing 
ganizational cultures and diversity and the 
ivironment for international management. 
^requisite: BUS 244 or consent of instructor 

\2 

DVERTISING AND PROMOTION 
How businesses and other institutions 
omote their products to consumers. The 
le of advertising and promotion in the 
arketing strategy of the firm in investigated, 
id the effects of different promotional tools 
id advertising techniques is discussed. 
rerequisite: BUS 228 or consent of 
structor. 



338 

FUNDAMENTALS OF FINANCIAL 

MANAGEMENT 

A study of the fundamental theory, tools, 
and methods of financial management. Topics 
include the mathematics of finance, working 
capital management, capital budgeting, and 
analysis of financial statements. Prerequisites: 
ACCT 1 10 and Statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 

339 

INTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL 
MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of issues and applica- 
tions of financial management. Topics covered 
include international finance, ethics, capital 
structures, cost of capital, financial analysis and 
forecasting. Extensive use of directed and non- 
directed cases. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

340 

INVESTMENTS 

An introduction to the financial sector of the 
economy and the structure and functions of 
financial markets and the agencies involved; 
brokerage houses and stock exchanges; the 
various types of investments available. Tech- 
niques used to evaluate financial securities. 
Also covered are recent developments in 
investment theory. Prerequisite: BUS 338 or 
consent of instructor. 

342 

MARKETING RESEARCH 

This is a study of the principles and practices 
of marketing research. The focus is on the 
development and application of marketing 
research studies. Topics covered include 
selection of a research design, project planning 
and scheduling, data specification and gathering, 
quantitative methods to analyze data, inter- 
pretation of data, and research report writing. 
Reading, cases, and research project. Prerequi- 
site: BUS 228 and Statistics, or consent of 
instructor. 



D2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



343 

RETAIL AND SERVICES MARKETING 
A study of marketing practices by com- 
panies that directly sell goods and services to 
consumers, such as department stores, restau- 
rants, mail-order firms, banks hospitals and 
accounting practices. Emphasis is placed on 
the methods used by organizations to attract 
and satisfy their customers and clients. Prereq- 
uisite: BUS 228 or consent of instructor. 

344 

ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND 
INTERNET MARKETING 

A study of Internet marketing, electronic 
commerce, and related business uses of the 
Internet and Web. Topics include the chal- 
lenges of developing, managing, and market- 
ing commercial web sites and online stores; the 
growing use of company intranets, extranets and 
virtual teams to improve communic- ations, 
collaboration, and business performance; and 
the effects of electronic commerce on con- 
sumers, competition and marketing practices. 
Students also study social links to electronic 
commerce, such as the privacy and security 
concerns of online customers, and the chal- 
lenges of electronic commerce to more 
traditional industries, occupations, and local 
business and communities. Prerequisite: BUS 
228 or consent of instructor. 

345 

nNANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS 

Deals with the analysis of financial state- 
ments as an aid to decision making. The theme 
of the course is understanding the financial data 
which are analyzed as well as the methods by 
which they are analyzed and interpreted. This 
course should prove of value to all who need a 
thorough understanding of the uses to which 
financial statements are put as well as to those 
who must know how to use them intelligently 
and effectively. This includes accountants, 
security analysts, lending officers, credit 
analysts, managers, and all others who make 



decisions on the basis of financial data. 
Prerequisite: A CCT 110. 

429 

MARKETING STRATEGY 

A study of the methods used by business 
and nonprofit organizations to analyze and 
select target markets, and then to develop 
strategies for gaining and maintaining these 
customers. Topics include competitive 
strategy, market segmentation, product 
positioning, business demographics and 
marketing-related financial analysis. Read- 
ings, case studies, library assignments and 
computer exercises. Prerequisites: BUS 228\ 
and Statistics, or consent of instructor j 

435 

INTERNATIONAL FINANCL\L 
MANAGEMENT 

A study of the environment and methods ( 
international financial management. Topics 
include international financial markets and 
instruments, analysis of capital budgeting anc 
investment abroad, multinational working 
capital management, and foreign exchange 
and other risk. Prerequisite: BUS 338, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

439 

BUSINESS PRACTICUM 

This course provides students with practical 
work experience with local companies and 
organizations. Students work 10-12 hours per 
week for their sponsor organizations, in additici 
to attending a weekly seminar on management \ 
topics relevant to their work assignments. Sinq 
enrollment is limited by the available number q 
positions, students must apply directly to the 
business department before preregistration to t| 
eligible for the course. Consent of instructor. 

441 

STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT 

An intensive study of the planning and 
control of business enterprises designed to 
build students' skills in conducting strategic 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALC 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 



nalysis in a variety of industries and competi- 
ve situations. Tiirough case studies, research, 
resentations, and discussions, students 
xamine industry structure, functional 
trategies, competitive challenges of a global 
larketplace, and sources of sustainable 
ompetitive advantage. This course is de- 
igned to integrate the knowledge and skills 
ained from previous coursework in business 
nd related fields. Prerequisites: BUS 223, 
28, 244, 312, 320, and 338, or consent of 
istructor. Seniors only. 

44 

APPLIED MARKETING RESEARCH 

Students design, implement and present 
marketing studies for local businesses and 
ither client organizations. Depending on the 
iroject, research methods may include 
ustomer surveys, focus groups, demographic 
tudies and computerized information 
earches. In addition, students study market 
esearch methods and problems, such as 
lesigning questionnaires, selecting samples, 
letecting sources of bias, and presenting 
esults to clients. Prerequisite: BUS 342 or 
onsent of instructor. May be repeated once 
or credit with consent of instructor. 

[46 

>RODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to the planning, organiza- 
ion, and controlling of operations in a produc- 
ion facility. The course also incorporates 
[uantitative techniques and computer applica- 
ions used in the production and operations 
nanagement environment. Topics include 
;apacity and layout planning, facility location 
inalysis, job design and work measurement, 
)roduction scheduling, materials requirement 
)lanning models, and quality controls. Students 
vill engage in the actual design of an inventory 
itatus file and MRP system. Prerequisite: 
3US 223 or consent of instructor. 




449 

SMALL BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND 
ENTREPRENEURSHIP 

This course provides the student with the 
information needed to develop a business plan 
for starting and operating a small business 
enterprise. The course focuses on the key 
elements of planning and the essential charac- 
teristics of small businesses. The discussion 
and analysis of small business cases and the 
problems/opportunities facing small businesses 
are used to reveal trends in the small business 
community and the role of government. 
Prerequisites: ACCT 130 and BUS 228, 244, 
338; or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Recent projects include marketing analysis 
for a paper products firm, planning a branch 
store, real estate management and banking. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies are: the 
economic impact of a college on a community 
and marketing strategy for a local firm 
entering the consumer market. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

A recent project was a study of the evolution 
of anti-trust legislation in the United States. 



1002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 

• 




CHEMISTRY (chem) 

Professors: Franz, McDonald 
Assistant Professors: 
Bendorf (Chairperson-first semester), 
Mahler (Chairperson-second semester) 
Part-time Assistant Professor: Berkheimer 
Part-time Instructor: Miller 



The Department of Chemistry offers 
both B.A. and B.S. degree programs, and is 
approved by the American Chemical Society 
(ACS) to certify those students whose 
programs meet or exceed requirements 
established by the ACS. Students who wish to 
earn ACS certification must complete the 
requirements for the B.S. degree. Students 
who complete the ACS certified degree are 
also eligible for admission to the American 
Chemical Society following graduation. 

For students planning on graduate study 
in chemistry, German is the preferred foreign 
language option, and additional courses in 



advanced mathematics and computer science 
are also recommended. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CHEM 330, 331, and 332. 

The B.A. degree 

To earn the B.A. degree a student must 
complete CHEM 110-111, 220-221, 330-331, 
332, 333, and, as a Capstone experience, one 
of the following: CHEM 449, 470, 490 or the 
Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & ^ 
449); PHYS 225-226; and MATH 128-129. 

The B.S. degree 

To earn the B.S. degree a student must 
complete the thirteen course major described 
above as well as CHEM 443, CHEM 444, and 
one additional full-credit course from the 
following list: any 400-level CHEM course; 
PHYS 331 or above; BIO 222 or above; 
MATH 116, 123, 130, 214, 231, 238, 332; or 
CPTR 125. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 







2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOd 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



lertification in Secondary Education 

A Chemistry major interested in becoming 
jrtified in secondary education in Chemistry 
id/or General Science/Chemistry should, as 
irly as possible, consult the cuirent Depart- 
lent of Education Teacher Education Hand- 
3ok and make their plans known to their 
ivisor and the Chair of the Education 
department so the required courses can be 
:heduled for the Professional Semester. A 
hemistry major who successfully completes 
le Professional Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 
i9) has also satisfied the Chemistry Capstone 
<perience. 

a) To be certified in secondary education 
in chemistry a student must: complete 
a chemistry major; pass two biology 
courses numbered 110 or higher, 
PSY 1 10 and 338, and EDUC 200; 
complete the Pre-Student Teaching 
Participation and pass the Professional 
Semester (EDUC 446, 447 & 449). 
The student may choose EDUC 232 
and/or EDUC 239 as additional 
Education electives. 

b) A student interested in obtaining 
General Science/Chemistry certifica- 
tion must complete all the require- 
ments for secondary certification in 
chemistry shown in (a) and must also 
pass any two units from ASTR 111, 

1 12 or 243. ASTR 230 is strongly 
recom mended as an additional course. 

linor 

A minor in chemistry requires completion 
F CHEM 110-111, 220-22 1 , and two CHEM 
3urses numbered 300 or higher. 

OO 

HEMISTRY IN CONTEXT 

A science distribution course for the non- 
:ience major. The course will explore real- 
'orld societal issues that have important 
lemical components. Topics covered may 
iclude air and water quality, the ozone layer, 
lobal warming, energy, acid rain, nuclear 

l02-()3 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



power, pharmaceuticals and nutrition. The 
chemistry knowledge associated with the 
issues is built on a need-to-know basis. Three 
hours of lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
period each week. Not open for credit to stu- 
dents who have received credit for CHEM 110. 

110 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY I 

A quantitative introduction to the concepts 
and models of chemistry. Topics include 
stoichiometry, atomic and molecular structure, 
nomenclature, bonding, thermochemistry, 
gases, solutions, and chemical reactions. The 
laboratory introduces the student to methods of 
separation, purification, and identification of 
compounds according to their physical 
properties. This course is designed for students 
who plan to major in one of the sciences. 
Three hours lecture, one hour of discussion 
and one three-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: MATH 100 or consent of 
the Chemistry Department. 

Ill 

GENERAL CHEMISTRY II 

A continuation of CHEM 1 10, with emphasis 
placed on the foundations of analytical, inor- 
ganic, and physical chemistry. Topics include 
kinetics, general and ionic equilibria, acid-base 
theory, electrochemistry, thermodynamics, 
nuclear chemistry, coordination chemistry, and 
descriptive inorganic chemistry of selected 
elements. The laboratory treats aspects of 
quantitative and qualitative inorganic analysis. 
Three hours of lecture, one hour of discussion, 
and one three-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 1 10 or consent of depart- 
ment. 

115 

BRIEF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A descriptive study of the compounds of 
carbon. This course will illustrate the prin- 
ciples of organic chemistry with material 
relevant to students in medical technology, 
biology, forestry, education and the humani- 
ties. Topics include nomenclature, alkanes. 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CHEMISTRY 



arenes, functional derivatives, amino acids and 
proteins, carbohydrates and otiier naturally 
occurring compounds. This course is designed 
for students who require only one semester of 
organic chemistry, and is not intended for 
students planning to enroll in chemistry courses 
numbered 200 or above. Three hours of 
lecture, one hour of discussion, and one three- 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 111. Not open for credit to students who 
have received credit for CHEM 220. 

220-221 

ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A systematic study of the compounds of 
carbon, including both aliphatic and aromatic 
series. The laboratory work introduces the 
student to simple fundamental methods of 
organic synthesis, isolation, and analysis. 
Three hours of lecture and one four-hour 
laboratory period each week. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 220: CHEM HI. Prerequisite for 
CHEM 221: A grade ofC- or better in CHEM 
220. 

330-331 

PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental principles of 
theoretical chemistry and their applications. 
The laboratory work includes techniques in 
physiochemical measurements. Three hours of 
lecture and one four-hour laboratory period each 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 11, MATH 129, 
and one year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

332 

ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of the fundamental methods of 
gravimetric, volumetric and elementary instru- 
mental analysis together with practice in lab- 
oratory techniques and calculations of these 
methods. Two hours of lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 1 1 1 or consent of instructor. 



333 

ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

A study of modem theories of atomic and 
molecular structure and their relationship to thej 
chemistry of selected elements and their 
compounds. Three hours of lecture and one 
four-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 330, MATH 129, and one 
year of physics; or consent of instructor. 

439 

INTRODUCTION TO QUANTUM 
MECHANICS 

After presenting the origin, basic concepts, j 
and formulation of quantum mechanics with j 
emphasis on its physical meaning, the course ; 
will investigate the free particle, simple harmonid 
oscillator, and central-force problems. Both 
time-independent and time-dependent perturbai 
tion theory will be covered. The elegant 
operator formalism of quantum mechanics will 
conclude the course. Four hours of lecture anc 
recitation. Prerequisites: MATH 231, either 
CHEM 331 or PHYS 226, and consent of 
instructor. Cross-listed as PHYS 439. 

440 

ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY 

Theory and application of modern synthetic 
organic chemistry. Topics may include 
oxidation-reduction processes, carbon-carbon 
bond forming reactions, functional group 
transformations, and multi-step syntheses of 
natural products (antibiotics, antitumor agents, i 
and antiviral agents). Three hours of lecture anc 
one four-hour laboratory period. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 221. 

442 

SPECTROSCOPY AND 
MOLECULAR STRUCTURE 

Theory and application of the identification ol 
organic compounds. Special emphasis will be 
placed on the utilization of spectroscopic 
techniques ( H-NMR, C-NMR, IR, UV-VIS, 
and MS). Three of hours lecture and onefourA 
hour laboratory period each week. Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM 221. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO(! 



CHEMISTRY 

• 



143 

ADVANCED ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY 

A study of advanced analytical methods 
vith emphasis on chromatographic, electro- 
hemical, and spectroscopic methods of 
nstrumental analysis. Three hours lecture 
ind one four-hour laboratory period each 
veek. Prerequisite: CHEM 331 and 332, or 
•onsent of instructor. 

144 

JIOCHEMISTRY 

Emphasis is given to the metabolism of 
;arbohydrates, lipids, amino acids, proteins, 
ind nucleic acids; integration of metabolism; 
ind biochemical control mechanisms, includ- 
ng allosteric control, induction, repression, 
;ignal transduction as well as the various types 
)f inhibitive control mechanisms. Prerequi- 
nte: CHEM 221, or consent of instructor. 
Oross-listed as BIO 444. 

t46 

3RGAN0METALLIC CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the chemistry of com- 
pounds containing metal-carbon bonds. Topics 
nclude structure and bonding, reactions and 
Tiechanisms, spectroscopy, and applications to 
Drganic synthesis. The use of organometallic 
;ompounds as catalysts in industrial processes 
m\\ be emphasized. Three hours of lecture and 
me four-hour laboratory period each week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 221. 

447 

POLYMER CHEMISTRY 

An introduction to the synthesis, characteri- 
zation, and applications of high molecular 
weight materials, i.e., macro-molecules. 
Special emphasis will be given to synthetic 
polymer systems. Three hours of lecture, one 
four-hour lab per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
22 1 and 330, or consent of instructor. 

348 & 448 

CHEMISTRY COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students and 
invited professional chemists discuss their own 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



research activities or those of others which 
have appeared in recent chemical literature. 
Prerequisite: Three semesters of non-credit 
Chemistry Colloquium taken during the junior 
and senior years. 

449 

CHEMISTRY RESEARCH METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
practice of chemistry. Students will conduct 
research into a particular chemical problem 
with a faculty research advisor, and will 
explore different aspects of chemistry and 
discuss their research in a weekly seminar. A 
report on the research will be written. Majors 
are strongly encouraged to enroll in this course 
in either their junior or senior year. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 221 and consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work under 
supervision in an industrial laboratory and 
submit a written report on the project. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project and will write a 
thesis on the work. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

(See index) 

The student will ordinarily work on a 
laboratory research project with emphasis on 
showing initiative and making a scholarly 
contribution. A thesis will be written. To 
satisfy the Chemistry Capstone requirement, 
participation in the seminar portion of CHEM 
449 is required. 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 

• 



COMMUNICATION 

Assistant Professors: Wild 
Koehn (Chairperson) 

The major in Communication seeks to 
provide a foundation in communication theory 
and media criticism as well as expertise in a 
particular area of communication. All 
students majoring in Communication must 
complete the five courses listed in the Core 
and eight additional courses in one of the three 
areas of concentration listed below: four 
required courses and four elective courses. 
Sophomores, juniors, and seniors who have 
declared a major in Communication are 
required to enroll in and successfully complete 
the non-credit Media Arts Colloquium during 
each semester they are on campus or until they 
have successfully completed at least four 
semesters of this noncredit course. All 
students in this major should consider electing 
an internship before graduation. 

The major in Communication enables 
students to pursue employment and/or 
graduate studies in a variety of fields includ- 
ing corporate communication, public relations, 
audio and video production, print and broad- 
cast journalism, professional media writing, 
and media research and analysis. 

All majors in Communication are encour- 
aged to take advanced courses in a foreign 
language and to consider the following liberal 
arts electives: MATH 123 and/or courses in 
Computer Science; ART 222 and 223; courses 
in contemporary American and/or interna- 
tional history, economics, and political 
science; and courses in literature from the 
Departments of Theatre, English, and Foreign 
Languages and Literatures. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: COMM 211 and 326. 

Minor 

A minor in Communication consists of any 
five courses offered by the Communication 




Department (courses offered by other depart- 
ments count only toward the major in Commu- 
nication, not toward the minor). One of these 
five courses must be selected from COMM 32 
COMM 348, or COMM 440. 

CORE COURSES REQUIRED OF 
ALL MAJORS 

COMM 110 Communication Principles 

and Ethics 
COMM 21 1 Public Speaking: Research, 

Principles, and Practice 
COMM 326 Media Criticism and Cultural 

Studies: Literature, Film, and 

Television 
COMM 440 Senior Seminar 
COMM 246, Media Arts Colloquium 346, 44( 
THEA 2 1 2 Multicultural America on Screen 

Majors must concentrate in one of the 
following three areas of study. 
A. Corporate Communication 

Required for all students in this concentration: i 
COMM 212 Group Communication and 

Conflict Resolution 
COMM 235 Writing and Speaking in 

Business and the Professions 
COMM 324 Public Relations Cases and 

Problem-Solving 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this concen- 
tration must include at least one additional j 
course in Communication as well as one course 
at the 300-level or above. Students may elect 
to take as many additional communication 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 



iourses as they choose. Elective courses 
)ffered by other departments that may also be 
ised to fulfill elective requirements in this 
;oncentration include the following: 
\RT 227 Introduction to Photography 

BUS 228 Marketing Principles 

BUS 244 Organization and Management 

BUS 332 Advertising and Promotion 

^SCI 210 Communciation and Society 

^SY 225 Industrial and Organizational 

Psychology 
^SY 324 Social Psychology 

5. Electronic Media 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
rOMM 2 1 8 Audio Production for Radio 
:OMM 223 Basic Video Production 
ZOMM 348 Advanced Video Production 
rHEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 
Masterpieces 
Elective choices for students in this 
concentration must include at least one 
idditional course in Communication as well as 
3ne course at the 300-level or above. Students 
nay elect to take as many additional communi- 
cation courses as they choose. Elective 
courses offered by other departments that may 
3e used to fulfill elective requirements in this 
concentration include the following: 
\KV 227 Introduction to Photography 

\RT 343 Computer Graphics for Print 

Media 
A.RT 344 Computer Graphics for Elec- 

tronic Media 

BUS 228 Marketing Principles 

PSCI 210 Communication and Society 

PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

PSY 324 Social Psychology 

C. Media Writing 

Required for all students in this concentration: 
COMM 225 The Art of Script Writing 
COMM 229 Print and Broadcast Journalism 
COMM 323 Feature Writing for Special 

Audiences 
PSCI 436 Mass Media Law and Regulation 

Elective choices for students in this concen- 
tration must include at least one additional 
course in Communication as well as one course 



at the 300-level or above. Students may elect 
to take as many additional communication 
courses as they choose. Elective courses 
offered by other departments that may be used 
to fulfill elective requirements in this concen- 
tration include the following: 
ART 227 Introduction to Photography 

ENGL 2 1 7 Critical Writing Seminar 
ENGL 240 Introduction to Creative Writing 
ENGL 321 Advanced Writing: Technical 

and Professional 
ENGL 322 Advanced Writing: The 

Creative Essay 
PSCI 210 Communication and Society 

THEA 1 14 Film Art: Motion Picture 

Masterpieces 
110 

COMMUNICATION PRINCIPLES 
AND ETHICS 

Introduction to the basic theories and 
principles of communication as they apply to 
the process of sending messages among 
individuals, small groups, and mass audiences. 
Consideration of the ethical issues involved in 
the communication process. Active learning 
through readings, case studies, simulations, oral 
reporting, and library research. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 105, or exemption. 

Ill 

MEDIA WRITING PRINCIPLES WITH 
DESKTOP PUBLISHING 

Intensive drill and practice in desktop 
publishing and the basic forms of media writing. 
Major emphasis on the elements of lead, style, 
and structure. Designed for students with little or 
no experience in desktop publishing and writing 
for the media. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

211 

PUBLIC SPEAKING: RESEARCH, 
PRINCIPLES, AND PRACTICE 

Speaking extemporaneously in a variety of 
situations to general as well as targeted 
audiences. Emphasis on researching and 
solving problems having to do with persuasion 
and informative speaking. Training in using 
rhetorical theory to prepare, deliver, and 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



COMMUNICATION 



evaluate the student's own speeches. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

212 

GROUP COMMUNICATION 
AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION 

Readings, case studies, simulations, and 
practice in the methods of working in groups 
and in resolving conflicts within and between 
groups in various contexts, including educa- 
tion, industry, and professional situations. 
Contemporary theory and methods for 
motivating and maintaining the productivity of 
groups will be examined in some detail. 
Prerequisites: ENGL 106 or 107 and one other 
course in Communication (211 recommended). 
Psychology, Education, or Business. 

218 

AUDIO PRODUCTION FOR RADIO AND 

VIDEO 

Study of the principles and techniques of 
audio production as applied to radio and other 
media.Consideration of various program formats 
and the use of sound media as an art form. 
Includes historical and contemporary examples 
of audio production and sound design. 

223 

BASIC VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Training in the fundamentals of preproduc- 
tion, production, and postproduction for video. 
Emphasis on mastering the basics of video pro- 
duction from concept to completion. Prereqi//- 
sites: course work or experience in technical 
theatre, photography, film studies, and/ or audio 
production; or consent of instructor. 

225 

THE ART OF SCRIPTWRITING 

Training in analyzing and writing scripts for 
defined audiences and purposes. Developing the 
original screenplay as well as scripts for 
business, advertising, and education will be 
considered. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, and 
THEA 1 14; or permission of instructor. 

229 

PRINT AND BROADCAST JOURNALISM 

Study of form and content of news gather- 
ing and beat reporting. Training in researching. 



interviewing, organizing, and editing a variety ol 
news stories for the Lycoming College newspa-l 
per and for campus radio. Considers the 
ethical issues of reporting for print and 
broadcast. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

235 

WRITING AND SPEAKING IN BUSINESS 

AND THE PROFESSIONS 

Study of communication theory as applied 
to business and professional settings. Using 
writing, speaking, research, and the electronic 
media to solve a variety of communication 
problems that frequently occur in the world of 
work. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107. 

312 

LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION 

The theory and practice of leadership 
communication in diverse settings and contexts. 
Classic leadership styles will be examined and 
researched in regard to how these relate to 
goal-setting and motivating individuals and 
groups. Field work on- and off-campus is a 
major component of this course. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107; at least one of these: COMM 
211, 212, or 235; or permission of the instructor. 
Corequisite (if not already completed): COMS 
105 or 106. Alternate years. 

323 

FEATURE WRITING FOR SPECL\L ; 

AUDIENCES 

Practice in writing a variety of feature 
stories and editorials for different media and 
audiences. Study of the ways in which feature 
writing for magazines compares and contrasts 
with feature writing for newspapers and feature 
stories for television. Readings, peer review, 
and training in how to develop ideas using 
primary and secondary research. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107. 

324 

PUBLIC RELATIONS CASES AND 
PROBLEM SOLVING 

Training in methods of public relations 
research, program planning and evaluation, 
working with the media, writing for public 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



COMMUNICATION 



blations and advertising, and conducting a 
)ublic relations campaign to solve a problem or 
:risis. Emphasis on writing, speaking, and 
ilectronic communication. Prerequisite: ENGL 
'06 or 107 and COMM 235; or permission of 
nstructor. 

(26 

vlEDlA CRITICISM AND CULTURAL STUD- 
ES: LITERATURE, FILM, AND TELEVISION 

Introduction to methods of analyzing 
)opular culture and the arts using one or more 
)f these approaches: textual criticism, content 
inalysis, semiotics, auteur criticism, historical 
;riticism, frame theory, and structural analysis. 
Comparison of the ways in which different 
nedia create values and portray individuals, 
;ocial conflicts, and human aspirations. 
Prerequisite: THEA 212 or ENGL 217. 

$32 

rOPICS IN MEDL\ THEORY AND PRACTICE 

Study of communication theory as applied to 
\ special area or style of communication. 
Readings, discussions, and practical experiences 
in creating materials for print and/or electronic 
nedia. Possible topics include: docudrama and 
Investigative reporting, communicating in 
:yberspace, creative advertising, instructional 
television and video. May be repeated for credit 
with change of topic. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107. 

348 

ADVANCED VIDEO PRODUCTION 

Advanced production of documentary, 
narrative, and experimental video. Exploration 
of a variety of approaches to motivating talent 
and directing for the camera. Prerequisite: 
COMM 223 and THEA 114, or advanced 
course work in acting and directing, or 
consent of instructor. 

246, 346, and 446 

MEDIA ARTS COLLOQUIUM 

A seminar in which faculty, students, and 
invited professionals meet two or three times 



each semester to di.scuss topics pertaining to the 
field of communication and to the work students 
are doing in campus media. Each student 
enrolled in the seminar is required to keep a log 
and to work for a minimum of three hours each 
week in one or more of the following: campus 
newspaper; campus yearbook; campus radio; 
campus television; public relations; corporate 
communication. Open only to majors. Non- 
credit and Pass/Fail. Once the major is 
declared, students are required to enroll in the 
seminar each semester until they graduate or 
until they have successfully completed four 
semesters, whichever comes first. 

400 

PRACTICUM 

An elective for junior and senior majors who 
wish to acquire additional experience in 
working with practicing professionals. Open 
only to majors and minors. 

440 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

Reading and discussion of one or more 
topics of interest to communication specialists. 
Focus on preparing individual projects related to 
seminar topics and the student's area(s) of 
expertise for public presentation. Majors are 
required to enroll in this course either in their 
junior or senior year. Prerequisite: COMM 
326. Open to nonmajors with consent of 
instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP 

Interns usually work off-campus in a field 
related to their area of study. Prerequisite: 
junior or senior standing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Studies involve research related to the area 
of study of the student. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL lUSTlCE 



COMPUTER 
SCIENCE 

(see Mathematical Sciences) 

CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE (cj) 

Assistant Professor: Carter (Coordinator) 
Visiting Professor: Musheno 

Criminal Justice is an interdisciplinary 
social science program. Course work leading 
to this baccalaureate degree will provide 
students with strong communication and 
analytical skills. This is accomplished through 
a critical and in-depth interdisciplinary 
analysis of the causes of crime, formal and 
informal efforts at preventing and controlling 
crime, and treatment of the field of criminal 
justice as an applied social science where 
students are taught to integrate theory con- 
struction with practical application. The 
Criminal Justice Program offers opportunities 
for internship and practicum experiences in 
the field, and prepares students for careers in 
law enforcement, court services, institutional 
and community-based corrections, treatment 
and counseling services, and for further 
education at the graduate level. 

The major in Criminal Justice consists of 
1 1 courses, distributed as follows: 

A. Criminal justice core courses (four 
courses): 

CJ 100 Introduction to Criminal Justice 
CJ 201 Law Enforcement 
CJ 203 Correctional Systems 
CJ 447 Research Methods in Criminal 
Justice 

B. Courses in the social, psychological, 
philosophical, and political dimensions of 
the justice system (seven courses): 

PHIL 218 Issues in Criminal Justice 
PSY 116 Abnormal Psychology 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




SOC 222 Introduction to Human Services 
SOC 300 Criminology 

Two courses from: 



PSCI331 
PSCI 332 

PSCI 335 
One course from: 
SOC 221 
SOC 334 



Civil Rights and Liberties 
Courts and the Criminal 
Justice System 
Law and Society 

Juvenile Delinquency 
Cultural Minorities 



C. Criminal Justice Practicum (strongly 
recommended, but not required for the major). : 

Majors should seek advice concerning 
course selection from their advisors or from the 
criminal justice coordinator, and should note ■ 
course prerequisites in planning their programs 

Minor in Criminal Justice 

A minor in criminal justice consists of five 
courses: CJ 100, CJ 201, CJ 203, PSCI 332, 
and SOC 300. A student may substitute another ' 



^m 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG ) 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



elevant course for one of the required courses 
vith consent of the criminal justice 
:oordinator. 

tVriting Intensive Courses 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
N courses, count towards the writing inten- 
ive requirement: CJ 477, PHIL 218, and SOC 

122 

100 

NTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This course explores the role of law 
snforcement, courts and corrections in the 
idministration of justice; the development of 
)olice, courts and corrections; the scope and 
lature of crime in America; introduction to the 
itudies, literature and research in criminal 
ustice; basic criminological theories; and 
;areers in criminal justice. 

101 

.AW ENFORCEMENT 

Students learn the history of law enforce- 
nent and the ways in which policing is 
;volving within a community-based philoso- 
)hy. Special emphasis is placed on law 
enforcement organizations, patrol and 
nvestigation strategies, methods of social 
;ontrol, police-community relations, civil 
iability, abuse of power, important case laws, 
ind critical analysis of law enforcement 
)olicies. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

103 

:ORRECTIONAL SYSTEMS 

This course presents an overview of 
)ffenders, punishment, correctional ideolo- 
gies, and societal reaction to crime. The 
listorical and philosophical development of 
he correctional system is examined. The 
jrimary emphasis is on critical analysis of 
contemporary correctional programming for 
idult and juvenile offenders in the United 
States. Other social issues and structures 
iirectly related to corrections are explored. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100. 



340 

PROBATION AND PAROLE 

This course provides an in-depth study of 
community-based corrections programs and 
their impact on the offender, the criminal 
justice system, and society. Particular atten- 
tion is given to offender diagnostics and 
classification, treatment and supervision 
needs, pre-sentence and pre-parole investiga- 
tions, casework planning, applicable laws, and 
corrections policies. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

341 

CRIME PREVENTION 

Students examine crime prevention and 
control policies, programs, and procedures to 
determine what works and why. The focus is 
on social, situational, and environmental 
sources of crime. Crime prevention measures 
focus on reducing crime by re-creating 
physical design, by empowering citizen 
organizations, through programs that build 
safe communities, and through programs in 
place among "at risk" populations in schools, 
neighborhoods, and homes. Prerequisite: CJ 
100 or consent of instructor. 

342 

ORGANIZATIONAL CRIME 

Three major areas of organizational crimes 
are covered, including traditional organized 
crime, crimes of the corporate world, and 
crimes committed under auspices of the 
government. Examples of topics include 
international organized crime cabals, drug 
trafficking and money laundering by the CIA, 
political bribe taking, government brutality 
and physical/economic coercion, civil rights 
violations, and crimes situated in the manufac- 
turing, pharmaceutical, and service trades. 
Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of instructor. 

345 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

This is a seminar for advanced students 
offered in response to student request and 



•002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 



faculty interest. This course may be repeated 
for additional credit with approval of the 
criminal justice coordinator, but only when 
course content differs. Sample topics include 
the death penalty, hate crimes, civil liability in 
criminal justice, justice in the media, environ- 
mental crime, etc. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or 
consent of instructor. 

447 

RESEARCH METHODS IN CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE 

Students learn social science methods, 
research design and implementation, and 
evaluation of contemporary research in 
criminal justice. Topics covered include the 
logic of causal order, sampling theory, 
qualitative and quantitative design, data 
collection, and proper analysis of data. This 
course is a how-to-do research course that 
requires students to conduct original research 
projects under supervision. Students actively 
engage in content analysis, behavioral 
observation, survey and interview-based 
research, and limited quasi-experimental 
design studies. Emphasis is placed on con- 
ducting field research and communicating 
research in writing. Each student prepares a 
literature review and written research proposal 
that can be carried out while placed with a 
criminal justice agency on practicum (CJ 448). 
Prerequisites: CJ 100, CJ 201, and CJ 203, or 
consent of instructor. 

448-449 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE PRACTICUM 

Students are placed with criminal justice 
agencies, providing opportunities to apply 
classroom knowledge in an organizational 
setting, encouraging development of profes- 
sional skills, helping students identify and 
clarify career interests, and providing opportu- 
nities to conduct hands-on field research. Each 



student completes an original research project 
under supervision of the instructor with input 
from the on-site agency representative. 
Students will prepare a comprehensive, 
formal, written research paper on an appropri- 
ate topic. Prerequisite: CJ 100 or consent of 
criminal justice coordinator. 

470 

INTERNSHIP 

Students desiring an internship in criminal 
justice must get considerably advanced 
approval by the criminal justice coordinator. 
Criminal justice internships normally will not 
be approved for semesters during which 
practicums are also available. Internships are 
intended as a four-credit-only course. How- 
ever, under unusual circumstances, up to 12 
credits may be approved by the criminal | 

justice coordinator. An example of an appro- 
priate 12-credit internship is the FBI Honors 
Internship Program, which requires relocation 
to Washington, DC and participation in a full- 
time program that runs the duration of the 
summer. Prerequisite: CJ 100. 

N80 i 

INDEPENDENT STUDY 

This course represents an opportunity to 
pursue specific interests and topics not usually 
covered in regular courses. Through a 
program of readings and tutorials, the student | 
will have the opportunity to pursue these | 
interests and topics in greater depth than is 
usually possible in a regular course. Prerequi-l 
site: CJ 100 and consent of criminal justice ' 
coordinator. 

N90 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 




ECONOMICS (EcoN) 

Associate Professor: Madresehee (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Sprunger 

The Department of Economics offers two 
racks. Track I (Managerial Economics) 
levelops students' capacity to analyze the 
iconomic environment in which an organization 
)perates and to apply economic reasoning to an 
)rganization's internal decision making. These 
;ourses have more of a managerial emphasis 
han traditional economics courses. Track II 
General Economics) is designed to provide a 
)road understanding of economic, social, and 
business problems. In addition to preparing 
Undents for a career in business or government, 
his track provides an excellent background for 
graduate or professional studies. 
rrack I - Managerial Economics requires 
ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 , 220, 332 and 441 ; ACCT 
1 10 and either ACCT 130 or BUS 429; BUS 
538; and two other economics courses 
lumbered 200 or above, excluding ECON 349. 

rrack II - General Economics requires 
ECON 1 1 0, 1 1 1 , 33 1 , 440, and 44 1 , and three 
Dther courses in economics. Depending on 



their academic and career interests, students are 
encouraged to select a minor in another depart- 
ment such as political science, philosophy, or 
history. 

In addition, the following courses are 
recommended: all majors - MATH 123 and 
BUS 223; majors planning graduate work - 
MATH 1 1 2 and 1 28; Track II majors - ACCT 
110 and either 130 or 344. 

The following courses, when .scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ECON 236, 337, and 440. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

Minor 

A minor in economics requires the comple- 
tion of ECON 1 10, 1 1 1 and three other econom- 
ics courses numbered 200 or above, or any four 
economics courses numbered 200 or above. 

The Department of Economics is a member 
of the Institute for Management Studies. See 
page 115. 

102 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

A course in " family" or "practical" 
economics, designed to teach students how 
they and their families can be intelligent 
consumers; that is, how they can spend, save, 
and borrow so as to maximize the value they 
receive for the income they have. Treats 
subjects such as intelligent shopping; the uses 
and abuses of credit; investing, savings, 
buying insurance, automobiles and houses; 
medical care costs; estates and wills, etc. 

110 

PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS 

Macroeconomics deals with problems of the 
economic system as a whole. What influences 
the level of national income and employment? 
What is inflation and why do we have it? What 
is the role of government in a modern capitalis- 
tic system? How does business organize to 
produce the goods and services we demand? 



12002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS 



How are the American financial and banking 
systems organized? What is the nature of 
American unionism? What are the elements of 
government finance and fiscal policy? 

Ill 

PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS 

This course focuses upon microeconomics 
and selected current economic problems. It 
deals with the relatively small units of the 
economy such as the firm and the family. 
Analyzes demand and supply. Discusses how 
business firms decide what and how much to 
produce and how goods and services are 
priced in different types of markets. Also 
considers such problems as economic growth, 
international trade, poverty, discrimination, 
ecology, and alternative economic systems. 

220 

MONEY AND BANKING 

Covers business fluctuations and monetary 
and fiscal policy; the financial organization of 
society; the banking system; credit institutions; 
capital markets, and international financial 
relations. Prerequisite: ECON 1 10. 

224 

URBAN PROBLEMS 

The application of economic theory to the 
study of significant social, political, and eco- 
nomic problems associated with urbanization, 
including poverty, employment, education, 
crime, health, housing, land use and the 
environment, transportation, and public 
finance. Analysis of solutions offered. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

225 

ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS 

A study of the relationship between 
environmental decay and economic growth, 
with particular reference to failures of the 
price and property-rights systems; application 
of cost/benefit analysis, measures aimed at the 
creation of an ecologically viable economy. 



229 

BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING' 

An introduction to the nature and history oi| 
business fluctuations, the tools used in 
aggregate analysis, theories that seek to explain 
the cycle, and techniques used in forecasting 
economic activity. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

230 

ECONOMETRICS 

Econometric models provide one of the 
most useful and necessary sets of tools for 
decision-making. By using a variety of 
modem statistical methods, econometrics 
helps us to estimate economic relationships, 
test different economic behaviors, and forecast 
different economic variables. Prerequisites: 
MATH 123, ECON 110 and 111; or consent oj^ 
instructor. Alternate years. 

236 

AMERICAN ECONOMIC HISTORY 

This course examines topics in American 
Economic History from the post-Civil War era 
through World War II. Topics covered 
include the causes of the rise of big business 
as the dominant means of production, the 
emergence of the union movement, the growth' 
of the U.S. economy to the largest in the 
world, and the changing role of government in 
the economic system. 

240 

ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY 

An introduction to the theory and practice 
of economic geography with emphasis upon 
the historical dynamics of local, regional, and 
global organization. This course considers the 
forces reshaping global economic geography 
including the factors that determine the com- 
petitive advantage of nations. These factors 
include resources such as food, energy, materi- 
als, and changing patterns of world population. 
Also included will be theoretical literature 
reparding locational decisions and choice, as 
well as the rapidly changing global economy 
in the context of trade theory and the shifting 
focus of international economics activity. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



o 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ECONOMICS 

• 



11 

LJBLIC CHOICE 

his course focuses on the application of 
:onomics to the poHtical processes of voting 
id bureaucratic behavior. A major theme will 
; the study of problems that can occur within 
e democratic process because the incentives 
ven to public servants do not always match 
)ciety's best interests. Policies and institu- 
3ns that can improve such problems will be 
iplored. U.S. elections and campaigns will 
ovide many of the applications for the class. 
re requisite: EC ON 1 10 or 111, or consent of 
structor. Alternate years. 

JO 

JTERMEDIATE MICROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
eory regarding consumer demand, production 
)Sts and theory, profit maximization, market 
ructures, and the determinants of returns to 
e factors of production. Prerequisite: ECON 
JO. Alternate years. 

n 

JTERMEDIATE MACROECONOMICS 

An advanced analysis of contemporary 
eory and practice with regard to business 
actuation, national income accounting, the 
^termination of income and employment 
vels, and the use of monetary and fiscal 
:>\icy. Prerequisite: ECON 110. Alternate 
'.ars. 

n 

OVERNMENT AND THE ECONOMY 

An analytical survey of government's 
forts to maintain competition through 
ititrust legislation to supervise acceptable 
ises of private monopoly, through public 
jlity regulation and via means of regulatory 
)mmissions, and to encourage or restrain 
irious types of private economic activities. 
re requisites: ECON 110 and 111, or 
msent of instructor. 



335 

LABOR PROBLEMS 

The history of organized labor in the United 
States, including the structure of unions, 
employers' opposition to unions, the role of 
government in labor-management relations and 
the economic impact of unions. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: ECON 1 10 or HI, or consent of 
instructor. 

337 

PUBLIC FINANCE 

An analysis of the fiscal economics of the 
public sector, including the development, 
concepts, and theories of public expenditures, 
taxation, and debt at all levels of American 
government. Also includes the use of fiscal 
policy as an economic control device. Prereq- 
uisites: ECON 1 10 and 111, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

343 

INTERNATIONAL TRADE 

A study of the principles, theories, develop- 
ment, and policies concerning international 
economic relations, with particular reference to 
the United States. Subjects covered include: 
U.S. commercial policy and its development, 
international trade theory, tariffs and other 
protectionist devices, international monetary 
system and its problems, balance of payments 
issues. Alternate years. Prerequisites: ECON 
1 Wand 111. 

349 

MANAGEMENT PRACTICUM 

An apprentice-level work experience for 
junior or senior economics majors jointly 
sponsored by the department and a public or 
private agency (or a subdivision of the college 
itselO designed to better integrate classroom 
theory and workplace practice. In addition to 
attendance at a weekly seminar, students will 
spend 10-12 hours per week at the sponsoring 
agency per unit of credit. At least one-half of 
the effort expended will consist of academic 
work related to agency activities. 



02-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ECONOMICS • EDUCATION 




440 

HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT 

A discussion of the origins, development, 
and significance of the economic ideas embod- 
ied in the works of Smith, Marx, Schumpeter, 
Keynes, and others. Prerequisite: ECON 110 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS 

The application of economic theory and 
methodology to the solution of business 
problems. Subjects include: optimizing 
techniques, risk analysis, demand theory, 
production theory, cost theory, linear pro- 
gramming, capital budgeting, market struc- 
tures, and the theory of pricing. Prerequisites: 
ECON 110 and 111. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically off-campus in business, banking, 
or government, supervised by assigned 
employee of sponsoring organization. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Superior students may select independent 
study in various courses, particularly in 
preparation for graduate school. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION (EDuc) 

Assistant Professors: Chamberlain, 

Hungerford (Chairperson) 
Instructor: Jones 
Part-time Instructors: Hayden, Salvatori, 

Zalonis 
The Education Department offers Pennsyl- 
vania-approved teacher certification programs 
in elementary and secondary education, as well 
as a school nurse certification program (which 
will be discontinued after the 2002-2003 
academic year). 

All students seeking teacher certification 
must complete EDUC 200 with at least a B- oi 
consent of the department before applying for 
the professional semester. All students must ' 
complete a minimum of 30 hours of observa- i 
tions and participation with the assigned 
cooperating teachers during the semester prior 
to their professional semester. ' 

Students seeking secondary teacher certifier 
tion must complete PSY 138 and EDUC 239 
prior to being accepted to the professional 
semester as well as the necessary subject area | 
courses. Students may earn secondary certifici 
tion in one or more of the following areas: art 
(K-12), biology, chemistry, citizenship 
(economics, history, political science), French 
(K-12), general science (astronomy/physics, 
biology, chemistry), German (K-12), math- 
ematics, music (K-12), physics, school nurse 
(K- 1 2). [This program will not be available 
after May 2003], social sciences (psychology 
sociology-anthropology), and Spanish (K-12). 

Students seeking elementary teacher certifi- 
cation must complete PSY 138 and all elemen 
tary methods courses prior to being accepted t( 
the professional semester, including EDUC OOC 
340, 341,342, 343, and 344. 

Students interested in the teacher education j 
program should refer to the Teacher Education 
Handbook, which specifies the current require- I 
ments for certification. Early consultation wit! 
a member of the Education Department is 
strongly recommended. Application for the 
professional semester must be made during thd 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



EDUCATION 

• 



all semester of the junior year. 
The Department of Education admits to the 
)rofessional semester applicants who have 

a) completed the participation requirements, 

b) paid the student teaching fee, (c) obtained a 
ecommendation from the student's major 
iepartment, (d) passed a screening and 
nterview conducted by the Education Depart- 
nent, (e) passed the PSST Reading, Writing, 
vlath and Listening portions of the NTE exam, 
ind (f) achieved an overall grade point average 
)f 3.00 or better. Major departments have 
lifferent criteria for their recommendations; 
herefore, the student should consult with the 
;hairperson of the major department about 
hose requirements. The Pennsylvania state 
equirements override any contractual agree- 
nent the student teacher has with the college 
/da the catalogue under which they were admitted. 

Additional teacher intern program informa- 
ion can be found on page 50. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
N courses, count toward the writing intensive 
•equirement: EDUC 239, 343, 344, and 447. 

)00 

iEMINAR IN ART, MUSIC, PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION, and MATH ACTIVITIES 

Each elementary student teacher attends a 
>eries of 24 seminars, conducted prior to 
student teaching, during the fall semester of 
:he senior year. These seminars, conducted by 
certified public school personnel, emphasize 
ictivities and knowledge which are helpful in 
;he self-contained elementary classroom. 
Non-credit course. 

200 

[NTRODUCTION TO THE 
STUDY OF EDUCATION 

A study of teaching as a profession with 
emphasis on the economic, social, political, 
and religious conditions which influence 
American schools and teachers. Consideration 
is given to the school environment, the 
:urriculum, and the children with the intention 
that students will examine more rationally their 
own motives for entering the profession. 



232 

INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA 

AND COMMUNICATIONS 

A study of the value, design, construction, 
and application of the visual and auditory aids 
to learning. Practical experience in the 
handling of audio-visual equipment and 
materials is provided. Application of audio- 
visual techniques. Application of the visual 
and auditory aids to learning. Students will 
plan and carry out actual teaching assignments 
utilizing various A-V devices. 

239 

An examination of the various curricula of the 
public schools and their relationship to current 
practices. Special attention will be given to 
development of the curriculum, state and 
national curriculum standards, and criteria for 
the evaluation of curricula and student pro- 
gress. A particular emphasis will be placed 
upon emerging issues and technology as they 
relate to curriculum. Emphasis will be placed 
upon the curriculum work within the teaching 
field of each individual. Prerequisites: PSY 138 
and EDUC 200 or consent of the instructor. 

340 

TEACHING MATHEMATICS IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

This course is intended for prospective elemen- 
tary and middle school teachers and is required 
for all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include number systems, computa- 
tional algorithms, measurement, geometry, 
and children's development of mathematical 
concepts. Includes an emphasis on adapting 
instruction for diverse learners. Prerequisites: 
PSY 138, EDUC 200, and two cour.se s in 
mathematics or consent of the instructor. 

341 

TEACHING THE SOCIAL STUDIES IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Studies and experiences to develop a basic 
understanding of the structure, concepts, and 
processes of anthropology, economics, 
geography, history, political science, and 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



EDUCATION 



sociology as they relate to the elementary 
school social science curriculum. Practical 
applications, demonstrations of methods, and 
the development of integrated teaching units 
using tests, reference books, films, and other 
teaching materials. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisites: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

342 

TEACHING SCIENCE IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Science methods and materials interpreting 
children's science experiences and guiding the 
development of the scientific concepts. A 
study of the science content of the curriculum, 
its material and use. Observation and participa- 
tion in Lycoming County elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 138, or 
consent of instructor. 

343 

TEACHING LANGUAGE ARTS AND 
CHILDREN'S LITERATURE IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A course designed to consider means of 
communication, oral and written, including 
both practical and creative uses. Attention 
will be given to listening, speaking, written 
expression, linguistics and grammar, and 
spelling. Stress will be placed upon the 
interrelatedness of the language arts. Chil- 
dren's literature will be explored as a vehicle 
for developing creative characteristics in 
children and for ensuring an appreciation of the 
creative writing of others. Observation and 
participation in Lycoming County elementary 
schools. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 and PSY 
138, or consent of instructor. 

344 

TEACHING READING IN 
THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

A basic course in the philosophy and 
rationale for the implementation of an elemen- 
tary reading program from kindergarten through 



sixth grade. Emphasis is upon designing a 
reading instructional program which reflects 
the nature of the learning process and recog- 
nizes principles of child development through 
examination of the principles, problems, 
methods, and materials used in elementary 
reading programs. Prerequisite: EDUC 200 
or PSY 138, or consent of instructor. 

The Elementary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Elemen- 
tary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 445 Methods of Teaching 

in the Elementary School 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the j 

Elementary School i 

445 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

The course emphasizes the relationship 
between the theoretical studies of physical, 
social and cognitive development and the 
elementary classroom environment. Particular 
consideration will be given to the appropriate 
age and developmental level of the students 
with an emphasis upon selection and 
utilization of methods in all the elementary 
subject areas, including art and music. 
Specific attention is given to the development 
of strategies for structuring lesson plans, for 
maintaining classroom control, and for overall 
classroom management. Direct application is 
made to the individual student teaching 
experience. Prerequisites: MATH 205, 
EDUC 000, 341, 342, 343, and 344, and pre - 
student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF THE 
PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG! 



EDUCATION 

• 



American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

448 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional experience under the supervi- 
sion of a selected cooperating teacher in a 
public elementary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 

The Secondary Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the 
Secondary Professional Semester: 

EDUC 446 Methods of Teaching in the Middle 
Level and Secondary Schools 

EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 
American Education 

EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 
Secondary School 

The Art/Music (K-12) Professional Semester 

The following courses comprise the Art/ 
Music (K-12) Professional Semester: 
EDUC 445 or 446 Elementary or Secondary 

Methods 
EDUC 447 Problems in Contemporary 

American Education 
EDUC 448 Student Teaching in the 

Elementary Schools (4 - 
semester hours/6 weeks) 
EDUC 449 Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools (4 
semester hours/6 weeks) 



446 

METHODS OF TEACHING IN MIDDLE 
LEVEL AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS 
(PART OF THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

A study of materials, methods, and 
techniques with emphasis on the student's 
major. Specific attention is given to structur- 
ing unit and lesson plans, maintaining 
classroom discipline, and to overall classroom 
management. Stress is placed on the selection 
and utilization of a variety of strategies, 
materials, and technologies to support learning 
for a diverse student population. Students 
teach demonstration lessons in the presence of 
the instructor and members of the class and 
observe superior teachers in Lycoming 
County middle and secondary schools. 
Prerequisites: EDUC 200, PSY 138, 
and pre-student teaching participation. 

447 

PROBLEMS IN CONTEMPORARY 
AMERICAN EDUCATION (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Seminar on the issues, problems, and 
challenges encountered by teachers in the 
American public schools, especially those 
related to the student teaching experience. 

449 

STUDENT TEACHING IN THE 
SECONDARY SCHOOL (PART OF 
THE PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER) 

Professional laboratory experience under the 
supervision of a selected cooperating teacher 
in a public secondary school in Lycoming 
County. Student teachers are required to 
follow the calendar of the school district to 
which they are assigned. Two units maximum. 

Students are considered full time when 
enrolled in the Professional Semester. Those 
students needing an additional course must 
comply with the standards stated in the 
College catalog. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 

• 




ENGLISH (ENGL) 

Professors: Hawkes, Jensen, Moses, Rife 
Associate Professors: Feinstein (Chairperson), 
Hafer, Lewes 

Tiie department offers two programs 
leading to the major in EngUsh: 

Track I - English Major in Literature 

This track is designed for students who 
choose EngHsh as a liberal arts major that pre- 
pares them for a wide range of career options; 
for students who choose English as their subject 
area for elementary certification or who wish to 
earn secondary certification in English; for 
students who wish to improve their verbal and 
analytic ability in preparation for a specific 
career, such as technical writing, business, or 
law; and for students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in British or American literature. 
A minimum of ten courses is required for 
Track I. Required courses are ENGL 217; 220; 
22 1 ; two courses selected from 222, 223, 227; 



two from 31 1,312, 313, 314, and 315; one 
from 335 and 336; and two electives from 
among courses numbered 215 and above. 

Students who wish to earn secondary teacher 
certification must complete a minimum of 
twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 217; 220; 221; 335; 336; 338; two 
courses from 222, 223, 227; three courses from 
311,312, 313, 314, and 315; and one elective 
from among courses numbered 215 and above. 
Required courses outside English are EDUC 
200, 446, 447, and 449; PSY 1 10 and 1 38; and 
THEA 100. 

Students who intend to pursue graduate 
study in British or American literature should 
complete the twelve English courses specified 
for secondary certification and, as part of that 
sequence, take ENGL 449, Advanced Criti- 
cism, as their English elective. 

Track II - English Major in Creative Writing 

This track is designed for students who 
aspire to careers as professional writers, as 
editors, and as publishers; for students who 
plan to continue studies in an M.F.A. or M.A. 
program; or for students who would like to 
discover their creadve potential while pursu- 
ing a fundamental liberal arts education. 
A minimum often courses is required for 
Track II. Required courses are ENGL 240; two 
courses selected from 220, 22 1 , 222, 223, 225, 
and 227; two from31 1,312, 313, 314 and 315; 
one from 33 1 or 332; one from 335 and 336; two 
from 34 1 , 342, 44 1 , and 442 (note prerequi- 
sites); and one from 41 1 or412. 

Students who wish to earn secondary 
teacher certification must complete a minimum 
of twelve courses in English. Required courses 
are ENGL 240, 335, 336, 338; two courses 
selected from 220, 221, 222, 223, 225, and 227; 
two from 3 1 1,312, 313, 314, and 3 15; one from 
331 and 332; two from 341, 342, 441, 442 (note 
prerequisites); and one from 4 1 1 and 412; 
ENGL 2 1 7 recommended. Required courses 
outside English are EDUC 200, 446, 447, and 
449; PSY 1 10 and 138; and THEA 100. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 

• 



The following course satisfies the cuUural 
diversity requirement: ENGL 334. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: ENGL 225, 3 1 1 , 33 1 , 334, 335, 
336, and 420. 

Minors 

The department offers two minors in 
English: 

Literature: Five courses in literature at the 
200 level or above, at least three of which 
must be numbered 300 or above. 

Writing: Five courses, four of which are 
chosen from ENGL 217, 240, 321, 322, and 
338; plus one writing-intensive course in 
literature at the 300 level. 

105 

INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE WRITING 

A review of grammar and an introduction to 
college-level reading and writing. One unit 
grade of "P" will be assigned when the student 
has successfully completed all of the work in 
the course. Required of, and limited to, those 
who have not been exempted from ENGL 105. 

106 

COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the compos- 
ing skills needed to articulate and defend a 
position in various situations requiring the use 
of written English. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 

107 

HONORS COMPOSITION 

Extensive practice in analytical writing. 
Special emphasis on developing the writing 
skills of students who have the potential to 
benefit from advanced work. Placement by 
examination only. Credit may not be earned 
for both 106 and 107. 



215 

INTRODUCTION TO 
LITERARY INTERPRETATION 

Practice in the methods of close reading and 
formal analysis. Identification of primary elements 
and structures of literary representation. Literature 
chosen for study will vary. Prerequisite: ENGL 
1 06 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

CRITICAL WRITING SEMINAR 

An introduction to writing critically about 
literary texts. Workshop setting offers inten- 
sive practice in the writing and critiquing of 
papers. Designed for beginning students of 
literature. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Not open to juniors or 
seniors except for newly declared majors or 
with consent of instructor. 

220 

BRITISH LITERATURE I 

A survey of literary forms, dominate ideas, 
and major authors from the Anglo-Saxon 
period through the 18"" century. Emphasis on 
such writers as Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, 
Milton, Swift, Pope, and Johnson; representa- 
tive works from Beowulf to Bumey's Evelina. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

221 

BRITISH LITERATURE II 

Literary movements and authors from the 
beginnings of Romanticism to the end of the 1 9th 
century. Particular emphasis on such writers as 
Wordsworth, Shelley, Keats, Tennyson, Brown- 
ing. Carlyle, Arnold, Hardy, and Yeats. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

Ill 

AMERICAN LITERATURE I 

Survey of American literature from the 
beginning to 1 865, with major emphasis on the 
writers of the Romantic period: Poe, Emerson, 
Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville, Dickinson, and 
Whitman. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



223 

AMERICAN LITERATURE II 
Surveyof American literature from 1865 toI945, 
emphasizing such authors as Twain, James, Crane, 
Hemingway, Faulkner, Frost, Eliot, Stevens, 
O' Neill, and Williams. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107, or consent of instructor. 

225 

CLASSICAL LITERATURE 

A study, in translation, of Greek and Roman 
works that have influenced Western writers. 
Literary forms studied include epic, drama, 
satire, and love poetry. Writers studied include 
Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, 
Virgil, Juvenal, Horace, Lucretius, and Ovid. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

227 

AMERICAN LITERATURE III 

Survey of American literature from 1 945 to 
the present, focusing on such writers as Bellow, 
O'Connor, Updike, Roth, Morrison, Bishop, 
Lowell, Ginsberg, and Plath. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor 

240 

INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING 

Workshop discussions, structured exercises, 
and readings in contemporary literature to 
provide practice and basic instruction in the 
writing and evaluation of poetry and fiction. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. 

311 

MEDIEVAL LITERATURE 

Readings in Old and Middle English poetry and 
prose from Bede' s Ecclesiastical History to 
Malory's Arthurian romance. Study of lyric, 
narrative, drama, and romance with emphasis on 
the cultural context from which these forms 
emerge. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

312 

RENAISSANCE LITERATURE 

An examination of themes and literary forms of 
the Renaissance. Authors studied will include 



Donne, Marlowe, More, Shakespeare, Sidney, 
Spenser, and Surrey. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 
or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

313 

RESTORATION AND 
18TH-CENTURY LITERATURE 

Consideration of selected themes, writers, 
or modes of Restoration and 1 8th-century 
literature ( 1 660- 1 800) with emphasis on the 
social, political, and intellectual hfe of that 
era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

314 

ROMANTIC LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, 
and themes of the Romantic period (1789- 
1832) with emphasis on the social, political, 
and intellectual life of that era. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

315 

VICTORIAN LITERATURE 

Concentrated study in the writers, texts, and 
themes of the Victorian period ( 1 832- 1 90 1 ) with 
emphasis on the social, political, and intellectual 
life of that era. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

ADVANCED WRITING: 
TECHNICAL AND PROFESSIONAL 

A course providing practice in report and 
technical writing, proposals, and other areas 
where competence will be expected in the 
business and scientific worlds. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

322 

ADVANCED WRITING: 

THE CREATIVE ESSAY 

A course in which students from all 
disciplines learn to explore and define 
themselves through the essay, a form used to 
express the universal through the particular 
and the personal. Readings will include 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ENGLISH 



jssayists from Montaigne to Gould. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
nstructor. Alternate years. 

J31 

>OTH-CENTURY FICTION 

Examination of the novels and short fiction 
)f such major writers as Conrad, Woolf, 
foyce, Faulkner, Fowles, and Nabokov, with 
ipecial emphasis on the relationship of their 
ivorks to concepts of modernism. Prerequi- 
site: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
nstructor. 

J32 

ZOTH-CENTURY POETRY 

Studies in the themes and visions of 
Tiodem and contemporary poets including 
y^eats. Frost, Stevens, Williams, Pound, Moore, 
Eliot. Hughes, Roethke, Bishop, Berryman, 
Lowell, Larkin, Ginsberg, Sexton, Rich, Plath, 
Baraka, Heaney, and Dove. Prerequisite: 
ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of instructor. 

333 

FHE NOVEL 

An examination primarily of British and 
American works from the 1 8th century to the 
present, focusing on the novel's ability — since 
its explosive inception — to redefine its own 
boundaries. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

WOMEN AND LITERATURE 

An examination — literary, social, and 
historical — of literature by women represent- 
ing diverse cultures. Each course will examine 
a particular theme significant to women 
writers from more than one cultural back- 
ground. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

CHAUCER 

Concentrated study of The Canterbury Tales 
with emphasis on the variety of medieval 
narrative genres represented. Chaucer's Tales 
will be read in Middle English. The course 



includes a brief study of language develop- 
ment to Chaucer, a study of Middle English 
sufficient to comprehend Chaucer, and an 
examination of the cultural traditions that 
inform Chaucer's works. Prerequisites: 
ENGL 106 or 107 or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

336 

SHAKESPEARE 

A study of representative plays in the 
context of Shakespeare's life and times. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

338 
LINGUISTICS 

An intensive look at the English language, 
focusing on three grammatical systems 
(traditional, structural, transformational) to 
identify their strengths and weaknesses. 
Attention is also given to larger issues, 
including language change, the politics of 
language, the creation of meaning, language 
acquisition, and dialects. Prerequisite: ENGL 
106 or 107, or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

341 

POETRY WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate workshop focusing on the 
writing of poetry and methods of analysis. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. 

342 

FICTION WORKSHOP I 

An intermediate course in the writing of 
short fiction in a workshop environment, where 
the student is trained to hear language at work. 
Emphasis on characterization and story. 
Prerequisite: Grade ofB or better in ENGL 
240 or consent of instructor. 

411 

FORM AND THEORY: POETRY 

Principles of meter, rhyme, formal structure, 
and traditional and contemporary poetic forms 
will be studied through readings, discussion. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ENGLISH 



and exercises. Designed to enhance skills in both 
practical criticism and in creative writing, this 
course will pay particular attention to theories 
concerned with the relationship between form 
and content in poetry. Prerequisite: ENGL 341 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

412 

FORM AND THEORY: FICTION 

A course that examines philosophical and 
aesthetic theories of fiction, and the resulting 
fiction based on those theories. Authors will 
most likely include Aristotle, Calvino, Gardner, 
Gass, and Nabokov. Prerequisite: ENGL 342 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

420 

SELECTED WRITERS 

An intensive study of no more than three 
writers, selected on the basis of student and 
faculty interest. Possible combinations 
include: Frost, Hemingway, and Faulkner; 
O'Connor, Welty, and Porter; Spenser and 
Milton; Hawthorne, Melville, and Dickens; 
Woolf, Forster, and Lawrence; Joyce and 
Yeats. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

421 

TOPICS IN LITERATURE 

Examination of a literary theme, idea, or 
movement as it appears in one or more types 
of literature and as it cuts across various 
epochs. Possible topics include: American 
Novelists and Poets of the Jazz Age and 
Depression; The Bible and Literature; Gothic 
Tradition in American Literature; Mystery and 
Detective Fiction; The Hero in Literature. 
Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

441 

POETRY WORKSHOP II 

An advanced workshop in the writing of 
poetry. Students will receive intensive anal- 
ysis of their own work and acquire experience 
in evaluating the work of their peers. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 341. 



442 

FICTION WORKSHOP II 

An advanced course in the writing of short 
fiction. Emphasis on the complexities of 
voice and tone. The student will be encouraged 
to develop and control his or her individual 
style and produce publishable fiction. Prereq- 
uisite: ENGL 342. 

449 

ADVANCED CRITICISM 

Reading and discussion in the theory and 
history of criticism. Examination of both 
traditional and contemporary ideas about the 
value and nature of literary expression and its 
place in human culture generally. Work in the 
course includes practical as well as theoretical 
use of the ideas and methods of critical 
inquiry. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

The department provides internships in 
editing, legal work, publishing, and technical 
writing. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include the role of Pennsyl- 
vania in the fiction of John O'Hara; the 
changing image of women in American art _ 
and literature ( 1 890- 1 945); the hard-boiled ^ 
detective novel; contemporary women writers; 
and Milton's use of the Bible in Paradise 
Lost. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

Recent projects include "The Function of 
the Past in the Fiction of William Faulkner" 
and "Illusion, Order, and Art in the Novels of 
Virginia Woolf." 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 




FOREIGN 
LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor: MacKenzie 

Associate Professor: Buedel 

Assistant Professors: Kingery (Chairperson), 

Heysel, Watts 
Instructor: Cartal-Falk 
Part-time Instructor: Boring 

Study of foreign languages and literatures 
offers opportunity to explore broadly the 
varieties of human experience and thought. It 
contributes both to personal and to intemational 
understanding by providing competence in a 
foreign language and a critical acquaintance with 
the literature and culture of foreign peoples. A 
major can serve as a gateway to careers in 
business, government, publishing, education, 
journalism, social agencies, translating, and 
writing. It prepares for graduate work in 
literature or linguistics and the intemational 
fields of politics, business, law, health, and area 
studies. 

MAJOR FIELDS OF STUDY 

French, German, and Spanish are offered as 
major fields of study. The major consists of at 
least 32 semester hours of courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above. Students who intend to pursue 
graduate study in a foreign language should 
take additional 400-level hours in literature. 
Majors seeking teacher certification are 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



advised to begin the study of a second foreign 
language. 

The department encourages students to 
consider allied courses from related fields or a 
second major, and also individual or established 
interdisciplinary majors combining interest in 
several literatures or area or cross-cultural 
studies; for example, Intemational Studies, 20th 
Century Studies, the Major in Literature. 

STUDY ABROAD AND INTERNSHIPS 

The department recommends that language 
majors study in a department-approved program 
for a semester or more as part of their major. 
Approved programs are available in Austria (the 
Institute for the Intemational Education of 
Students), France (Boston University, the 
Institute for the Intemational Education of 
Students), Germany (the Goethe Institute, the 
Institute for the Intemational Education of 
Students), Mexico (Cemanahuac Educational 
Community), and Spain (Tandem Escuela 
Internacional, the Center for Cross-Cultural 
Studies, Indiana University of PA). Interested 
students should begin planning with their major 
advisor by the first week of the semester prior to 
departure. To qualify, students must have soph- 
omore standing or better, an overall GPA of 2.50, 
and a GPA of 3.00 in language courses. Other 
qualifications include recommendation from 
faculty in the major and completion of specific 
courses in language, literature, or culture. In 
addition, the department offers overseas 
intemships through the approved programs. 
They typically require substantial language 
skills and junior or senior standing. 

CAPSTONE EXPERIENCE 

All foreign language majors are required to 
pass two semesters of FLL 449 (Junior-Senior 
Colloquium). In addition, all majors must 
complete at least two of the following six options: 
( 1 ) appropriate study abroad for a minimum of 6 
weeks; (2) an internship; (3) department-approved 
volunteer work or tutoring in the foreign lan- 
guage; (4) FRN 44 1 , GERM 4 1 8, or SPAN 4 1 8 
with a grade of C or better; (5) secondary 
teaching certification in French, German, or 
Spanish; (6) a Praxis test in French, German, or 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



Spanish passed with a score approved by the 
department. 

If the colloquia and other two requirements 
have not been met by the end of the first 
semester of the senior year, the student must 
submit to the chair of the department a plan 
signed by the advisor showing when and how 
these requirements will be completed. 

TEACHER CERTIFICATION 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES 
AND LITERATURES (fll) 

225 

CONTINENTAL LITERATURE 

A study of such major continental authors 
as Cervantes, Dostoevsky, Chekhov, Dante, 
Ibsen, Proust, Gide, Kafka, Hesse, Goethe, 
Sartre, Camus, Brecht, and lonesco. Works 
read in English translation will vary and be 
organized around a different theme or topic; 
recent topics have been existentialism, modem- 
ism, drama, the Weimar era, and 20th century 
Scandinavian and German prose writers. 
Prerequisite: None. Taught in English. May be 
repeated for credit with consent of instructor. 
May be accepted toward the English major 
with consent of the Department of English. 
338 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE: 
SYSTEMS AND PROCESS 

Study of basic linguistic concepts as a tool for 
language learning and teaching. Discussion and 
application of language teaching techniques, 
including work in the language laboratory. 
Designed for future teachers of one or more 
languages and normally taken in the junior year. 
Students should arrange through the Department 
of Education to fulfill the requirements of a 
participation experience in area schools in the 
same semester. Prerequisite: Consent of 
instructor. Taught in English. Does not count 
toward majors in French, German, and Spanish. 



449 

JUNIOR-SENIOR COLLOQUIUM 

This colloquium offers French, German, and 
Spanish majors the opportunity to meet regu- 
larly with peers, professors, and invited guest 
speakers to discuss linguistic, literary, cultural, 
and pedagogical topics. Each student enrolled 
in 449 is required to deliver at least one oral 
presentation per semester. Prerequisite: junior 
standing. The department recommends that, 
when possible, students take one semester of 449 
during their junior year and another semester 
during their senior year Taught in English. The 
Colloquium will meet a minimum of 6 times 
during the semester for 1 hour each session. 
After successful completion of two semesters of 
the Colloquium, a student may enroll for addi- 
tional semesters on a pass fail basis and no oral 
presentation will be required. Non-credit course. 



FRENCH (FRN) 



Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of FRN courses numbered 1 1 1 
and above or approved courses from a Study 
Abroad program, including at least eight 
semester hours from 402, 412 and 427. French 
majors must pass at least two semesters of FLL 
449 and complete two of the additional require- 
ments as explained under Capstone Experience 
on page 105. Students who wish to be certified 
for secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass FRN 221- 
222, 228, 418, and FLL 338 (the latter course 
with a grade of B or better). 

The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: FRN 228. The follow- 
ing course, when scheduled as a W course, 
counts toward the writing intensive require- 
ment: FRN 222. 

Minor 

A minor in French consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
towards the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



I hours of which must be numbered 200 or 
)0ve. 

)1-102 

LEMENTARY FRENCH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
:quire the fundamentals of the language with 
[view to using them. Regular practice in 
)eaking, understanding, and reading. 

11-112 

vITERMEDIATE FRENCH 

Review and development of the fundamen- 
Js of the language for immediate use in 
leaking, understanding, and reading, with a 
iew to building confidence in self-expres- 
on. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 

IX-IU 

RENCH LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Further training in speaking, listening 
omprehension, reading, and writing. In- 
ludes extensive work in grammar. Prerequi- 
Ite: FRN 112 or equivalent. 

28 

lODERN FRANCE 

A course designed to familiarize students with 
olitical and social structures and cultural 
ttituds in contemporary French society, 
laterial studied may include such documents as 
ewspaper articles, interviews and sociological 
urveys, and readings in history, religion, 
nthropology, and the arts. Some attention to the 
hanging education system and the family and to 
vents and ideas which have shaped French 
ociety. May include some comparative study 
f France and the United States. Prerequisite: 
•"RN 221 or consent of instructor. 

21 

IPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
N LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or 
iterary topics concerning the French-speaking 
vorld. Possible topics or genres include: 
Tancophone short stories; modem French 
heatre; French-speaking women writers; 
Tench and Francophone poetry; Paris and the 
Want-garde. Prerequisite: FRN 221 or 



consent of the in.structor. May be repeated for 
credit with consent of instructor. 

402 

FRENCH LITERATURE TO 1800 

Major authors and movements from the 
Medieval, Renaissance, Classical and 
Enlightenment periods. Includes the chanson 
de geste, Villon, Montaigne, Comeille, Racine, 
Moliere, Voltaire, and Rousseau. Prerequisite: 
FRN 222 or 228, or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

412 

FRENCH LFTERATURE OF THE 19TH 
CENTURY 

The dimensions of the Romantic sensibil- 
ity: Musset, Hugo, Vigny, Balzac, Stendhal. 
Realism and Naturalism in the novels of 
Flaubert and Zola. Reaction in the poetry of 
Baudelaire, Rimbaud, Verlaine, and 
Mallarme. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 228, or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students 
who wish to improve further their spoken and 
written French. Includes work in oral 
comprehension, phonetics, pronunciation, oral 
and written composition, and translation. 
Prerequisite: One course from FRN 402, 412, 
423, 427; or consent of instructor. 

427 

FRENCH LITERATURE OF 

THE 20TH CENTURY 

Representative poets and novelists of 
modern France. Readings selected from the 
works of authors such as Proust, Gide. Aragon. 
Giono, Mauriac, Celine, Malraux, Saint- 
Exupery, Camus, the "new novelists" (Robbe- 
Grillet. Butor, Sarraute, Le Clezio). and the 
poetry of Apollinaire, Vale'ry, the Surrealists 
(Breton, Reverdy, Eluard, Char), Saint-John 
Perse. Supervielle, Prevert. and others. Some 
attention to works of French-speaking 
African writers. Prerequisite: FRN 222 or 
228, or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Examples of recent studies in French include 
translation. Existentialism, the classical period, 
enlightenment literature, and Saint-Exupery. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GERMAN (GERM) 

Major 

A major consists of a minimum of 32 
semester hours of GERM courses numbered 
1 1 1 and above or approved courses from a 
Study Abroad program One unit of FLL 225 
may be included in the major with permission. 
GERM 431 or 441 is required of all majors. 
German majors must pass at least two 
semesters of FLL 449 and complete two of the 
additional requirements as explained under 
Capstone Experience on page 105. 

Students who wish to be certified for 
secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass GERM 221- 
222, 323, 325, 418, and either 431 or 441. In 
addition to the 32 semester hours of courses 
for the major. In addition to the 32 semester 
hours of courses for the major they must also 
pass FLL 338 with a grade of B or better. All 
majors are urged to enroll in HIST 416, MUS 
336, PSCI 221, and THEA 335. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: GERM 221 and 222. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: GERM 431 and 441. 

Minor 

A minor in German consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 and 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 1 2 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must 
consist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 
12 hours of which must be numbered 200 or 
above. One unit of FLL 225 may be included 
in the minor with permission. 



101-102 

ELEMENTARY GERMAN 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to] 
acquire the fundamentals of the language wit 
a view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. I 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE GERMAN 

This sequence of courses reviews and develops 
the fundamentals of the language for immediate 
use in speaking, understanding, and reading with 
a view to building confidence in self-expres- 
sion. Prerequisite: GERM 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW 
AND LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

This sequence of courses is designed to review 
and develop skills in speaking, listening, writing 
and reading. Grammar and vocabulary building 
are stressed with intensive review, writing 
practice and some reading on contemporary 
issues in German-speaking countries. Prerequi- 
site: GERM 112 or equivalent. 

323 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 
LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION I 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the Early Middle Ages 
through the 1 8th century. Prerequisite: 
GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

325 

SURVEY OF GERMAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION II 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of German literature, 
representative authors, and major cultural 
developments in Germany, Austria, and 
Switzerland. The course deals with literature 
and culture from the 1 9th century through the 
1 960's. Prerequisite: GERM 222 or consent oj 
instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^0 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOC 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



1 

iE NOVELLE 

The German Novelle as a genre relating to 
rious literary periods. Prerequisite: GERM 
'3 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

8 

DVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students who 
int to improve their spoken and written 
jnnan. Includes work in oral comprehension, 
lonetics, pronunciation, oral and written com- 
isition, translation, and the development of 
e language and its relationship to English. 
■e requisite: GERM 222 or consent of instructor. 

.1 

ERMAN POETRY 

\ study of selected poets or the poeU7 of various 
erary periods. Possible topics include: Roman- 
; poetry, Heine, Rilke, and selected contempo- 
ry poets. Prerequisite: GERM 323 or 325, or 
msent of instructor. 

M 

OETHE 

A study of the life and worics of Goethe. Goethe' s 
gnificance in the Classical period and later, 
ladings in the major works. Prerequisite: 
ERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

\\ 

ONTEMPORARY GERMAN LITERATURE 

Representative poets, novelists and 
•amatists of contemporary Germany, 
kvitzerland and Austria covering the period 
om the 1 960's to the present. Readings 
ilected from writers such as: Boll, Brecht, 
risch, Durrenmatt, Bichsel, Handke, Walser, 
rass, Becker, and others. Prerequisite: 
ERM 323 or 325, or consent of instructor. 

70-479 

<TERNSHIP (See index) 

80-N89 

^DEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Examples of recent studies in German include 
lassicism, Germanic Mythology, Hermann 
[esse, the dramas of Frisch and Durrenmatt. 



490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) SEE RELIGION 
HEBREW (HEBR) SEE RELIGION 

SPANISH (SPAN) 

Major 

A major consists of 32 semester hours of 
SPAN courses numbered 1 1 1 and above or 
approved courses from a Study Abroad program. 
One course must focus on literature from Spain 
and one course must focus on literature from 
Spanish America. Eight semester hours must 
be at the 400 level, not including 449. Spanish 
majors must pass at least two semesters of FLL 
449 and complete two of the additional require- 
ments as explained under Capstone Experience 
on page 105. Students who wish to be certified 
for secondary teaching must complete the major 
with at least a 3.00 GPA and pass SPAN 221, 
222, 311, 418, and FLL 338 (the latter with a 
grade of B or better). 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SPAN 221, 222, and 311. 
The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: SPAN 323, 325, 418, and 424. 

Minor 

A minor in Spanish consists of at least 16 
semester hours of courses numbered 22 1 or 
above. Courses 1 1 1 and 1 12 may be counted 
toward the minor, but then the minor must con- 
sist of at least 20 semester hours of courses, 1 2 
hours of which must be numbered 200 or above. 

101-102 

ELEMENTARY SPANISH 

The aim of this sequence of courses is to 
acquire the fundamentals of the language with a 
view to using them. Regular practice in 
speaking, understanding, and reading. 

111-112 

INTERMEDIATE SPANISH 

This sequence of courses reviews and 
develops the fundamentals of the language for 
immediate use in speaking, understanding. 



)02-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 



reading and writing with a view to building 
confidence in self-expression. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 102 or equivalent. 

221-222 

CONVERSATION, REVIEW, AND 
COMPOSITION 

Intensive discussion and writing on a variety 
of subjects in conjunction with contemporary 
readings. Includes in-depth grammar review. 
Designed to provide greater breadth and 
fluency in spoken and written Spanish. Prereq- 
uisite: SPAN 112 or equivalent. 

311 

HISPANIC CULTURE 

To introduce students to Spanish-speaking 
peoples — their values, customs and institutions, 
with reference to the geographic and historical 
forces governing present-day Spain and Spanish 
America. Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

321 

SPECIAL TOPICS OR AUTHORS 
IN LITERATURE 

Examination of significant cultural or literary 
topics concerning the Spanish-speaking world. 
Possible topics or genres include: Latin American 
short stories; modem Spanish theatre; Latin 
American women writers; Chicano literature. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of the 
instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

323 

SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE 
AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with import- 
ant periods of Spanish literature, representative 
authors, and major socio-economic developments. 
The course deals with the literature from the 
Middle Ages to the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 
222 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

325 

SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN 

LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION 

Designed to acquaint the student with 
important periods of Spanish- American 
literature, representative authors, and major 
socio-economic developments. The course 



deals with the literature, especially the essay ai 
poetry, from the 16th century to the present. 
Prerequisite: SPAN 222 or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

418 

ADVANCED LANGUAGE PRACTICE 

Intensive practice for advanced students wb 
wish to improve their spoken and written 
Spanish. Includes work in oral comprehension 
pronunciation, oral and written composition, ai 
translation. Prerequisite: One SPAN course at 
the 300 level or consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

424 

SPANISH LFTERATURE OF 
THE GOLDEN AGE 

A study of representative works and principal 
literary figures in the poetry, prose, and drama 
of the 16th and 17th centuries. Prerequisite: 
SPAN 323 and 325, or consent of instructor. 

426 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MODERN HISPANIC 
LITERATURE 

Readings of important works in modem 
Spanish and/or Latin American literature. 
Reading selections may focus on a particular 
genre or they may be a combination of drama, 
poetry and prose. Possible topics include: 
Romanticism and realism in Spain and Latin 
America; the Modernist movement in Latin 
America; 20th century poetry; Lorca and the 
avant-gaide; the Latin American novel; the 
literature of post-Franco Spain. Prerequisite: 
two Spanish courses at the 300 level, or conser 
of instructor. May be repeated for credit with 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent studies include literary, linguistic, ai 
cultural topics and themes such as urban 
problems as reflected in the modem novel. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



HISTORY 




HISTORY (HIST) 

*rofessors: Larson (Chairperson), Morris, 

Piper 
Associate Professor: Witwer 

A major consists of 10 courses, including 
IIST 110, 111, and 449. At least seven courses 
nust be taken in the department. The following 
;ourses may be counted toward fulfilUng the 
najor requirements: AMST 200, ECON 236, 
>SCI 221 and 439, REL 226 and 228. Other 
ippropriate courses outside the department may 
►e counted upon departmental approval. For 
listory majors who student teach in history, the 
najor consists of nine courses. In addition to 
he courses listed below, special courses, 
ndependent study, and honors are available. 
Special courses recently taught and anticipated 
nclude a biographical study of European 
4onarchs, the European Left, the Industrializa- 
ion and Urbanization of Modem Europe, 
Jtopian Movements in America , the Peace 
/lovement in America. The Vietnam War, and 
American Legal History. History majors are 
incouraged to participate in the internship 
irogram. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
hould refer to the Department of Education on 
>age 96. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
liversity requirement: HIST 120, 140,220, 
!30 and 240. The following courses, when 
cheduled as W courses, count toward the 



writing intensive requirement: HIST 218, 230, 
247, 332, 335, 443, and 449. 

Minor 

Three minors are offered by the Department 
of History. The following courses are required 
to complete a minor in American history: HIST 
1 25, 1 26, and three courses in American history 
numbered 200 and above (HIST 1 20 and/or 220 
may be substituted.) A minor in European 
history requires the completion of HIST 1 10, 
1 1 1 and three courses in European history 
numbered 200 and above. To obtain a minor in 
History (without national or geographical 
designation), a student must complete six 
courses in history, of which three must be 
chosen from HIST 1 10, 1 1 1, 125, and 126 and 
three must be history courses numbered 2(X) 
and above. 

110 

EUROPE 1500-1815 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1500 to 1815. 

Ill 

EUROPE 1815-PRESENT 

An examination of the political, social, 
cultural, and intellectual history of Europe and 
its relations with other areas of the world from 
1815 to the present. 

120 

LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY 

An examination of the native civilization, the 
age of discovery and conquest, Spanish 
colonial policy, the independence movements, 
and the development of modem institutions and 
govemments in Latin America. Alternate 
years. 

125 

UNITED STATES HISTORY 1601-1877 

A study of the people, measures, and 
movements which have been significant in the 
development of the United States between 



002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



O 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



fflSTORY 



1 607 and 1 877. Attention is paid to the 
problems of minority groups as well as to 
majority and national influences. 

126 

UNITED STATES fflSTORY 1877-PRESENT 

A study of people, measures, and move- 
ments which have been significant in the 
development of the United States since 1877. 
Attention is paid to the problems of minority 
groups as well as to majority and national 
influences. 

140 

SURVEY OF ASIAN HISTORY 

A comprehensive overview of Asian 
history with emphasis on those Pacific Rim 
countries which have greatest current impact 
on political and economic development in the 
United States. Alternate Years. 

210 

ANCIENT HISTORY 

A study of the ancient western world, includ- 
ing the foundations of the western tradition in 
Greece, the emergence and expansion of the 
Roman state, its experience as a republic, and 
its transformation into the Empire. The course 
will focus on the social and intellectual life of 
Greece and Rome as well as political and 
economic changes. Alternate years. 

212 

MEDIEVAL EUROPE AND ITS NEIGHBORS 

The history of Europe from the dissolution of 
the Roman Empire to the mid- 15th century. The 
course will deal with the growing estrangement 
of western Catholic Europe from Byzantium and 
Islam, culminating in the Crusades; the rise of 
the Islamic Empire and its later fragmentation; 
the development and growth of feudalism; the 
conflict of empire and papacy, and the rise of 
the towns. Alternate years. 

215 

CONFLICT IN WESTERN CIVILIZATION 

An in-depth study of the changing nature 
of war and its relationship to the development 
of Western Civilization since the end of the 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Middle Ages. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the role of war in the development ot 
the modem nation state and the origins and 
nature of total war. Alternate years. 

218 

EUROPE IN THE ERA OF THE WORLD WARS 
An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe from 1900- 
1945. Topics include the rise of irrationalism, tl 
origins of the First World War, the Communist 
and Fascist Revolutions, and the attempts to 
preserve peace before 1939. Prerequisite: HIS! 
HI or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

219 

CONTEMPORARY EUROPE 

An intensive study of the political, economic, 
social, and cultural history of Europe since 1945. 
Topics include the post-war economic recovery 
of Europe, the Sovietization of Eastern Europe, 
the origins of the Cold War, decolonization, anc 
the flowering of the welfare state. Prerequisite: 
HIST 11 1 or consent of instructor. 

WOMEN IN HISTORY 

An examination of the social, political, 
economic and intellectual experience of wome 
in the Western World from ancient times to the 
present. 

226 

COLONIAL AMERICA AND 
THE REVOLUTIONARY ERA 

The establishment of British settlements on 
the American continent, their history as colonie 
the causes and events of the American Revolu- 
tion, the critical period following independence 
and proposal and adoption of the United States 
Constitution. Alternate years. 

230 

AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY 

A study of the experiences and participatioi 
of Afro-Americans in the United States. The 
course includes historical experiences such as 
slavery, abolition, reconstruction, and urbaniza 
tion. It also raises the issue of the developmen 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



HISTORY 



I and growth of white racism, and the effect of 
this racism on contemporary Afro- American 
social, intellectual, and political life. Alter- 
nate years. 

240 

MODERN CHINA 

This course will explore the social, political 
and cultural changes in China since the early 
1 19th Century. Particular attention will be given 
to the Communist Revolution and the develop- 
ments in China since Mao's death. Alternate 
\ years. 

247 

ORGANIZED CRIME IN AMERICA 

A history of organized crime in America 
from the Gilded Age to the present. This course 
explores the rise of organized crime and its 
ties to the urban political machines as well as 
the segregated vice districts of Nineteenth 
Century America. Students study the rise of 
the Mafia in the Twentieth Century along with 
other ethnically based criminal groups. Much 
of the course centers on the role that organized 
crime has played in American society through 
such activities as labor racketeering, organized 
gambling, and smuggling. The course also 
explores different law enforcement efforts 
mounted against organized crime over time, 
culminating with the most recent use of broad 
conspiracy laws. Alternate years. 

320 

DIPLOMATIC HISTORY 
OF EUROPE SINCE 1789 

A survey of the development of the European- 
states system and the relations between the 
European states since the beginning of the 
French Revolution. Prerequisite: HIST 1 11 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

322 

THE CRISIS OF LIBERALISM AND 

NATIONALISM: EUROPE 1848-1870 

An in-depth investigation of the crucial 
"Middle Years" of 1 9th century Europe from 
the revolutions of 1848 through the unification 
of Germany. The course centers on the 



struggles for power within the major states of 
Europe at this time, and how the vehicle of 
nationalism was used to bring about one type 
of solution. Alternate years. 

328 

AGE OF JEFFERSON AND JACKSON 

The theme of the course is the emergence of 
the political and social characteristics that 
shaped modem America. The personalities of 
Thomas Jefferson, John Marshall, John 
Randolph, Aaron Burr, and Andrew Jackson 
receive special attention. Special consideration 
is given to the first and second party systems, 
the decline in community cohesiveness, the 
westward movement, and the growing impor- 
tance of the family as a unit of social organiza- 
tion. Alternate years. 

330 

FRENCH REVOLUTION AND NAPOLEON 

An analysis of the political, social, and 
intellectual background of the French Revolu- 
tion, a survey of the course of revolutionary 
development, and an estimate of the results of 
the Napoleonic conquests and administration. 
Prerequisite: HIST I JO or consent of instruc- 
tor. Alternate years. 

332 

CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION 

The problems and events leading to war, the 
political and military history of the war, and the 
bitter aftermath to the Compromise of 1 877. 

335 

U.S. SINCE 1945 

A survey of the political, social, and intellec- 
tual developments in America in the years 
following World War II. The course reviews 
both foreign policy developments in those 
years and the various social movements that 
swept across the country, including civil rights, 
feminism, the counter-culture, and conserva- 
tism. Prerequisite: HIST 126 or consent of 
instructor. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



HISTORY 

• 



340 

20TH CENTURY UNITED STATES 
RELIGION 

The study of historical and cultural 
developments in American society which 
relate to religion or what is commonly called 
religion. This involves consideration of the 
institutional and intellectual development of 
several faith groups as well as discussion of 
certain problems, such as the persistence of 
religious bigotry and the changing modes of 
church-state relationships. Alternate years. 

416 

HISTORY OF REFORMATION THOUGHT 

A study of the ideas and systems of ideas 
propounded prior to the Reformation, but which 
are historically related to its inception, and of 
the ideas and systems of ideas involved in the 
formulation of the major Reformation Protestant 
traditions, and in the Catholic Reformation. 
Included are the ideas of the humanists of the 
Reformation Era. Alternate years. 

418 

HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 

A study of the classical, humanist, and 
scholastic elements involved in the develop- 
ment of the Renaissance outlook on views and 
values, both in Italy and in Northern Europe. 
The various combinations of social and 
political circumstances which constitute the 
historical context of these intellectual develop- 
ments will be noted. Alternate years. 

442 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY TO 1877 
A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from its 
colonial antecedents through reconstruction. 
Among the topics considered are Puritanism, 
Transcendentalism, community life and 
organization, education, and social reform 
movements. Prerequisites: Two courses from 
HIST J 25, J 26, 230; or consent of instructor. 



443 

UNITED STATES SOCIAL AND 
INTELLECTUAL HISTORY SINCE 1877 

A study of the social and intellectual 
experience of the United States from recon- 
struction to the present day. Among the topics 
considered are social Darwinism, pragmatism, 
community life and organization, education 
and social reform movements. Prerequisite: 
Two courses from HIST 125, 126, 230; or 
consent of instructor. 

449 

HISTORICAL METHODS 

This course focuses on the nature and 
meaning of history. It will open to the student 
different historical approaches and will 
provide the opportunity to explore these 
approaches in terms of particular topics and 
periods. Majors are required to enroll in this 
course in either their junior or senior year. 
Prerequisite: One course from HIST 328, 
330, 335 or 416. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Typically, history interns work for local 
government agencies engaged in historical 
projects or for the Lycoming County Histori- 
cal Museum. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 
Recent topics include studies of the 
immigration of American blacks, political 
dissension in the Weimer republic, Indian 
relations before the American Revolution, and 
the history of Lycoming County. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG J 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES AND MANAGEMENT SCHOLARS PROGRAM 




INSTITUTE FOR 

MANAGEMENT 

STUDIES (IMS) AND 

MANAGEMENT 

SCHOLARS 

PROGRAM 

Associate Professor: Weaver (Director) 

The purpose of the Institute for Management 
Studies is to enhance the educational opportuni- 
ties for students majoring or minoring in 
accounting, business administration, or econom- 
ics. It does this by offering an expanded intern- 
ship program, special seminars on important 
management topics, student involvement in 
faculty research and professional projects, 
executive development seminars, and a Manage- 
ment Scholars program for academically 
talented students (described below). In addition, 
the IMS hosts guest speakers and conferences on 
current management issues. 

All students who have a declared major or 
minor in accounting, business administration, 
or economics and who are in good academic 
standing are automatically members of the 
IMS. However, the IMS Director may invite or 
permit other students to join the IMS who do 
not meet the first criterion, such as freshmen 
who have not yet declared a major or minor. 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



210 

MANAGEMENT SCHOLAR SEMINAR 
Team-taught interdisciplinary seminar 
under the direction of the IMS faculty. A 
different interdisciplinary topic relevant to 
students in all three IMS departments is 
offered at least once a year. Completion of 
two semesters required by the Management 
Scholars Program. One-quarter unit of credit. 
Prerequisite: Membership in the Manage- 
ment Scholars Program or consent of IMS 
Director. May be repeated for credit. 

340 

MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP STUDY 
A practicum in which students work as 
interns for businesses, government agencies 
and nonprofit organizations in the 
Williamsport area and locations in Pennsylva- 
nia, New Jersey, New York, Washington, 
D.C., and other places. Reading, writing and 
research assignments vary by the credit value 
of the experience. Enrollments are limited to 
the numbers of available placements. Most 
internships are full-time paid positions, 
although part-time and unpaid positions are 
occasionally accepted. Four to eight semester 
hours of credit. Prerequisite: Membership in 
the Institute for Management Studies and 
consent of the Director. May be repeated for 
a maximum of 16 credits. 

IMS Scholars Program 

The IMS sponsors a Management Scholars 
Program for academically talented students in 
the three IMS departments. To join the 
Management Scholars Program, a student 
must satisfy the following criteria: 

a) Have a declared major or minor in one 
or more of the IMS departments. 
However, the IMS Director may invite 
or permit other students to join the 
Management Scholars Program who 
do not meet this criterion, such as 
freshmen who have not yet declared a 
major or minor. 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INSTITUTE FOR MANAGEMENT STUDIES • INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 




b) Have an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher, 
or exhibit strong academic potential if 
the student is a first-semester freshman. 

To graduate as a Management Scholar, a 
student must meet the following criteria: 

a) Successfully complete two semester- 
hours of Management Scholar Seminars. 

b) Successfully complete a major or minor 
in one of the three IMS departments. 

c) Graduate with a GPA of 3.25 or higher 
in both overall college work, and 
within an IMS major and/or minor. 

d) Successfully complete an appropriate 
internship, practicum or independent 
study, or complete a special project 
approved by the IMS Director. 

At least one Management Scholar Seminar 
is taught per academic year on an interdiscipli- 
nary topic of relevance to students in all three 
IMS departments. The seminars are normally 
offered as one semester-hour courses and do 
not result in overload charges for full-time 
students. 

Students who are currently Lycoming 
College Scholars may also become Manage- 
ment Scholars and participate in both programs. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL 
STUDIES (INST) 

Professor: Larson (Coordinator) 

The major is designed to integrate an 
understanding of the changing social, political, 
and historical environment of Europe today 
with study of Europe in its relations to the rest 
of the world, particularly the United States. It 
stresses the international relations of the North 
Atlantic community and offers the student 
opportunity to emphasize either European 
studies or international relations. The program 
provides multiple perspectives on the cultural 
traits that shape popular attitudes and institu- 
tions. Study of a single country is included as a 
data-base for comparisons, and study of its 
language as a basis for direct communication 
with its people. 

The program is intended to prepare a student 
either for graduate study or for careers which 
have an international component. International 
obligations are increasingly assumed by gov- 
ernment agencies and a wide range of business, 
social, religious, and educational organizations. 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES 



Opportunities are found in the fields of journal- 
ism, publishing, communications, trade, bank- 
ing, advertising, management, and tourism. The 
program also offers flexible career preparation 
in a variety of essential skills, such as research, 
data analysis, report writing, language skills, 
and the awareness necessary for dealing with 
people and institutions of another culture. 
Preparation for related careers can be obtained 
through the guided selection of courses outside 
the major in the areas of business, economics, 
foreign languages and literatures, government, 
history, and international relations or through a 
second major. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with members of the 
Committee on International Studies. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 90. By completing a major in the 
foreign languages (five or more courses) and 
the education program, students can be certified 
to teach that language. 

The International Studies program also 
encourages participation in study abroad 
programs such as programs at Westminster 
College in Oxford, England, as well as the 
Washington and United Nations semesters. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: INST 449. 




2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



The major consists of 1 1 courses including 
INST 449 plus the following: 

International Relations Courses - Four or 
two courses (if two, then four must be taken 
from Area Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the international system and of Europe's 
relations with the rest of the world. PSCI 225 
is required. 

PSCI 225 International Relations 

ECON 343 International Trade 

HIST 320 European Diplomatic History 

PSCI 439 American Foreign Policy 

Area Courses - Four or two courses (if two, 
then four must be taken from International 
Relations Courses). Courses within this group 
are designed to provide a basic understanding 
of the European political, social, and economic 
environment. HIST 1 1 1 and ECON 240 are 
required. 

HIST 1 1 1 Europe 1 8 1 5-Present 
ECON 240 Economic Geography 
PSCI 221 Comparative Politics and 

Geography 
HIST 2 1 8 Europe in the Era of the 

World Wars 
HIST 219 Contemporary Europe 

National Courses 

Language - Two courses in one language. 

FRN 221, plus one course numbered 222 

or above (except 228) 

GERM 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 

or above 

SPAN 22 1 , plus one course numbered 222 or 

above (except 311) 

Country - One course. The student must 
select, according to his or her language 
preparation, one European country which will 
serve as a social interest area throughout the 
program. The country selected will serve as 
the base for individual projects in the major 
courses wherever possible. 

■ LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INTERNATIONAL STUDIES • LITERATURE 




France FRN 228 Modem France 

Germany HIST N80 Topics in 

German History 
Spain SPAN 311 Hispanic Culture 

Elective Course - One course which should 
involve further study of some aspect of the 
program. Appropriate courses are any area or 
international relations courses not yet taken; 
HIST 1 10, 215; PSCI 327; related foreign 
literature courses counting toward the fine arts 
requirement and internships. 

449 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

A one-semester seminar, taken in the 
senior year, in which students and several 
faculty members will pursue an integrative 
topic in the field of international studies. 
Students will work to some extent indepen- 
dently. Guest speakers will be invited. The 
seminar will be open to qualified persons from 
outside the major and the College. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. 



LITERATURE (lit) 

This major recognizes literature as a 
distinct discipline beyond national boundaries 
and combines the study of any two literatures 
in the areas of English, French, German, and 
Spanish. Students can thus explore two 
literatures widely and intensively at the upper 
levels of course offerings within each of the 
respective departments while developing and 
applying skills in foreign languages. The 
major prepares students for graduate study in 
either of the two literatures studied or in 
comparative literature. 

The major requires at least six literature 
courses, equally divided between the two 
literatures concerned. The six must be at the 
advanced level as determined in consultation 
with advisors (normally courses numbered 
200 and above in English and 400 and above 
in foreign languages). In general, two of 
the advanced courses in each literature should 
be period courses. The third course, taken 
either as a regular course or an independent 
study, may have as its subject another period, 
a particular author, genre, or literary theme, or 
some other unifying approach or idea. 
Beyond these six, the major must include at 
least two additional courses from among those 
counting toward a major in the departments 
involved. Any prerequisite courses in the 
respective departments (for example: ENGL 
106, FRN 221-222 or 228, GERM 221-222, 
SPAN 221-222) should be taken during the 
freshman year. Students should design their 
programs in consultation with a faculty 
member from each of the literatures con- 
cerned. Programs for the major must be 
approved by the departments involved. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 




MATHEMATICAL 
SCIENCES 

Associate Professors: Haley, Sprechini, 

Weida (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professors: deSilva, Golshan, Peluso 
Part-time Instructors: Abercrombie, Collins, 

Davis 
The Department of Mathematical Sciences 
offers major and minor programs in computer 
science and mathematics. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

(CPTR) 

The B. A. Degree 

The B.A. degree in computer science 
consists of 13 courses: MATH 216; either 
MATH 109 or 128; one from MATH 112, 129, 
or 130; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248, 346, 445, 
448, and three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above including approved 
internships, or MATH 338. 

The B.S. Degree 

The B.S. degree in computer science consists 
of 17 courses: MATH 128, 129, 216 and either 
214 or 332; CPTR 125, 246, 247, 248. 346, 
445, 448; three other computer science courses 
numbered 220 or above; one of the sequences 
BIO 110-111,CHEM 110-lll,orPHYS225- 
226; and one additional course from the 
following list of courses: Biology course 
numbered 1 10 or above. Chemistry course 



numbered 1 10 or above. Physics course 
numbered 225 or above, or MATH 130, 214, 
231,233,234,238,332,333. 

Students considering graduate work in 
computer science should take MATH 128, 129 
and 1 30. Recommended extra-departmental 
course: PHIL 225. In addition to the regular 
courses listed below, special courses are 
occasionally available. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: CPTR 246, 247, 346, and 448. 

Minor 

A minor in computer science consists of 
MATH 216, CPTR 125, 246, 247, and two 
other computer science courses numbered 220 
or above. 

101 

MICROCOMPUTER FILE MANAGEMENT 

An introduction to a file-management 
system, i.e. a database system that uses a 
single file, in the Windows environment.One- 
halfunit of credit. This course may not be 
used to meet distribution requirements. 

108 

COMPUTING ESSENTIALS 

An introduction to the use of computers in 
problem solving and programming. Included 
are uses of spreadsheets, databases, and 
programming. The course teaches the use of 
simple techniques in areas such as number 
theory, algebra, geometry, statistics, and the 
mathematics of business and finance. The 
programming component of the course is 
currently based on the Visual Basic program- 
ming language. Emphasis is given to the 
processes involved in mathematical modeling 
and problem solving. Laboratory experience 
is included using current software. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

125 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Introduction to the discipline of computer 
science with emphasis on programming utili- 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCENCES 



zing a block-structured high-level programming 
language. Topics include algorithms, program 
structure, and computer configuration. 
Laboratory experience is included. Prerequi- 
site: Credit for or exemption from MATH 100. 

246 

PRINCIPLES OF ADVANCED 
PROGRAMMING 

Principles of effective programming, 
including structured and object oriented 
programming, stepwise refinement, assertion 
proving, style, debugging, control structures, 
decision tables, finite state machines, recur- 
sion, and encoding. Prerequisite: A grade of 
C- or better in CPTR 125. 

247 

DATA STRUCTURES 

Representation of data and analysis of 
algorithms associated with data structures. 
Topics include representation of lists, trees, 
graphs and strings, algorithms for searching 
and sorting. Prerequisite: A grade of C- or 
better in CPTR 246 or consent of instructor. 
Corequisite: MATH 216. 

248 

PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE DESIGN 

Study of modem programming language 
design and implementation. Paradigms studied 
include procedural, functional, logic, and object- 
oriented. Topics include syntax, semantics, data 
types, data structures, storage management, 
and control structures. Laboratory experience 
is included. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximation of roots 
and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inversion, 
and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 strongly 
recommended. Cross-listed as MA TH 321. 



324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot be 
solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as MATH 324. Alternate years. 

331 

COMPUTER NETWORKS 
This course introduces the following computer 
networking concepts: LAN, WAN, FTP, TCP/ 
IP, HTTP, network topologies, Ethernet, OSI 
model, routers, switches, and wiring technolo- 
gies. Students will set up a LAN using a mix oj 
available operating systems and networking 
software. Prerequisite: CPTR 246. 

342 

WEB-BASED PROGRAMMING 

Intermediate programming on the World Wide 
Web. Topics covered include client/server issues 
in Web publishing, Java Script, VB Script, Java, 
Perl, and CGI. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 or consen 
of instructor Altenmte years. 

345 

INTRODUCTION TO 
COMPUTER GRAPHICS 

An introduction to graphics hardware and 
software with emphasis on the mathematics 
necessary to represent, transform, and display 
images of two- and three-dimensional objects. 
Subjects covered include but not limited to: 
three dimensional modeling and viewing, color 
models, and rendering. Prerequisite: CPTR 246 
and either CPTR 247 or consent of instructor; 
MATH 130 recommended. Alternate years. 

346 

COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 
AND MACHINE LANGUAGE 

Principles of computer organization, 
architecture, and machine language. Topics 
include machine and assembly languages, 
internal representation of data, processor data 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



path and control, pipelined processors, 
memory hierarchies, and performance issues. 
Laboratory experience is included. Pre- 
requisite: A grade of C- or better in CPTR 
246; CPTR 247 strongly recommended. 

349 

DATABASE SYSTEMS 

An in-depth introduction to the relational 
database model and SQL. Topics include but 
are not limited to: relational algebra, relational 
calculus, normalization, design theory of 
relational databases, SQL standards, and 
query optimization. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

441 

INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFICIAL 
INTELLIGENCE 

Introduction to the theory, implementation 
techniques, and applications of artificial 
intelligence. Topics may include but are not 
limited to knowledge representation, problem 
solving, modeling, robotics, natural language 
analysis, and computer vision. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 247. Alternate years. 

442 

INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS 

Designing, building and programming 
mobile robots. Some advanced topics are 
covered which may include control theory, 
robotic paradigms, and vision. Teamwork is 
essential in all projects. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 

445 

OPERATING SYSTEMS 

Detailed analysis of processes, scheduling, 
multithreading, symmetric multiprocessing, 
file management, real and virtual memory 
management, file and memory addressing, and 
distributed processing. Prerequisite: CPTR 
247 and 346. 

448 

ADVANCED DESIGN AND 

DEVELOPMENT 

Individual or group research and implementa- 
tion projects. Includes analysis, design, 
development and documentation of a signifi- 
cant current, relevant problem and its com- 



puter-based solution. Prerequisite: CPTR 247. 
Alternate years. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

MATHEMATICS (MATH) 

A major in mathematics consists of 10 unit 
courses in the mathematical sciences: CPTR 
125, MATH 128, 129, 130, 234, 238, 432, 
434, and two other mathematics courses 
numbered 220 or above, one of which may be 
replaced by MATH 112, 214 or 216. In 
addition, four semesters of non-credit Math 
Colloquium are required: two semesters each 
of MATH 339 and MATH 449. Students who 
are interested in pursuing a career in actuarial 
science should consider the actuarial math- 
ematics major. 

Students seeking secondary teacher certifi- 
cation in mathematics are also required to 
complete MATH 330, 336, and one from 123, 
214 or 332, and are advised to enroll in PHIL 
217. Also, all majors are advised to elect 
PHIL 225, 333 and PHYS 225, 226. Other 
courses required for certification are PSY 1 10, 
138; EDUC 200, 446, 447, 449. 

In addition to the regular courses listed below, 
special courses are occasionally available. 

The following course, when scheduled as a 
W course, counts toward the writing intensive 
requirement: MATH 234. 

Minor 

A minor in mathematics consists of MATH 
1 28, 1 29, and either 2 1 6 or 234; two additional 
courses numbered 200 or above, one of which 
may be replaced with MATH 1 30; and two 
semesters of MATH 339. 

100 

INDIVIDUALIZED LABORATORY 
INSTRUCTION IN BASIC ALGEBRA 

A computer-based program of instruction in 
basic algebra including arithmetic and decimals, 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^S 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



fractions, the real number line, factoring, 
solutions to linear and quadratic equations, 
graphs of linear and quadratic functions, 
expressions with rational exponents, algebraic 
functions, exponential functions, and inequali- 
ties. This course is limited to students placed 
therein by the Mathematics Department. One- 
half un it of credit. 

106 

COMBINATORICS 

An introduction to the analysis of counting 
problems. Topics include permutations, 
combinations, binomial coefficients, inclu- 
sion/exclusion principle, and partitions. The 
nature of the subject allows questions to be 
posed in everyday language while still 
developing soph-isticated mathematical 
concepts. Prerequisite: Credit for or 
exemption from MATH 100. 

109 

APPLIED ELEMENTARY CALCULUS 

An intuitive approach to the calculus 
concepts with applications to business, 
biology, and social-science problems. Not 
open to students who have completed MATH 
128. Prerequisite: Credit for or exemption 
from MATH 100. 

112 

FINITE MATHEMATICS 
FOR DECISION-MAKING 

An introduction to some of the principal 
mathematical models, not involving calculus, 
which are used in business administration, 
social sciences, and operations research. The 
course will include both deterministic models 
such as graphs, networks, linear programming 
and voting models, and probabilistic models 
such as Markov chains and games. Prerequisite: 
Credit for or exemptionfrom MA TH 1 00. 

123 

INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS 

Topics include tabular and graphical 
descriptive statistics, discrete and continuous 
probability distributions. Central Limit 
Theorem, one- and two-sample hypotheses 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



tests, analysis of variance, chisquared tests, 
nonparametric tests, linear regression and 
correlation. Other topics may include index 
numbers, time series, sampling design, and 
experimental design. Course also includes som 
use of a microcomputer. Prerequisite: Credit 
for or exemptionfrom MATH 100 

m 

PRECALCULUS MATHEMATICS 

The study of polynomial, rational, exponen- 
tial, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions, 
their graphs and elementary properties. This 
course is an intensive preparation for students 
planning to take Calculus (MATH 128-129), 
those in the Scholars Program, or those whose 
major specifically requires Precalculus. Prerequisite. 
Creditfor or exemptionfrom MATH 100. 

128-129 

CALCULUS WITH ANALYTIC 
GEOMETRY I - II 

Differentiation and integration of algebraic 
and trigonometric functions, conic sections and 
their applications, graphing plane curves, 
applications to related rate and external problems, 
areas of plane regions, volumes of solids of 
revolution, and other applications; differentia- 
tion and integration of transcendental functions, 
parametric equations, polar coordinates, infinite 
sequences and series, and series expansions of 
functions. Prerequisite for 128: Exemption 
from or a grade ofC- or better in MATH 127. 
Prerequisite for 129: exemptionfrom or a 
grade ofC- or better in MATH 128. 

130 

INTRODUCTION TO MATRIX ALGEBRA 

Systems of linear equations and matrix 
arithmetic. Points and hyperplanes, infinite 
dimensional geometries. Bases and linear 
independence. Matrix representations of linear 
mappings. The fixed point problem. Special 
classes of matrices. Prerequisite: MATH 127 
or its equivalent. 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG I 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



205 

MATHEMATICS IN ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

This course is intended for prospective 
elementary school teachers and is required of 
all those seeking elementary certification. 
Topics include systems of numbers and 
numeration, computational algorithms, 
environmental and transformation geometry, 
measurement, and mathematical concept 
formation. Observation and participation in 
Greater Williamsport elementary schools. 
Prerequisite: PSY 138 and credit for or 
exemption from MATH J 00. Corequisite: 
Any EDUC course numbered 341 or above 
which is specifically required for elementary 
certification. 

214 

MULTIVARIABLE STATISTICS 

The study of statistical techniques involv- 
ing several variables. Topics include multiple 
regression and correlation, one-and two-way 
analysis of variance, analysis of covariance, 
analysis of two- and three-way contingency 
tables, and discriminant analysis. Other topics 
may include cluster analysis, factor analysis 
and canonical correlations, repeated measure 
designs, time series analysis, and nonparamet- 
ric methods. Course also includes extensive 
use of a statistical package (currently BMDP). 
Prerequisite: A grade of C- or better in 
MATH 123 or its equivalent, or MATH 332. 

216 

DISCRETE MATHEMATICS 

An introduction to discrete structures. Topics 
include equivalence relations, partitions and 
quotient sets, mathematical induction, 
recursive functions, elementary logic, discrete 
number systems, elementary combinatorial 
theory, and general algebraic structures 
emphasizing semi-groups, lattices. Boolean 
algebras, graphs, and trees. Prerequisite: 
CPTR 125 or consent of instructor. 



231 

DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 

A study of ordinary differential equations 
and linear systems. Solution techniques 
include: reduction of order, undetermined 
coefficients, variation of parameters, Laplace 
transforms, power series, and eigenvalues and 
eigenvectors. A brief discussion of numerical 
methods may also be included. Prerequisite: 
A grade ofC- or better in MATH 129; MATH 
130 recommended. 

233 

COMPLEX VARIABLES 

Complex numbers, analytic functions, 
complex integration, Cauchy's theorems and 
their applications. Corequisite: MATH 238. 
Alternate years. 

234 

FOUNDATIONS OF MATHEMATICS 

Topics regularly included are the nature of 
mathematical systems, essentials of logical 
reasoning, and axiomatic foundations of set 
theory. Other topics frequently included are 
approaches to the concepts of infinity and 
continuity, and the construction of the real 
number system. The course serves as a bridge 
from elementary calculus to advanced courses 
in algebra and analysis. Prerequisite: A grade 
ofC- or better in MATH 129 or 130; both 
courses recommended. 

238 

MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS 

Algebra, geometry, and calculus in multi- 
dimensional Euclidean space; n-tuples, matrices; 
lines, planes, curves, surfaces; vector functions of 
a single variable, acceleration, curvature; 
functions for several variables, gradient; line 
integrals, vector fields, multiple integrals, change 
of variable, areas, volumes; Green's theorem. 
Prerequisites: A grade ofC- or better in MATH 
129, and either MATH 130 or 231. 

321 

INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS 

Topics from the theory of interpolation; 
numerical approaches to approximating roots 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 



and functions, integration, systems of differen- 
tial equations, linear systems, matrix inver- 
sion, and the eigenvalue problem. Prerequi- 
site: CPTR 125 and MATH 129; MATH 130 
strongly recommended Cross-listed as CPTR 
321. 

324 

AUTOMATA, FORMAL LANGUAGES, 
AND COMPUTABILITY 

The study of finite state machines, push- 
down stacks, and Turing machines along with 
their equivalent formal language counterparts. 
Topics covered include results on computabil- 
ity, including results regarding the limits of 
computers and specific problems that cannot 
be solved. Prerequisite: MATH 216 or 234. 
Cross-listed as CPTR 324. Alternate years. 

330 

TOPICS IN GEOMETRY 

An axiomatic treatment of Euclidean 
geometry with an historical perspective. 
Prerequisite: MATH 234. Alternate years. 

332-333 

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS HI 
A study of probability, discrete and 
continuous random variables, expected values 
and moments, sampling, point estimation, 
sampling distributions, interval estimation, 
test of hypotheses, regression and linear 
hypotheses, experimental design models. 
Corequisite: MATH 238. Alternate years. 

336 

CONCEPTS OF MATHEMATICS 
IN SECONDARY EDUCATION 

A course designed for mathematics majors 
who are planning to teach at the secondary 
level. Emphasis will be placed on the mathe- 
matics that form the foundation of secondary 
mathematics. Ideas will be presented to 
familiarize the student with the various 
curriculum proposals, to provide for innova- 
tion within the existing curriculum, and to 
expand the boundaries of the existing 
curriculum. Prerequisite: A grade ofC- or 
better in MATH 129; student must be junior or 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



senior mathematics major enrolled in the 
secondary certification program. 

338 

OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

Queuing theory, including simulations 
techniques, optimization theory, including 
linear programming, integer programming, 
and dynamic programming; game theory, 
including two-person zero-sum games, coopera- 
tive games, and multiperson games. Prerequi-, 
site: MATH 112 or 130. Alternate years. 

432 

REAL ANALYSIS 

An introduction to the rigorous analysis of 
the concepts of real variable calculus in the 
setting of normed spaces. Topics from: topology ol 
the Euclidean plane, completeness, compact- 
ness, the Heine-Borel theorem; functions on 
Euclidean space, continuity, uniform continu- 
ity, differentiability; series and convergence; 
Riemann integral. Prerequisite: MATH 238 
and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234. 

434 

ABSTRACT ALGEBRA 

An integrated approach to groups, rings, 
fields, and vector spaces and functions which 
preserve their structure. Prerequisite: MATH. 
130 and a grade ofC- or better in MATH 234-J 

438 

SEMINAR 

Topics in modem mathematics of current 
interest to the instructor. A different topic is 
selected each semester. This semester is 
designed to provide junior and senior mathe- 
matics majors and other qualified students with 
more than the usual opportunity for concen- 
trated and cooperative inquiry. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor. One-half unit of credit. 
This course may be repeated for credit. 

339 & 449 

MATH COLLOQUIUM 

This non-credit but required course for 
mathematics and actuarial mathematics majors 
offers students a chance to hear presentations 



^R 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES • MILITARY SCIENCE 




n topics related to, but not directly covered in 
Drmal MATH courses. Mathematics majors 
resent two lectures, one during the junior 
ear and one during the senior year. Actuarial 
lathematics majors present one lecture during 
ne of the semesters in which they are 
nrolled. A letter grade will be given in 
smesters in which the student gives a 
resentation, otherwise the grade will be P/F. 
Prerequisite: junior standing or consent of 
istructor. One hour per week. 

70-479 

VTERNSHIP (See index) 

J80-N89 

MDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

90-491 

MDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
)EPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



MILITARY 
SCIENCE (MLsc) 

The U.S. Army Reserve Officer Training 
Corps (ROTC) program is offered to Lycoming 
College students in cooperation with Bucknell 
University. Details of the ROTC program can 
be found on page 4 1 . 

The following courses may be used to fulfill 
one semester of the Physical Activities Distribu- 
tion Requirement: 01 1, 021, 031 or 041. 

Oil 

INTRODUCTION TO ROTC 

The course is designed to acquaint the 
student with the ROTC program and with the 
\rmy as a potential employer after graduation. 
Students will learn about the Army's history, 
organization, equipment, and role in the 
nation. Students will also learn some funda- 
mental military skills, customs, and traditions. 
No credit. 

012 

INDIVIDUAL MILITARY SKILLS 

The course expands upon the skills learned 
in the previous semester. Several classes will 
be held at the rifle range to develop marksman- 
ship skills. There will also be training in radio 
communication and first aid skills. No credit. 

021 

LAND NAVIGATION 

Students will learn how to use military 
topographic maps and reference systems. The 
course includes theory and practical exercises 
in navigating using compass, map terrain 
association. There will also be some instruc- 
tion and practice in military writing and 
briefing skills. No credit. 

022 

LEADERSHIP THEORY 

The focus is on leading a small group of 
individuals. The course examines the role of 
the leader, military leadership concept, 
personal character, decision-making, imple- 
menting decisions, motivation and supervision. 



[X)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MILITARY SCIENCE • MUSIC 



The course also includes instruction and 
practice on conducting performance-oriented 
training. No credit. 

031 

APPLIED LEADERSHIP 

The student serves as a small unit leader in 
the ROTC organization. Student leadership is 
evaluated and developed. The student has 
some responsibilities to care for and train 
younger cadets. Instruction on small (infan- 
try) unit tactics is used as a vehicle to provide 
students a variety of leadership challenges. 
No credit. 

032 

SMALL UNIT TACTICS 

The course requires planning and practic- 
ing tactical operations at small unit level. 
Students continue to apply/develop leadership 
skills in increasingly complex situations. 
Topics include preparation of orders, offense, 
defense, reconnaissance, patrolling, fire 
support, and airmobile operations. No credit. 

041 

MENTORING AND MANAGING 

The student serves as a cadet officer in the 
ROTC organization and plans and organizes 
several major training activities. Course work 
includes delegating and con-trolling, setting 
objectives, making leadership assessments, 
counseling, supervising, and evaluating. No 
credit. 

042 

PROFESSIONALISM AND ETHICS 

The student serves in a different leadership 
position and continues to develop and apply 
the skills learned in the previous semester. 
The course also examines military officership 
as a profession and the ethical behavior 
expected of an officer. The course also serves 
to prepare the student for an initial assignment 
as an Army lieutenant. No credit. 




MUSIC (Mus) 



Professors: Boerckel (Chairperson), Thayer 
Visiting Instructor: Woodruff 
Part-time Instructors: Adams, Anstey, Breon, 
Janda, Laib, Lakey, Leidhecker, Lundquist, 
MacPhail, Miller, Rammon, Spencer, Woods 
The student majoring in music is required 
to take a balanced program of music theory, 
history, applied music, and ensemble. A 
minimum of eight courses (exclusive of all 
ensemble, applied music and instrumental and 
vocal methods courses) is required and must 
include MUS 1 10, 1 1 1, 220, 221, 335, and 
336. Each major must participate in an 
ensemble (MUS 167, 168, and/or 169) and 
take one hour of applied music per week for a 
minimum of four semesters including the 
entire period in which the individual is 
registered as a music major (see MUS 160- 
169). The major must include at least one-hali 
hour of piano in the applied program unless a 
piano proficiency test is requested and passed. 
Anyone declaring music as a second major 
must do so by the beginning of the junior yearj 
Music majors seeking teacher certification iij 
music education (K-12) must also take PSY 
1 10 and 138; EDUC 200, the pre-student 
teaching participation, and the Professional 
Semester; MUS 261-7, 333, 334, 340, 341, 
446, and pass the piano proficiency examina- 
tion. Students who wish to obtain certification 
in music education should consult with the 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO< 



MUSIC 

• 



lepartment as soon as possible, preferably 
Defore scheduling classes for the freshman year. 

The Music Department recommends that 
ion-majors select courses from the following 
ist to meet distribution requirements: MUS 
1 16, 1 17, 128, 135-8, 224, and 234. Applied 
Tiusic and ensemble courses may also be used 
o meet distribution requirements. 

Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. Music 
Tiajors and other students qualified in perfor- 
nance may present formal recitals. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: MUS 1 16, 128, and 
234. The following course, when scheduled 
is a W course, counts toward the writing 
ntensive requirement: MUS 336. 

110-111 

VIUSIC THEORY I AND II 

A two-semester course, intended for students 
A'ho have some music-reading ability, which 
examines the fundamental components and 
heoretical concepts of music. Students develop 
nusicianship through application of applied 
;kills. Prerequisite to MUS 111: MUS 110. 

116 

>JTRODUCTION TO MUSIC 

A basic course in the materials and tech- 
liques of music. Examples drawn from various 
periods of western and non-western styles are 
designed to enhance perception and apprecia- 
ion through careful and informed listening. 

117 

5URVEY OF WESTERN MUSIC 

A chronological survey of music in 
iVestem civilization from Middle Ages to the 
Dresent. Composers and musical styles are 
considered in the context of the broader 
culture of each major era. 

128 

\MERICAN MUSIC 

An introductory survey of all types of Ameri- 
can music from pre-Revolutionary days to the 
)resent. Categories to be covered are folk music 



of different origins, the development of show 
music into Broadway musicals, serious concert 
music for large and small ensembles, jazz, and 
various popular musics from "Tin Pan Alley" to 
Rock to New Wave. Alternate years. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modern dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
MUS 136: MUS 135 or consent of instructor. 
One -half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for THEA 
135-136 or THEA 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the Ballets de 
cour of 1 7th century France to the present with 
emphasis on the contributions of Petipa, Fokien, 
Cecchetti, and Balanchine. One-half unit of 
credit. Not open to students who have received 
credit for THEA 137 or 138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE U 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art 
and as they have reflected the history of 
civilization from primitive times to the 
present. Prerequisite: MUS 137 or consent of 
instructor. One-half unit of credit. Not open 
to students who have received credit for 
THEA 137 or 138. 

220-221 

MUSIC THEORY III AND IV 

A continuation of the integrated theory 
course moving toward newer uses of music 
materials. Prerequisite: MUS 111. 

224 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC I 

A non-technical introduction to electronic 
music and MIDI (Musical Instrument Digital 
Interface) for the major and non-major alike. 



5002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 

• 



The course traces the development of MIDI 
from its origin to present-day digital synthesiz- 
ers in combination with sequencing computers. 

225 

ELECTRONIC MUSIC II 

Further consideration of recording tech- 
niques. Use of microphones, multi-track 
recording, mixing, special effects devices, and 
synchronization will be introduced. Students 
will take part in live recording of concerts and 
rehearsals of a variety of ensembles. Student 
projects will include complete recording 
sessions and the production of electronic 
music compositions utilizing classical studio 
techniques and real-time networks. Prerequi- 
site: MUS 224 or consent of instructor. 

234 

HISTORY OF JAZZ 

A survey of jazz styles, composers, and 
performers from 1890 to the present: origins, 
ragtime, blues. New Orleans, Chicago, swing, 
bebop, cool, funky, free jazz, third stream, and 
contemporary. 

235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for MUS 235: MUS 136 or 
consent of instructor. Prerequisite for MUS 
236: MUS 235 or consent of instructor. One- 
half unit of credit each. Not open to students 
who have received credit for THEA 135-136 
or THEA 235-236. 

330 

COMPOSITION I 

An introductory course for majors and non- 
majors who wish to explore their composing 
abilities. Guided individual projects in smaller 
instrumental and vocal forms, together with 
identification and use of techniques employed 
by the major composers of the 20th 



century. Prerequisite: MUS 111 or consent of 
instructor. 

333 

CHORAL CONDUCTING 

A study of choral conducting with frequent 
opportunity for practical experience.' Empha- 
sis will be placed upon technical development 
rehearsal technique, and stylistic integrity. 
Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. • 

334 

INSTRUMENTAL CONDUCTING 

A study of instrumental conducting with an 
emphasis on acquiring skills for self-analysis. 
Topics include the physical skills and intellec- 
tual preparation necessary for clear, expressive, 
and informed conducting. Other areas such as 
the development of rehearsal techniques and 
improvement of aural skills will be addressed on 
a continual basis. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 
or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC I 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Gregorian chant through Mozart, 
including composers from the medieval, 
Renaissance, baroque, and early classical eras 

336 

HISTORY OF WESTERN MUSIC II 

The development of musical styles and 
forms from Beethoven to the present, includ- 
ing composers from the late classical, roman- 
tic, and modem eras. 

339 

ORCHESTRATION 

A study of modem orchestral instmments 
and examination of their use by the great 
masters with practical problems in instmmen- 
tation. The College Music Organizations 
serve to make performance experience 
possible. Prerequisite: MUS 110-111 or 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALO( 



MUSIC 

• 



340 

'TEACHING MUSIC IN THE 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
in the elementary school with emphasis on 
conceptual development through singing, 
[moving, listening, playing classroom instru- 
ments, and creating music. Course work will 
include peer teaching demonstrations, practical 
I use of the recorder and autoharp, as well as 
observation of music classes in elementary 
schools in the Greater Williamsport area. 
[Alternate years. 

,341 

TEACHING MUSIC IN SECONDARY 
iSCHOOLS 

Methods and materials of teaching music 
[in the secondary schools with emphasis on the 
idevelopment of concepts and skills for 
effective instruction in all aspects of music 
learning. The teaching of general music and 
music theory, as well as the organizing and 
i conducting of choral and instrumental en- 
sembles, will be examined. Course work will 
include evaluation of instructional and 
performance materials, practical use of the 
recorder and guitar in middle school settings, 
as well as observation of music classes in 
secondary schools in the Greater Williamsport 
area. Alternate years. 

440 

COMPOSITION II 

For students interested in intensive work 
emphasizing the development of a personal 
style of composing. Guided individual 
projects in larger instrumental and vocal 
forms, together with analysis of selected 
works from the 20th century repertory. Pre- 
I requisite: MUS 330 or consent of instructor. 

445 

SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC 
j The intensive study of a selected area of 
! music literature, designed to develop research 
! techniques in music. The topic is announced 



at the Spring pre-registration. Sample topics 
include: Beethoven, Impressionism, Vienna 
1900-1914. Prerequisite: MUS 116, J 17 or 
221; or consent of instructor. 

446 

RECITAL 

The preparation and presentation of a full- 
length public recital, normally during the 
student's senior year. MUS 446 may substi- 
tute for one hour of applied music (MUS 160- 
166). Prerequisite: Approval by the depart- 
ment. May be repeated for credit. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

APPLIED MUSIC 
AND ENSEMBLE 

The study of performance in piano, harpsi- 
chord, voice, organ, strings, guitar, brass, 
woodwinds, and percussion is designed to 
develop sound technique and a knowledge of 
the appropriate literature for the instrument. 
Student recitals offer opportunities to gain 
experience in public performance. 

Credit for applied music courses (private 
lessons) and ensemble (choir, orchestra and 
band) is earned on a fractional basis. One hour 
lesson per week earns one hour credit. One half- 
hour lesson per week earns one half-hour credit. 
Ensemble credit totals one hour credit if the 
student enrolls for one or two ensembles (for 
more information, see course descriptions 
below). When scheduling please note that an 
applied course or ensemble should not be 
substituted for an academic course, but should 
be taken in addition to the normal four aca- 
demic courses. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^R 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



MUSIC 



Applied music courses are private lessons 
given for 1 3 weeks: 1 60, Piano or Harpsichord; 
161, Voice; 162, Strings or Guitar; 163, Organ; 
164, Brass; 165, Woodwinds; and 166, 
Percussion. Extra fees apply. See Additional 
Charges under Financial Matters on page 13. 

167 

ORCHESTRA 

The Williamsport Symphony Orchestra 
allows students with significant instrumental 
experience to become members of this regional 
ensemble. Participation in the W.S.O. is 
contingent upon audition and the availability of 
openings. Students are allowed a maximum of 
one hour of Ensemble credit per semester. A 
student who is enrolled in orchestra only 
should register for MUS 167B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two en- 
sembles, choosing either Choir or Concert 
Band as the second group. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 167 A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 168 A (1/2 hour credit) or 
MUS 169A (1/2 hour credit). 

168 

CHOIR 
The Lycoming College Choir is open to all 
students who would like to sing in an en- 
semble setting. Emphasis is on performing 
quality choral literature while developing 
good vocal technique. Students are allowed a 
maximum of one hour of Ensemble credit per 
semester. A student who is enrolled in Choir 
only should register for MUS 168B (one hour 
credit). A student may belong to two different 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Band 
as the second ensemble. Such a student will 
then register for MUS 168A (1/2 hour credit) 
plus either MUS 167 A (Orchestra - 1/2 hour 
credit) or MUS 169A (Band - 1/2 hour credit). 
If a student has auditioned and been selected 
for the Chamber Choir (no credit available), 
he/she should register for MUS 168C in 
addition to registering for the Lycoming 
College Choir. 



169 

BAND 

The College Concert Band allows students 
with some instrumental experience to become 
acquainted with good band literature and develop 
personal musicianship through participation in 
group instrumental activity. Participation in the 
Band is contingent upon audition. Students are 
allowed a maximum of one hour of Ensemble 
credit per semester. A student who is enrolled 
in Band only should register for MUS 169B 
(one hour credit). A student may belong to two 
ensembles, choosing either Orchestra or Choir 
as the second group. Such a student will then 
register for MUS 169 A (1/2 hour credit) plus 
either MUS 167 A ( 1/2 hour credit) or MUS 
168 A (1/2 hour credit). If a student has audi- 
tioned and been selected for the woodwind or 
brass quintets (no credit available), he/she 
should register for MUS 169C or 169D. 

261-267 

INSTRUMENTAL AND VOCAL METHODS 

Instrumental and vocal methods classes are 
designed to provide students seeking certifica- 
tion in music education with a basic under- 
standing of all standard band and orchestral 
instruments as well as a familiarity with 
fundamental techniques of singing. 

MUS 261 Brass Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 262 Percussion Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 263, 264 String Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 
MUS 265 Vocal Methods 

(one hour credit) 
MUS 266, 267 Woodwind Methods I and II 

(one hour credit each) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 

• 




.NURSING (NURS) 

i PROGRAM NOTE: The Bachelor of Science in 
I Nursing degree will be discontinued as of August 
2003. In order to enter the Nursing program, a 
I student must complete all degree requirements 
j (distribution, major, and electives) by the end of 
' August 2003. 

Professor: Pagana 

I Associate Professor: Parrish (Chairperson), 

\ Visiting Instructor: Terry-Manchester 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Ingram 
Part-time Instructors: Bower, Davis, 
Dieffenbach, Haupt, Nuss 

Courses in Nursing will not be available 

I after spring semester 2003. 

Students wishing to major in nursing will be 
admitted to the College under the usual admis- 
sion procedures. Freshmen are required to 
satisfactorily complete ENGL 106 or 107, BIO 

, 1 10-1 1 1 and PSY 1 10. In addition, to be 

I considered for continuation in nursing, a 
minimum GPA of 2.50 is required at completion 
of the freshman year, and any student who did 
not successfully complete high school chemis- 

I try must satisfactorily complete one semester 
of college chemistry. A declaration of major 

I form should be submitted to the Department of 
Nursing by April 30 of the Freshman year. 

Major in Nursing 

The major in nursing consists of: NURS 
120, 121, 200, 221, 324, 330, 331, 332, 333, 
337, 338, 339, 340, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 



438, 439, 440, 441 , and 442. Statistics also is 
required. Courses are ordered and must be taken 
in sequence. In addition, the following are 
prerequisites for specific nursing courses: BIO 
110, 1 1 1, 323, 328; PSY 1 10. NURS 339 and 
340 are taken the May Term between the junior 
and senior years. 

The following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: NURS 121, 432 together with 
433, and 435. 

Second Degree Students 

The Department of Nursing offers a unique 
opportunity for individuals who have already 
earned a baccalaureate degree in another 
discipline to complete the requirements for a 
B.S.N, in 18 months. Students interested in 
pursuing this FasTrack program must complete 
the liberal arts and general science requirements 
prior to beginning this 1 8 month clinical track. 

Applications are accepted throughout the 
academic year with clinical nursing courses 
beginning in Summer Session I. Individualized 
advisement is available on an ongoing basis 
through the Department of Nursing. 

Registered Nurses 

The Department of Nursing offers an 
alternative curriculum for registered nurses 
within the existing B.S.N, program. The goals 
of this alternative curriculum are to provide 
registered nurses with the opportunity to earn 
an educationally sound B.S.N, degree while 
completing the degree requirements in as short a 
time period as possible, and to meet the unique 
needs of registered nurses. NURS 302 
is open only to registered nurses and is required 
as part of the alternative curriculum. 

The Department of Nursing supports the 
Pennsylvania Articulation Model which 
promotes the practice of providing educational 
programs for nurses from state approved and 
National League for Nursing accredited schools 
which facilitates progression into the next 
educational program without unnecessary 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



repetition. Validation testing (ACT PEP 
exams, Mosby Assess Test, or NLN Mobility 
Exams) will be required for (1) individuals 
who graduated from any nursing program 
more than 10 years prior to application, (2) 
individuals who graduated more than 3 years 
prior to application and who have not worked 
at least 1000 hours in the preceding 3 years, 
or (3) individuals who graduated from non- 
NLN accredited nursing programs. 

RNs from an NLN accredited program who 
graduated within 3 years of matriculating into 
the B.S.N, program and RNs who graduated 
from an NLN accredited program more than 3 
but not more than 10 years before matriculat- 
ing into the B.S.N, program and who have 
worked for at least 1000 hours within the last 
three years will receive transfer credit for 
NURS 200 (1 credit), 221 (3 credits), 330, 
331, 332, 333, 337, 338, 340, and 440 upon 
successful completion of NURS 44 1 , Compre- 
hensive Nursing Care. 

To obtain the B.S.N., all RNs will be 
required to successfully complete NURS 302, 
339, 424; 432 and 433, or 435; 438, 439, 441, 
and 442. In addition, RNs will be required to 
take any 4 science courses chosen from 
CHEM 108 or higher, BIO 1 10 or higher, 
PHYS 225 or higher, or other courses ap- 
proved by the Department of Nursing upon 
evaluation of a student's transcript. 

Additional information for registered 
nurses seeking the B.S.N is available from the 
Department of Nursing. Individual advising is 
offered to all registered nurses. 

School Nurse Certification 

The Department of Nursing, in collaboration 
with the Department of Education, offers an 
additional curriculum for the Registered Nurse 
with a B.S.N, (or a Lycoming College nursing 
student) who wishes to be certified as a school 
nurse. The goal of this program is to provide 
the RN with a B.S.N, an opportunity for career 
mobility. Courses required for completion of 
the certification program consist of EDUC 
200, an approved education-related elective. 



PSY 138, and NURS 422, 423, 424, 430, and 
43 1 . In addition, the following are prerequisites 
for specific courses: PSY 1 10 and 1 17. 

Additional information for registered nurses 
seeking School Nurse Certification is available 
from the Department of Nursing. Individualize( 
advising is offered to all prospective School 
Nurse Candidates. 

Clinical Learning Resources 

In addition to the College's modem, well- 
equipped Nursing Skills Lab complete with 
Critical Care Unit and interactive video technol-' 
ogy, opportunity for self-learning is provided ini 
the adjacent Learning Center which is equippedi 
with electronic study carrels and audio-visual 
materials. 

A wide variety of health-care agencies in the 
surrounding area is utilized for clinical experi- 
ences. Cooperating hospitals and agencies 
include: Susquehanna Health Services, Evangeli- 
cal Hospital, Geisinger Medical Center, Leader i 
Nursing Home and Rehabilitation Center, 
Danville State Hospital, Pennsylvania Depart- 
ment of Health, Regional Home Health Ser- 
vices, Rose View Manor, and The Williamsport 
Home. 

Expenses of the Nursing Program 

Students are responsible for their own tran- 
sportation to assigned clinical areas. The student 
of nursing assumes all financial obligations 
listed in the section on fees in this bulletin 
including a $50 lab fee for each of the clinical 
nursing courses (NURS 200, 221, 330, 331, 
332, 333, 340, 438, 439, 440, and 441). Addi- 
tional expenses include uniforms, name pin, 
watch with second hand, bandage scissors, 
stethoscope, blood pressure cuff, annual health 
examinations, and standardized achievement tests 

Students must also maintain annual Health 
Provider CPR certification as offered by the 
American Heart Association or American Red 
Cross. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 

• 



Policies Specific to Nursing 

In addition to the Lycoming College 
continuance policies, the following policies are 
specific to all declared majors in the Depart- 
ment of Nursing: 

1 . A grade of C- or better is required in all 
clinical nursing courses to continue in the 
nursing program. These courses are NURS 
200, 221, 330, 331, 332, 333, 340, 438, 
439, 440, and 441. Students who earn a 
grade of less than 70 percent or 1.67 in 
either the theoretical or clinical component 
of a nursing course will be required to 
repeat both components of the course 
before being permitted to continue in the 
nursing sequence. Students who do not 
satisfy this requirement in the second attempt 
will be dismissed from the nursing program. 

2. Policies regarding absence from classes or 
from the clinical portion of nursing 
courses are determined by the instructor(s) 
responsible for the course. No absence 
from the clinical portion of the course will 
be excused other than for illness or family 
emergency. In individual cases, students 
may make arrangements with instructors to 
be excused for extracurricular activities. 
Excessive absence for any reason will 
necessitate repeating the entire course. 

Nursing Scholars Program 

The Nursing Scholars Program is a depart- 
mental honors program designed to recognize 
and support continued development of the 
academically talented student. Students who 
are invited to membership in this program 
participate in special nursing seminars, have 
internships and/or independent study experi- 
ences and give formal presentations during the 
senior year. 

To be invited to become a Nursing 
Scholar, a student must have: 

a. Declared a major in nursing. 

b. Participated in three activities sponsored 
by the Center for Nursing Excellence 

(CNE). 



c. Demonstrated academic excellence with 
an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher. 

d. Demonstrated those qualities most 
conducive to a positive and contributing 
member of the nursing profession 
including professional commitment and 
community service. 

To graduate as a Nursing Scholar, 
the student must : 

a. Complete an approved internship, 
practicum and/or independent study or 
honors project; 

b. Maintain an overall GPA of 3.25 and a 
nursing GPA of 3.25. 

c. Continue to participate in CNE 
sponsored activities. 

d. Continue to develop those attributes 
necessary for professional success, 
including a commitment to the profession 
and community service. 

Students with a major in nursing and who 
are currently Lycoming College Scholars may 
become Nursing Scholars and participate in both 
programs. 

Center for Nursing Excellence 

The Center for Nursing Excellence (CNE) 
provides educational opportunities for 
Lycoming College students as well as health 
care professionals in the greater Williamsport 
community. The CNE offers professional 
education in the form of courses-for-credit and 
non-credit continuing education (CE) courses. 

All students who have a declared major in 
nursing or who are designated prenursing are 
encouraged to participate in career and profes- 
sional development seminars offered by faculty 
from the Department of Nursing. In addition, 
a limited number of internships are available to 
qualified applicants. Additional information is 
available through the Center for Nursing Excel- 
lence. 

101 

TOPICS IN HEALTH 

Exploration of health-related topics designed 
for the prenursing or first-year nursing student 
and non-majors. Topics vary. May be repeated 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



for credit. No prerequisites. 1/2 unit of credit. 
May not be used to satisfy major requirements. 

120 

NURSING SEMINAR I 

Designed for the pre-nursing student. 
Focus is on career opportunities available to 
nurses, roles and responsibilities of nurses, 
educational requirements, and history of 
nursing. Emphasis is also placed on survival 
skills for college and for the nursing major. 
The grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. 
One hour per week. This course is required of 
all pre-nursing students. 

121 

NURSING SEMINAR II 

Continuation of Nursing Seminar I. Focus 
is on the development of professional writing 
skills pertinent to nursing, professional 
behaviors, and portfolio development. The 
grade will be P/F. Non-credit course. One 
hour per week. This course is required of all 
pre-nursing students. 

200 

HEALTH PROMOTION AND WELLNESS 
ACROSS THE LIFESPAN 

Primary focus on wellness which includes 
normal growth and development, health 
promotion and essentials of normal nutrition. 
Introductory therapeutic communication and 
teaching/learning skills are explored. Applica- 
tion of theory to individuals, families and 
communities occurs during clinical experi- 
ences in the community setting. One hour of 
lecture and 3 1/2 hours of clinical lab. 1/2 
unit of credit. Prerequitisites: BIO 110, 111 
and GPA of 2.50 or higher at the completion of 
the Freshman year. Corequisite: BIO 323 or 
338. 

221 

FOUNDATIONS OF 
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE 

Introduction of major theoretical elements 
underlying professional practice. Focus on 
common health problems and basic rehabilitation 



principles while recognizing the multi- 
directional influence of the individual, family 
and environment. The student will utilize the 
nursing process in assisting clients to attain a 
maximum level of functioning. Two hours of 
lecture and seven hours of clinical laboratory. 
1 unit of credit. Prerequisites: BIO 110, 111; 
Prerequisite or Corequisite: BIO 323 or 338. 
Open to nursing majors only. 

302 

PERSPECTIVES ON PROFESSIONAL 
NURSING 

This course introduces the student to the 
historical and political development of the 
profession of nursing. The foundations of 
professional nursing practice are discussed 
with a critical view on nursing theory, profes- 
sionalism in nursing, and career development. 
Meets 2 hours weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. 
Open to RNs only. 

324 

HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of basic 
physical assessment skills. Emphasis placed 
on assessment findings across the life span. 
Focus on normal findings with attention on 
development of skill and confidence in 
performing physical assessments. Meets two 
hours weekly for 1/2 unit. Corequisite: 
NURS 330, 332, or consent of instructor. 
Open to non-majors by consent of instructor. 

330-331 

NURSING CARE OF 

THE DEVELOPING FAMILY 

Examination of health and nursing needs of 
beginning and developing families. Initial 
emphasis on nursing needs of mothers and 
infants within the family unit as well as the 
common health problems of children through 
adolescence. Subsequent emphasis on nursing 
needs of children and mothers with health 
problems of acute and long term nature, the 
influence of illness on the family. Three hours 
of lecture, 7 hours clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 
units each. Prerequisite for NURS 330: 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING 

• 



NURS 221; Corequisites: NURS 324, 332, 
ami 337. Prerequisite for NURS 331: NURS 
324, 330, 332, and 337; Corequisites: 
NURS 333, 338, and 424. 

332-333 

NURSING CARE OF THE ADULT 
Identification of adult health care needs and 
implementation of nursing activities based on 
an understanding of growth and development, 
pathophysiology, communication skills, inter- 
personal dynamics, and psychosocial interven- 
tions. Three hours of lecture, 7 hours clinical 
laboratory. 1 1/4 units each. Prerequisite for 
NURS 332: NURS 221, Corequisites: NURS 
324, 330, and 337. Prerequisites for NURS 
333: NURS 330, 332, and 337. Corequisites: 
NURS 331, 338, and 424. 

337-338 

BASIC CONCEPTS OF PHARMACOLOGY 

AND THERAPEUTICS I and II 

Fundamentals of pharmacology and 
therapeutics are presented for the various 
classes of drugs. Relationships of pharmaco- 
logical mechanisms to the affected biochemi- 
cal and physiological processes. Interactions 
and toxicological aspects of drug therapy are 
reviewed. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of 
credit each. Corequisites for NURS 337: NURS 
324, 330, and 332, or consent of instructor. 
Corequisites for NURS 338: NURS 331, 333, 
and 424, or consent of instructor. Open to non- 
nursing majors with appropriate science hack- 
ground, corequisites waived for non-majors. 

339 

PATHOPHYSIOLOGY 

The study of physiologic mechanisms 
altered by illness, injury or disease processes 
in humans. Fundamental disease processes, 
specific illnesses, and their effects on human 
homeostasis will be discussed. The links 
between pathophysiology, diagnosis, and 
therapeutic interventions will be emphasized. 
One-half unit of credit. Prerequisites: NURS 
331, 333, 338, or consent of instructor. Open 
to non-majors by consent of instructor. 



340 

CLINICAL PRACTICUM 

Focus is on the integration of concepts 
from pathophysiology, application of knowl- 
edge while caring for clients with complex 
health problems in a variety of nursing 
settings. Students will enhance current 
skill level and organization of care. 96 hours 
of clinical laboratory. One-half unit of credit. 
Prerequisites: NURS 331, 333, 338. 
Corequisite: NURS 339 

422 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

Examination of learning theories appropriate 
to all age groups. Discussion of the concepts 
and techniques necessary for assessment, plan- 
ning, implementation, and evaluation of the 
teaching/learning process. Emphasis will be 
placed on self care. Two hour lecture for 1/2 
unit of credit. Required for school nurse 
candidates. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

423 

HEALTH EDUCATION CLINICAL 

Clinical practice includes teaching experience 
in the public school system. This practice 
results in a culmination of the theoretical con- 
tent contained in NURS 422. Five hour clinical 
laboratory for 1/2 unit ofcedit. Required for 
School Nurse Candidates. Prerequisites: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

424 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 

Identification and demonstration of 
advanced assessment techniques with an 
emphasis on abnormal findings. Learning 
experiences are provided to develop a 
systematic approach to physical assessment. 
Throughout the course, emphasis is placed on 
the correlation of assessment findings and 
major health deviations. Meets two hours 
weekly for 1/2 unit of credit. Corequisites: 
NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instructor. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



NURSING 



425 

ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT 
CLINICAL LABORATORY 

A clinical laboratory that allows additional 
practice for the student enrolled in NURS 424. 
Five hours clinical laboratory for 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

431 

SCHOOL NURSE PRACTICUM 

Essentials of school health, school nursing, 
and health promotion. These concepts serve as 
a basis for the development of an understand- 
ing of the role of the school with the opportu- 
nity to function in the role of the school nurse. 
It is a course built on the culmination of know- 
ledge obtained in previous nursing courses 
and nursing experiences. 210 hours clinical 
and seminar. Prerequisite: OPEN TO SCHOOL 
NURSE CANDIDATES who have met all 
other requirements for certification and have 
obtained departmental approval. Must have a 
valid Pennsylvania RN license. 

432 

NURSING RESEARCH I 

Introduction to the theory and process of 
research with emphasis on critical analysis of 
research and the development of a research 
proposal. Two hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of 
credit. Prerequisites: Statistics, successful 
completion of NURS 331, 333, or consent of 
instructor. Not open to students who have 
completed NURS 435. Open to non-nursing 
majors. 

433 

NURSING RESEARCH II 

Implementation of the research process. 
Proposals submitted in NURS 432 will 
provide the basis for data collection, analysis 
and reporting of research findings. Continued 
development of critical analysis skills. Two 
hours of lecture for 1/2 unit of credit. Prereq- 
uisite: NURS 432 or consent of instructor. 
Not open to students who have completed 



NURS 435. Open to non-nursing majors with 
consent of instructor. 

435 

RESEARCH IN NURSING 

Expansion of theoretical basis of research 
methodology with emphasis on analyzing, 
criticizing, and interpreting nursing research. 
Development and implementation of a research 
proposal focusing on a nursing problem. Four 
hours of lecture. 1 unit. Prerequisites: statis- 
tics, NURS 331 and 333, or consent of instruc- 
tor. Open to non-nursing majors. 

438 

HIGH ACUITY NURSING 

Combines conceptual foundations and clinical 

decision making regarding the care of high 

acuity patients. Designed to bridge the gap 

between core medical surgical content and 

more advanced critical care concepts. Three 

hours of lecture and 3.5 hours of clinical lab. 

1 unit of credit. Prerequisite: NURS 

339 or consent of instructor. 

439 

NURSING CARE IN THE COMMUNITY 

Overview of the role of the community 
health nurse in a variety of community and 
mental health venues. Discussion of the 
history and future of community health nursing 
including attributes of practice. Health and 
wellness promotion; health teaching; economic 
political, legal and ethical influences; environ- 
mental issues; epidemiology; communicable 
disease and vulnerable populations (including 
the psychiatric or mental health client) will be 
addressed. Focus is on the application and 
integration of health and wellness concepts. 
Three hours lecture and 7 hours clinical 
laboratory. 1 1/4 units. Prerequisites: NURS 
440, 438, or consent of instructor. 

440 

NURSING CARE OF THE EMOTIONALLY 
TROUBLED INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY 
Examination of disturbed human relation- 
ships with focus on intrapsychic, interpersonal, 
and physiologic etiology. Emphasis on ad- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



NURSING • PHILOSOPHY 

• 



vanced therapeutic nurse-patient relationships 
within the context of family, community, and 
health care systems. Three hours of lecture and 
7 hours clinical laboratory^ I unit. Prerequi- 
sites: NURS 331, 333, 339, and 340. 

441 

COMPREHENSIVE NURSING CARE 

Culminating nursing course with focus on 
leadership and management issues in health 
care. Seminars provide opportunities for 
students to share commonalities and unique 
aspects of professional practice. A concen- 
trated clinical practicum will provide students 
the opportunity to integrate practice skills and 
course concepts. Three hours of lecture and 
128 hours of clinical laboratory. 1 1/4 units. 
Prerequisites: NURS 438 and 440. 

442 

PROFESSIONAL ISSUES 

An analysis of nursing issues in the context 
of the historical background of the profession, 
the social forces which influence nursing, and 
nursing's impact upon society. Two-hour 
seminar. 1/2 unit of credit. Prerequisite: 
Senior standing or consent of instructor. 

443 

TOPICS IN NURSING 

Selected topic courses in nursing designed 
to permit students to pursue subjects which, 
because of their specialized nature, may not be 
offered on a regular basis. 1/2 unit of credit. 
May be repeated for credit with departmental 
permission Prerequisite: Senior standing or 
consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY IN NURSING 

An opportunity to develop and implement 
an individual plan of study under faculty 
guidance. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PHILOSOPHY 



(PHIL) 



Professors: Griffith, Whelan 

Assistant Professor: Herring (Chairperson) 

Visiting Instructor: M. Griffith 

The study of philosophy develops a critical 
understanding of the basic concepts and 
presuppositions around which we organize our 
thought in morality, law, religion, science, 
education, the arts and other human endeavors. 
A major in philosophy, together with other 
appropriate courses, can provide an excellent 
preparation for policy-making positions of 
many kinds, for graduate study in several 
fields, and for careers in education, law, and 
the ministry. 

The major in philosophy requires eight 
courses including PHIL 223, 224, 440, and at 
least four others numbered 225 or above. 
PHIL 340 can be counted toward the major 
only once. 

The following courses, when scheduled as 
W courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PHIL 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8, 2 1 9, 30 1 , 
332, 333, 334, 335, 336, 340. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 

Minors 

The Philosophy Department offers three 
minors. (1) A minor in philosophy consists of 
any four philosophy courses numbered 220 or 
above, or any five philosophy courses which 
include three numbered 220 or above. 
(2) A minor in philosophy and law consists of 
four courses from PHIL 224, 225, 334, 335, 
337, 340 and independent studies. (3) A 
minor in philosophy and science consists of 
four courses from PHIL 223, 225, 333, 340 
and independent studies. Since topics in PHIL 
340 and independent studies vary, these 
courses may count toward a minor only if they 
are approved by the department. 

105 

PRINCIPLES OF CRITICAL THINKING 

An introduction to the elements of critical 
thinking centered on developing the skills 
necessary to recognize, describe, and evaluate 
arguments. Not open to juniors and seniors 
except with consent of instructor. 

114 

PHILOSOPHY AND PERSONAL CHOICE 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of a number of contemporary moral issues 
which call for personal decision. Topics often 
investigated include: the "good" life, obliga- 
tion to others, sexual ethics, abortion, suicide 
and death, violence and pacifism, obedience to 
the law, the relevance of personal beliefs to 
morality. Discussion centers on some of the 
suggestions philosophers have made about 
how to make such decisions. Not open to 
juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

115 

PHILOSOPHY AND PUBLIC POLICY 

An introductory philosophical examination 
of the moral and conceptual dimensions of 
various contemporary public issues, such as 



the relation of ethics to politics and the law, 
the enforcement of morals, the problems of 
fair distribution of goods and opportunities, 
the legitimacy of restricting the use of natural 
resources, and the application of ethics to 
business practice. Discussion centers on some 
of the suggestions philosophers have made 
about how to deal with these issues. Not open 
to juniors and seniors except with consent of 
instructor. 

140 

CENTRAL PROBLEMS IN PHILOSOPHY 

A study of several central philosophical 
problems, such as the problem of free will and 
determinism, the relationship between mind and 
body, the nature and limits of human knowl- 
edge, arguments about the existence of God, 
and the problem of personal identity. Not 
open to juniors and seniors except with 
consent of instructor. 

215 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to the foundations of 
communication. Theories of truth and meaning 
are illustrated by means of practical examples, 
with special attention given to the issue of 
objectivity and bias in communication. 

216 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN BUSINESS 

A systematic and philosophically informed 
consideration of some typical moral problems 
faced by individuals in a business setting, and 
a philosophical examination of some common 
moral criticisms of the American business 
system. 

217 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 

IN EDUCATION 

An examination of the basic concepts 
involved in thought about education, and a 
consideration of the various methods for 
justifying educational proposals. Typical of 
the issues discussed are: Are education and 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHILOSOPHY 



indoctrination different? What is a liberal 
education? Are education and schooling 
compatible? What do we need to learn? 
Alternate years. 

218 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES IN 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE 

A philosophical examination of some 
important controversies which arise in 
connection with the American criminal justice 
system. Typically included are controversies 
about the nature and purpose of punishment, 
the proper basis for sentencing, the correct 
understanding of criminal responsibility, and 
the rationale and extent of our basic human 
rights with respect to the criminal law. 

219 

PHILOSOPHICAL ISSUES 
IN HEALTH CARE 

An investigation of some of the philosophi- 
cal issues which arise in therapy and in health 
research and planning. Topics typically 
include euthanasia, confidentiality, informed 
consent, behavior control, experimentation on 
humans and animals, abortion, genetic 
engineering, population control, and distribu- 
tion of health care resources. 

223 

HISTORY OF SCIENCE 

AND METAPHYSICS 

An historical survey of the attempt to 
understand the physical universe. Particular 
attention is paid to common origins of 
philosophy and science in the works of the 
ancient Greek philosophers, to the question of 
how scientific and philosophical thinking 
differs from mythological and technological 
thinking, to the rationalism-empiricism 
dispute in science and metaphysics, and to the 
interaction between philosophy and science in 
formulating fundamental questions about the 
physical universe and in developing and 
criticizing concepts designed to answer them. 



► 



224 

HISTORY OF SOCIAL AND 
POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY 

An historical survey of the most important 
social and political philosophers from Socrates 
to Marx. Special attention is paid to the 
relationship between ethics and politics as 
seen by Plato and Aristotle and to the social 
contract theories of Hobbes, Locke, and 
Rousseau. 

225 

SYMBOLIC LOGIC 

A study of modern symbolic logic and its 
application to the analysis of arguments. 
Included are truth-functional relations, the 
logic of prepositional functions, and deductive 
systems. Attention is also given to 
various topics in the philosophy of logic. 
Alternate years. 

301 

ANCIENT GREEK PHILOSOPHY 

A critical examination of the ancient Greek 
philosophers, with particular emphasis on 
Plato and Aristotle. Prerequisite: Two 
courses in philosophy or consent of instructor. 
Alternate years. 

332 

PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION 

A philosophical examination of religion. 
Included are such topics as the nature of 
religious discourse, arguments for and against 
the existence of God, and the relation between 
religion and science. Readings from classical 
and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor. Alternate 
years. 

333 

PHILOSOPHY OF NATURAL SCIENCE 

A consideration of philosophically impor- 
tant conceptual problems arising from 
reflection about natural science, including 
such topics as the nature of scientific laws and 
theories, the character of explanation, the 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHILOSOPHY 



importance of prediction, the existence of 
"non-observable" theoretical entities such as 
electrons and genes, the problem of justifying 
induction, and various puzzles associated with 
probability. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

334 

CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL 
PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five defining 
works of contemporary political philosophy, 
beginning with A Theory of Justice by John 
Rawls. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

335 

ETHICAL THEORY 

An inquiry about the grounds for distin- 
guishing morally right from morally wrong 
actions. Central to this course is critical 
consideration of important theories, such as 
relativism, utilitarianism, and subjectivism, as 
well as historically important theorists, such as 
Aristotle, Mill, and Kant. Prerequisite: 
Students without previous study in philosophy 
must have consent of instructor Alternate 
years. 

336 

CONTEMPORARY MORAL PHILOSOPHY 

A close reading of four or five centrally 
important works of contemporary moral 
philosophy. Prerequisite: Students without 
previous study in philosophy must have 
consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

337 

PHILOSOPHY OF LAW 

An introduction to the philosophy of law 
using both classical and contemporary 
sources. General theories concerning the 
nature of law, as well as philosophical issues 
which arise primarily within a legal context, 
will be discussed. Prerequisite: Students 



without previous study in philosophy must 
have consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

340 

SPECIAL TOPICS 

Study of selected philosophical problems, 
texts, writers, or movements. Recent topics 
include ethical obligations to animals, lying 
and lawbreaking, environmental ethics, 
research on human subjects, and artificial 
intelligence. Students without previous study 
in philosophy must have consent of instructor. . 
With consent of the instructor, this course may 
be repeated for credit. 

440 

PHILOSOPHICAL RESEARCH 
AND WRITING 

In-depth instruction in both the independent 
and the cooperative aspects of philosophical 
research and writing. Each student undertakes 
an approved research project and produces a 
substantial philosophical paper. Open only to, 
and required of, senior philosophy majors. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Recent independent studies in philosophy 
include Nietzsche, moral education, Rawls' 
theory of justice, existentialism, euthanasia, 
Plato's ethics, and philosophical aesthetics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

PHYSICS 

(See Astronomy/Physics) 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

• 




PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

Instructor: Holmes (Chairperson) 
Part-time Intstructor: Dill 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES, 
WELLNESS, AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICE 

This program is designed to promote 
students' physical welfare, health awareness, 
and encourage a sense of civic responsibility. 
Students must successfully complete any 
combination of two semesters of course work 
selected from the following: 

1 . Designated Physical Activities courses, 

2. Designated varsity athletics, 

3. Designated wellness courses, 

4. Designated community service projects, 

5. Designated military science courses (Oil, 
021,031,041). 

PHYSICAL ACTIVITY 
COURSES (PHED) 

102 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one-half 
semester of physical education. Coeduca- 
tional classes meet twice a week with basic 
instruction in fundamentals, knowledge, and 
appreciation of various sports. Emphasis is on 
the potential use of activities as recreational 
and leisure time interests. 



105 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
physical education. Coeducational classes meet 
twice a week with basic instruction in fund- 
amentals, knowledge, and appreciation of various 
sports. Emphasis is on the potential use of 
activities as recreational and leisure time interests. 

110-125 

VARSITY ATHLETICS 

Students who compete on a varsity sports 
team may register for a semester of Physical 
Activity during the semester listed. Two full 
seasons must be completed to satisfy the 
Physical Activity requirement. It is the 
student's responsibility to withdraw from the 
course should they not complete the season. 

110 - BASKETBALL 

111 - CROSS COUNTRY 

112 - FOOTBALL 

113 - GOLF 

114 - SOCCER 

115 - SOFTBALL 

116 - SWIMMING 

117 - TENNIS 

118 - TRACK 

119 - VOLLEYBALL 

120 - WRESTLING 

121 - LACROSSE 

WELLNESS (WELL) 

102 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one-half semester 
of wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 
hours per week covering various topics that may 
include Stress Management, Preventing Com- 
municable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. These 
courses promote student wellness during their 
stay at Lycoming as well as their post graduate 
years. This course may be repeated with the 
same topics only with departmental consent. 

105 

TOPICS IN WELLNESS 

This topics course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. Wellness courses meet two 



2(K)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



o 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION • POLITICAL SCIENCE 



hours per week covering various topics tiiat 
may include Stress Management, Preventing 
Communicable Diseases, Personal Health and 
Wellness, and other current health issues. 
These courses promote student wellness 
during their stay at Lycoming as well as their 
post graduate years. This course may be 
repeated with the same topics only with 
departmental consent. 

106 

FIRST AID/CPR 

This course satisfies one semester of 
wellness study. This course will prepare 
students to recognize emergencies and make 
appropriate decisions for first aid care. Also 
included are an emphasis on safety and 
assessment of personal habits to reduce risk of 
injury and illness. American Red Cross First 
Aid and CPR certifications are earned upon 
successful completion of the course. 

COMMUNITY SERVICE (COMS) 

These courses require 2-3 hours per week 
in a combination of seminars and agency 
placement. 

105 

COMMUNITY SERVICE I 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community service. An experiential learning 
opportunity accomplished in conjunction with 
local agencies or college departments. The 
outcome of such service will promote stu- 
dents' personal and social development as well 
as civic responsibility. Students must pre- 
registerfor this course. May not be repeated. 

106 

COMMUNITY SERVICE II 

This course satisfies one semester of 
community service. Students may elect to 
enroll in a second semester of community 
service to satisfy the graduation requirement. 
This will require the student to be engaged in 
a somewhat more sophisticated level of 
learning and service. Students must preregis- 
terfor this course. Prerequisite: COMS 105. 




POLITICAL 
SCIENCE (psci) 

Professor: Roskin (Chairperson) 
Visiting Professor of Legal Studies: Raup 

The major is designed to provide a systematic 
understanding of government and politics at the 
international, national, state, and local levels. 
Majors are encouraged to develop their skills to 
make independent, objective analyses which 
can be applied to the broad spectrum of the 
social sciences. 

Although the political science major is not 
designed as a vocational major, students with 
such training may go directly into government 
service, journalism, teaching, or private admin- 
istrative agencies. A political science major can 
provide the base for the study of law, or for 
graduate studies leading to administrative work 
in federal, state, or local governments, interna- 
tional organizations, or college teaching. 
Students seeking certification to teach secon- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG > 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 



dary school social studies may major in political 
science but should consult their advisors and the 
education department. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 96. 

A major in Political Science consists of 
eight courses as follows: PSCI 106, PSCI 400; 
two courses in American Politics from PSCI 
111, 223, 333, 347, 448; one course in Legal 
Studies from PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, 436; 
two courses in World Politics from PSCI 221, 
225, 243, 327, 439; and one additional PSCI 
course. Prospective majors are encouraged to 
take PSCI 106 in their freshman year. An 
exemption will be granted only if it strengthens 
the student's program. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: PSCI 221 and 327. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSCI 210, 334 and 400. 

Minors 

For non-majors, the department offers three 
minors: a minor in Political Science consists of 
any four courses number 200 or above excluding 
PSCI 2 1 and 400; a minor in World Politics 
consists of four courses selected from PSCI 22 1 , 
225, 243, 327 or 439; and a minor in Legal 
Studies consists of four courses selected from 
PSCI 331, 332, 334, 335, or 436. Students are 
encouraged to consult with department members 
on the selection of a minor. 

106 

INTRODUCTION TO POLITICS 

The U.S. political system in comparative 
perspective. Basic concepts, vocabulary, and 
examples to ground students in the objective 
analysis of politics. 

Ill 

STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT 

An examination of the general principles, 
major problems, and political processes of the 
states and their subdivisions, together with 
their role in a federal type of government. 



210 

COMMUNICATION AND SOCIETY 

Reviews and critiques the impact of the 
mass media on American society. Consider- 
ation of how the media form attitudes, 
nominate and elect candidates, cover news, 
and monitor governmental activities as well as 
possible remedies to media-related problems. 
Alternate years. 

221 

COMPARATIVE POLITICS 
AND GEOGRAPHY 

The politics and geography of nations in 
Europe, Asia, the Middle East, Africa, And 
South American in a search for comparisons 
and patterns. Includes history, institutions, 
cultures, borders, regions, and map exercises. 

223 

PRESIDENCY AND CONGRESS 

The constitutional roles, campaign styles, and 
interactions of the U.S. presidency and 
congress. Special attention is given presi- 
dents, senators, and congresspersons who 
substantially contribute to the democratic 
process. Alternate years. 

225 

INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

The basic factors and concepts of interna- 
tional relations, such as international systems, 
national interest and security, wars, decolon- 
ization, nationalism, economic development, 
trade blocs, and international law and 
organizations. 

243 

THE VIETNAM WAR 

The background and context of the war, how 
the United States got involved, the military 
lessons, and the war's impact on U.S. society, 
politics, and economy. Alternate years. 

327 

WORLD CRISES 

The study of selected current major interna- 
tional problems, such as the Middle East, 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



POLITICAL SCIENCE 

• 



Balkans, East Asia, India-Pakistan, or 
whatever new dangers arise. Alternate years. 

331 

CIVIL RIGHTS AND LIBERTIES 

What are our rights and Hberties as 
Americans? What should they be? A frank 
discussion of the nature and scope of the 
constitutional guarantees. First Amendment 
rights, the rights of criminal suspects and 
defendants, racial and sexual equality, and 
equal protection of the laws. Students will 
read and brief the more important Supreme 
Court decisions. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

332 

COURTS AND THE CRIMINAL 
JUSTICE SYSTEM 

The course consists of two components: 
criminal law and criminal procedure. Crimi- 
nal procedure carefully explores constitutional 
law and procedural rules which dominate 
court handling of criminal cases. Criminal 
law explores concepts relating to criminal 
responsibility and the establishment of 
selected offenses. Emphasis is placed on "hot 
button" issues in the field: balancing protec- 
tion of fundamental freedoms against society's 
need to solve an prevent crime; plea negotia- 
tions; the politicizing of the criminal justice 
system; mandatory sentencing schemes; 
management challenges to fast handling of 
criminal cases; the changing line between 
juvenile and adult criminal court; wisdom of 
using criminal punishment in an attempt to 
control some forms of behavior. There will be 
two field trips to court proceedings. Prerequi- 
site: junior or senior standing, or consent of 
instructor. 

333 

BUREAUCRACY AND PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION 

The business of making government work 
at the administrative level. The organizational 



structure, relevant laws and court cases, and 
legislative oversight of federal, state, and local 
public bureaucracy. Alternate years. 

334 

LEGAL RESEARCH AND WRITING 

Students learn to perform legal research 
with realistic problems in civil and criminal 
cases drawing upon statutory, constitutional, 
regulatory, procedural and common law. 
They will write briefs and memoranda based 
upon the research in the form expected of 
legal interns and paralegal personnel. Some 
classes may be held at the Lycoming County 
Courthouse law library. Alternate years. 
Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. 

335 

LAW AND SOCIETY 

An examination of the nature, sources, 
functions, and limits of law as an instrument 
of political and social control. Included for 
discussion are legal problems pertaining to the 
family, crime, deviant behavior, poverty, and 
minority groups. Prerequisite: junior or 
senior standing, or consent of instructor. 

347 

WOMEN AND POLITICS 

The historical, philosophical, and practical 
context and conduct of women in a variety of 
political roles. This course considers both 
elective and nonelective activities, and includes 
analyses of women' s issues currently on 
legislative and court agendas. Alternate years. 

400 

POLITICAL ANALYSIS 

A capstone course required for majors in 
Political Science normally taken in their 
senior year. Students will integrate their 
knowledge of political phenomena and deepen 
their methodological sophistication by 
applying several analytical approaches to a 
series of case studies. Open to non-majors 
with permission of instructor. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



® 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



POLITICAL SCIENCE • PSYCHOLOGY 



436 

MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATION 
' An examination of the legal structure and 
the system by which mass communication is 
controlled in this society. The forces which 
shape, influence, and make policy will be 
considered. Prerequisite: junior or senior 
\ standing, or consent of instructor. 

439 

i AMERICAN FOREIGN POLICY 
I The U.S. role in the world in geographic, 
I strategic, historical, and ideological perspec- 
tives, plus an examination of the domestic 

forces shaping U.S. policy. Alternate years. 
I 
1448 

PUBLIC OPINION AND POLLING 

A course dealing with the general topic 
^ and methodology of polling. Content includes 
I exploration of the processes by which 
' people's political opinions are formed, the 

manipulation of public opinion through the 
[ uses of propaganda, and the American 

response to politics and political issues. 

Alternative years. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIPS (See index) 

Students may receive academic credit for 
serving as interns in structured learning situations 
with a wide variety of public and private 
agencies and organizations. Students have 
served as interns with the Public Defender's 
Office, the Lycoming County Court Adminis- 
trator, and the Williamsport City government. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current studies relate to elections — local, 
state, and federal — while past studies have 
included Soviet and world politics. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 




PSYCHOLOGY 



(PSY) 



Professor: Ryan (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: Berthold 
Assistant Professors: Kelley, Olsen, Beery 
Visiting Instructors: Cimini, Holmes, Mitchell 

The major provides training in both theoreti- 
cal and applied psychology. It is designed to 
meet the needs of students seeking careers in 
psychology or other natural or social sciences. 
It also meets the needs of students seeking a 
better understanding of human behavior as a 
means of furthering individual and career 
goals in other areas. Psychology majors and 
others are urged to discuss course selections in 
psychology with members of the department 
to help insure appropriate course selection. 

A major consists of 32 semester hours in 
psychology, including PSY 1 10, 431, 432, and 
436. Statistics also is required. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education 
on page 96. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: PS Y 341. The 
following courses, when scheduled as W 
courses, count toward the writing intensive 
requirement: PSY 225, 324, 431, 432, and 436. 

Minor 

A minor in psychology consists of 20 
semester hours in psychology including PSY 
1 1 and four other psychology courses (three 
of which must be numbered 200 or above) 
which must be approved by the department. 

101 

TOPICS 

Exploration of a specific basic or applied 
topic in psychology. Different topics will be 
explored different semesters. Potential topics 
include the psychology of disasters, applied 
behavioral psychology, and organizational 
psychology. The course is open to elemen- 
tary and advanced undergraduates. No 
Prerequisites. One-half unit of credit. May 
be repeated once for credit with departmental 
permission. May not be used to satisfy 
distribution or major requirements. 

110 

INTRODUCTORY PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
human and other animal behavior. Areas 
considered may include: learning, personal- 
ity, social, physiological, sensory, cognition, 
and developmental. 

112 

GROUP PROCESSES AND 
INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION 

An introduction to research and theories on 
small group formation, structure, and perfor- 
mance. Topics include group communication, 
conformity, leadership, conflict, and decision- 
making. Emphasis will be placed upon 
applying principles of group dynamics to 
different types of groups. Prerequisite: PSY 
110 or consent of instructor. May term only. 



116 

ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the patterns of deviant 
behavior with emphasis on cause, function, and 
treatment. The various models for the concept- 
ualization of abnormal behavior are critically 
examined. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

117 

DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the basic principles of human 
growth and development throughout the life 
span. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

118 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

The study areas will include theories of 
adolescence; current issues raised by as well 
as about the "generation of youth"; research 
findings bearing on theories and issues of 
growth beyond childhood, and self-explora- 
tion. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

138 

EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the empirical study of 
the teaching-learning process. Areas consid- 
ered may include educational objectives, pupil 
and teacher characteristics, concept learning, 
problem-solving and creativity, attitudes and 
values, motivation, retention and transfer, 
evaluation and measurement. Prerequisite: 
PSY 110 or consent of instructor. 

211 

LEARNING DISABILITIES 

An examination of learning disabilities, 
emotional problems, and social problems of 
children. Topics will include the legal and 
educational rights of children with disabilities, 
the various categories of disability qualifying 
for Special Education services, assessment of 
children with learning disabilities, characteris- 
tics of and interventions to help children with 
learning disabilities and attention difficulties, 
the educational placements and support 
services available, and Individualized Educa- 
tional Programs (EEPs). Prerequisite: PSY 110. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



PSYCHOLOGY 

• 



220 

THE PSYCHOLOGY OF 

CLOSE RELATIONSHIPS 

This course will review current theory and 
research on love. The progress of close, 
interpersonal relationships from initiation to 
termination will be discussed. In addition, the 
relation between love and sex will be ex- 
plored, and current research on sexuality 
reviewed. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

225 

INDUSTRIAL AND 
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY 
The application of the principles and 
methods of psychology to selected industrial 
and organizational situations. Prerequisite: 
PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

237 
COGNITION 

An in-depth examination of the field of 
human cognition. Topics include perception, 
attention, short and long term memory, 
reading comprehension, problem solving and 
decision making. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the scientific nature of the 
discipline. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

239 

BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION 

A detailed examination of the applied 
analysis of behavior. Focus will be on the 
application of experimental method to the 
individual clinical case. The course will 
cover targeting behavior, base-rating, 
intervention strategies, and outcome evalu- 
ation. Learning-based modification tech- 
niques such as contingency management, 
counter-conditioning, extinction, discrimina- 
tion training, aversive conditioning, and 
negative practice will be examined. Pre- 
requisite: PSY 1 10 or consent of instructor. 

240 

PSYCHOLOGY OF ADULT 
PERSONAL ADJUSTMENT 

A study of psychological theories and 
research on coping with normal developmen- 
tal changes and common problems of 



adulthood. Focus will be upon adult transi- 
tions, stress management, intimate relation- 
ships, sexuality, parenting skills, and work 
adjustment. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 

310 

FORENSIC PSYCHOLOGY 

An examination of psychological theories 
and research on topics related to psychology 
and law. Areas covered include forensic 
pathology, psychological theories of criminal 
behavior, eyewitness testimony, jury decision 
making, expert witnesses, the insanity 
defense, and criminal profiling analysis. 
Prerequisites: PSY 1 10 and 116. 

324 

SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY 

The scientific exploration of interpersonal 
communication and behavior. Topics include 
attitudes and attitude change, attraction and 
communication, social perception and social 
influence, prosocial and antisocial behavior 
and group processes. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

333 

PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY 

An introduction to the physiological 
psychologist's method of approach to the 
understanding of behavior as well as the set of 
principles that relate the function and organi- 
zation of the nervous system to the phenom- 
ena of behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 

334 

PRINCIPLES OF MEASUREMENT 

Psychometric methods and theory, including 
scale transformation, norms, standardization, 
validation procedures, and estimation of 
reliability. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and statis- 
tics. 

341 

PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN 

A review of contemporary theory and 
research on the psychology of gender differ- 
ences. Special topics include sex differences 
in achievement, power, and communication; 
sex-role stereotypes; beliefs about masculinity 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



PSYCHOLOGY 



and femininity; and gender influences on 
mental health. Prerequisite: PSY 1 10. 

410 

DYSFUNCTIONAL FAMILIES AND CHILD 
DEVELOPMENT 

This course will explore the relations 
between a variety of types of family dysfunc- 
tions and child development and psychopathol- 
ogy. Specifically, topics in child abuse, neglect, 
sexual abuse, and children from violent homes, 
alcoholic homes, and homes with mentally ill 
parents will be studied. The course will focus 
on empirical literature about dysfunctional 
families and child development, biographical 
and political perspectives. Prerequisite: PSY 
J 16 and 117, or consent of instructor. 

431 

EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY 

A study of the scientific method, experi- 
mental design and the application of statistics 
to psychology. Emphasis will be placed on 
understanding the place of research in the field 
of psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 110 and 
statistics. 

432 

SENSATION AND PERCEPTION 

The examination of psychophysical 
methodology and basic neurophysiological 
methods as they are applied to the understand- 
ing of sensor processes. Prerequisites: PSY 
110, 431 and statistics. 

436 

PERSONALITY THEORY 

A review of the major theories of personal- 
ity development and personality functioning. 
In addition to covering the details of each 
theory, the implications and applications of 
each theory are considered. This course is best 
taken by Psychology majors in the senior year, 
because it integrates material from diverse 
areas of psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 110. 



448-449 

PRACTICUM IN PSYCHOLOGY 

An off-campus experience in a community 
setting offering psychological services, 
supplemented with classroom instruction and 
discussion. PSY 448 covers the basic 
counseling skills, while PSY 449 covers the 
major theoretical approaches to counseling. 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Internships give students an opportunity to 
relate on-campus academic experiences to 
society in general and to their post-baccalaure- 
ate objectives in particular. Students have, for 
example, worked in prisons, public and 
private schools, county government, and for 
the American Red Cross. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Independent study is an opportunity for 
students to pursue special interests in areas for 
which courses are not offered. In addition, 
students have an opportunity to study a topic 
in more depth than is possible in the 
regular classroom situation. Studies in the 
past have included child abuse, counseling of 
hospital patients, and research in the psychol- 
ogy of natural disasters. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 
Honors in psychology requires original 
contributions to the literature of psychology 
through independent study. The most recent 
honors project was a study of the effect of 
self-esteem on attitude-behavior consistency. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 

• 




RELIGION (RED 

Professor: Hughes 

Assistant Professor: Johnson (Chairperson) 

Instructor: Knauth 

A major in Religion consists of 10 courses, 
including REL 113, 114, and 120. At least 
seven courses must be taken in the depart- 
ment. Up to three of the following courses 
may be counted toward fulfilling the major 
requirements: GRK 221. 222. HEBR 221, 
222, HIST 340, 416, PHIL 332 and SOC 336. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: REL 1 10, 224, 225, 
226, 228. The following courses, when 
scheduled as W courses, count toward the 
writing intensive requirement: REL 230, 33 1 , 
and 337. 



Minors 

A minor in religion consists of one course 
from REL 110, 1 13 or 1 14 and four religion 
courses numbered 200 or above. 

An interdisciplinary minor in Biblical 
Languages requires the completion of GRK 
101-102, HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 
221,222, HEBR 221, 222. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO RELIGION 

Designed for the beginning student, this 
course examines what it means to be religious. 
Some of the issues are the definition of 
religion, the meaning of symbolism, concepts 
of God, ecstatic phenomena. Specific 
attention will be devoted to the current 
problem of cults and religious liberty. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



113 

OLD TESTAMENT FAITH AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting and in the light of 
archaeological findings to show the faith and 
religious life of the Hebrew-Jewish commu- 
nity in the Biblical period, and an introduction 
to the history of interpretation with an 
emphasis on contemporary Old Testament 
criticism and theology. 

114 

NEW TESTAMENT FAITH 
AND HISTORY 

A critical examination of the literature 
within its historical setting to show the faith 
and religious life of the Christian community 
in the Biblical period, and an introduction to 
the history of interpretation with an emphasis 
on contemporary New Testament criticism 
and theology. 

119 

RELIGION AND POPULAR CULTURE 

An examination of the interaction of religion 
and culture in an historical perspective 
followed by a direct analysis of the ethical and 
religious issues raised by contemporary 
American popular culture. Readings include 
artistic and social-scientific as well as ethical 
and religious approaches to popular culture. 

120 

DEATH AND DYING 

A study of death from personal, social and 
universal standpoints with emphasis upon what 
the dying may teach the living. Principal issues 
are the stages of dying, bereavement, suicide, 
funeral conduct, and the religious doctrines of 
death and immortality. Course includes, as 
optional, practical projects with terminal 
patients under professional supervision. Only 
one course from the combination ofREL 120 
and 121 may be used for distribution. 



121 

AFTER DEATH AND DYING 

An examination of the question of life after 
death in terms of contemporary clinical 
studies, the New Testament resurrection 
narratives, the Asian doctrine of reincarnation, 
and the classical theological beliefs of 
providence and predestination. REL 120 is 
recommended but not required. Only one 
course from the combination of REL 120 and 
121 may be used for distribution. 

Ill 

PROTESTANTISM IN THE 

MODERN WORLD 

An examination of Protestant thought and 
life from Luther to the present against the 
backdrop of a culture rapidly changing from 
the 1 7th century scientific revolution to 
Marxism, Darwinism, and depth psychology. 
Special attention will be paid to the constant 
interaction between Protestantism and the 
world in which it finds itself. 

223 

BACKGROUNDS OF EARLY 

CHRISTIANITY 

A study of historical, cultural, and religious 
influences that shaped the formation of early 
Christianity and the antecedents of Christian 
doctrine and practice in Hellenistic, Roman, 
and post-exilic Jewish cultures. 

224 

JUDAISM AND ISLAM 

An examination of the rise, growth, and 
expansion of Judaism and Islam with special 
attention given to the theological contents of 
the literatures of these religions as far as they 
are normative in matters of faith, practice, and 
organization. Also, a review of their contribu- 
tions to the spiritual heritage of mankind. 

225 

ORIENTAL RELIGION 

A phenomenological study of the basic 
content of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Chinese 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 

• 



Taoism with special attention to social and 
political relations, mythical and aesthetic 
forms, and the East- West dialogue. 

226 

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY 

A study of the role of archaeology in 
reconstructing the world in which the Biblical 
literature originated with special attention 
given to archaeological results that throw light 
on the clarification of the Biblical text. Also, 
an introduction to basic archaeological method 
and a study in depth of several representative 
excavations along with the artifacts and material 
culture recovered from different historical 
periods. 

227 

HISTORY AND THEOLOGY 

OF THE EARLY CHURCH 

An examination of the life and theology of 
the church from the close of the New Testa- 
ment to the fifth century. Special attention 
will be given to the struggles of the church 
with heretical movements, the controversies 
concerning the person and nature of Christ, 
and the encounter of the church with the 
Roman Empire. 

228 

HISTORY AND CULTURE 

OF THE ANCIENT NEAR EAST 

A study of the history and culture of 
Mesopotamia, Anatolia, Syria-Palestine, and 
Egypt from the rise of the Sumerian culture to 
Alexander the Great. Careful attention will be 
given to the religious views prevalent in the 
ancient Near East as far as these views 
interacted with the culture and faith of the 
Biblical tradition. 

230 

PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION 

A study into the broad insights of psychol- 
ogy in relation to the phenomena of religion 
and religious behavior. The course concen- 
trates on religious experience or manifesta- 



tions rather than concepts. Tentative solutions 
will be sought to questions such as: What 
does it feel like to be religious or to have a 
religious experience? What is the religious 
function in human development? How does 
one think psychologically about theological 
problems? 

331 

CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

A study of Christian ethics as a normative 
perspective for contemporary moral problems 
with emphasis upon the interaction of law and 
religion, decision-making in the field of 
biomedical practice, and the reconstruction of 
society in a planetary civilization. 

332 

CONTEMPORARY PROBLEMS IN 
CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS 

An examination of the approach of religion 
and other disciplines to an issue of current 
concern; current topics include the theological 
significance of law, the ethics of love, and the 
Holocaust. May be repeated for credit if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

337 

BIBLICAL TOPICS 

An in-depth study of Biblical topics related 
to the Old and New Testaments. Topics include 
prophecy, wisdom literature, the Dead Sea 
Scrolls, the teachings of Jesus, Pauline 
theology, Judaism and Christian origins, 
redaction criticism - the way the Synoptic 
Gospels and John give final form to their 
message. Course will vary from year to year 
and may be repeated for credit once if the 
topic is different from one previously studied. 

341 

CONTEMPORARY RELIGIOUS ISSUES 
A study of the theological significance of 
some contemporary intellectual developments 
in Western culture. The content of this course 
will vary from year to year. Subjects studied 
in recent years include the theological 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



RELIGION 



significance of Freud, Marx, and Nietzsche; 
Christianity and existentiaUsm; theology and 
depth psychology; the religious dimension of 
contemporary literature. 

342 

THE NATURE AND MISSION 

OF THE CHURCH 

A study of the nature of the Church as "The 
People of God" with reference to the Biblical, 
Protestant, Orthodox, and Roman Catholic 
traditions. 

401 

FIELD ARCHAEOLOGY 

Participation in an approved archaeological 
dig or field school program in the Near East or 
Mediterranean region. Includes instruction in 
excavation techniques, recording and process- 
ing of artifacts. A survey of excavation and 
research and the use of archaeology as a tool 
for elucidating historical and cultural changes. 
Under certain circumstances, participation in 
an archaeological field school program within 
the United States, Central or South America, 
or elsewhere may be accepted. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 

421 

ARCHAEOLOGICAL FIELD SUPERVISION 

Participation in an archaeological excava- 
tion or field school program at the level of 
assistant supervisor or above. Includes 
instruction in on-site supervision of daily 
digging, record-keeping, and interpretation of 
finds, and/or specialized training in excavation 
project coordination, data processing, or 
analysis of specific types of material culture. 
Research project required. Prerequisite: REL 
401 or equivalent experience. Special fees 
apply. May Term or Summer Sessions only. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in religion usually work in local 
churches under the supervision of the pastor 
and a member of the faculty. Interns in 
archaeology usually work in historical 



museums or art museums under the supervi- 
sion of a museum director/curator/archaeolo- 
gist and a member of the faculty. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

Current study areas are in the Biblical 
languages. Biblical history and theology. 
Biblical archaeology, comparative religions, 
and the ethics of technology. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 

GREEK (GRK) 

Greek is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR221,222. 

101-102 

NEW TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of New Testament Greek 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Greek text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE SYNOPTIC GOSPELS 
A comparative study of the synoptic tradition 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 102 or equiva- 
lent. Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

Ill 

READINGS IN THE PAULINE EPISTLES 
Selected readings from the letters of Paul 
in Greek. Prerequisite: GRK 221 or equivalent. 
Does not satisfy humanities requirement. 

HEBREW (HEBR) 

Hebrew is not offered as a major. An 
interdisciplinary minor in Biblical Languages 
requires the completion of GRK 101-102, 
HEBR 101-102, and two from GRK 221, 222, 
HEBR 221, 222. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



RELIGION 



SCHOLAR PROGRAM 

• 




101-102 

OLD TESTAMENT 
GRAMMAR AND READINGS 

Fundamentals of Old Testament Hebrew 
grammar and readings of selected passages of 
the Hebrew text. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

221 

READINGS IN OLD 
TESTAMENT NARRATIVE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected narrative portions of the Old Testa- 
ment with special attention being given to 
exegetical questions. The text read varies 
from year to year. Prerequisite: HEBR 102 
or equivalent. Does not satisfy humanities 
requirement. 

222 

READINGS IN THE PROPHETIC BOOKS 

AND WISDOM LITERATURE 

A critical reading of the Hebrew text of 
selected portions of Old Testament prophecy 
and wisdom literature with special attention 
being given to exegetical questions. The text 
read varies from year to year. Prerequisite: 
HEBR 221 or equivalent. Does not satisfy 
humanities requirement. 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SCHOLAR 
PROGRAM (scHOL) 

Professor: Briggs (Director) 

The Lycoming College Scholar Program is a 
special program designed to meet the needs and 
aspirations of highly motivated students of 
superior intellectual ability. The Lycoming 
Scholar satisfies the College distribution 
requirements, generally on a more exacting 
level and with more challenging courses than 
the average student. Lycoming Scholars also 
participate in special interdisciplinary seminars 
and in serious independent study culminating 
in a senior project. 

301 

LYCOMING SCHOLAR SEMINAR 

Team taught interdisciplinary seminar held 
each semester under the direction of the 
Lycoming Scholar Council. May be repeated 
for credit. Completion of five semesters is 
required by the Scholar Program. Prerequisite: 
Acceptance into the Lycoming Scholar 
Program. One-quarter unit of credit. Grade 
will be recorded as "A " or "F. " 

450 

SENIOR SEMINAR 

During the senior year, Lycoming Scholars 
complete independent studies or departmental 
honors projects. These projects are presented 
to scholars and faculty in the senior seminar. 
Non-credit course. Prerequisite: Acceptance 
into the Lycoming Scholar Program. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

(SOC) 

Professor: Wilk (Chairperson) 
Associate Professor: S. Alexander 
Assistant Professor: Ross 

The Sociology-Anthropology Department 
offers two tracks in the major. Both tracks 
introduce the students to the fundamental 
concepts of the discipline, and both tracks 
prepare the student for graduate school. 

Track I emphasizes the theoretical aspects 
of sociology and anthropology. Track II 
emphasizes the application of sociology and 
anthropology to human services. 

Track I - Sociology-Anthropology requires 
the core course sequence SOC 110, 114, 229, 
330, 430, 444 and three other courses within 
the department with the exception of SOC 
443. REL 226 may also be counted toward 
the major. 

Track II - Human Services In a Soclo- 
Cultural Perspective requires SOC 1 10, 222, 
229, 330, 430, 443, and 444. In addition, 
students must select two courses from among 
the following: SOC 220, 221, 228, 300, 334, 
and 335. Students are also required to choose 
two units from the following courses: PSY 
1 10, ECON 224, PSCI 333, and SOC 230. 
Recommended courses: ACCT 1 10, 226; 
SPAN 111,112; HIST 126; and PHIL 334. 

Majors in both tracks are encouraged to 
participate in the internship program. 

Students interested in teacher certification 
should refer to the Department of Education on 
page 96. 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: SOC 229, 33 1 , 334, 
335, 336, and 337. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement: SOC 222, 
228, 229, 230, and 331. 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 




Minor 

A minor in sociology and anthropology 
consists of SOC 1 10 and four other SOC 
courses approved by the department, three of 
which must be numbered 220 or above. 

110 

INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY 

An introduction to the problems, concepts, 
and methods in sociology today, including 
analysis of stratification, organization of 
groups and institutions, social movements, 
and deviants in social structure. 

114 

INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY 

An introduction to the subfields of anthro- 
pology; its subject matter, methodology, and 
goals, examination of biological and cultural 
evolution, the fossil evidence for human 
evolution, and questions raised in relation to 
human evolution. Other topics include race, 
human nature, primate behavior, and prehis- 
toric cultural development. 



^A 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



220 

MARRIAGE AND THE FAMILY 

The history, structure, and functions of 
modem American family life, emphasizing 
dating, courtship, factors in marital adjustment, 
and the changing status of family members. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor 

221 

JUVENILE DELINQUENCY 

A multidisciplinary approach to the study 
of the constellation of factors that relate to 
juvenile delinquency causation, handling the 
juvenile delinquent in the criminal justice 
system, treatment strategies, prevention, and 
community responsibility. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10 or consent of instructor. Alternate years. 

222 

INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN SERVICES 

This course is for students interested in 
learning about, or entering, the human 
services profession. It will review the history, 
the range, and the goals of human services 
together with a survey of various strategies 
and approaches to human problems. A 
twenty-hour community service component is 
an optional element of the course. Prerequi- 
site: SOC 110 and/or PSY 110; or consent of 
instructor. 

228 

AGING AND SOCIETY 

Analysis of cross-cultural characteristics of 
the aged as individuals and as members of 
groups. Emphasis is placed upon media 
portrayals as well as such variables as health, 
housing, socio-economic status, personal 
adjustment, retirement, and social participation. 
Sociological, social psychological, and 
anthropological frames of reference are utilized 
in analysis and description of aging and its 
relationship to the individual and society. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 



229 

CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY 

An examination of cultural and social anthro- 
pology designed to familiarize the student with 
the analytical approaches to the diverse cultures 
of the world. The relevancy of cultural anthro- 
pology for an understanding of the human 
condition will be stressed. Topics to be covered 
include the nature of primitive societies in 
contrast to civilizations, the concept of culture 
and cultural relativism, the individual and 
culture, the social patterning of behavior and 
social control, an anthropological perspective 
on the culture of the United States. 

230 

SELF AND SOCIETY 

This course is concerned with the behavior 
of individuals who occupy positions in social 
structures, organizations and groups. The 
focus is on the behavior of individuals as it is 
controlled, influenced, or limited by the social 
environment; and the manner in which the 
behavior of individuals reacts upon, shapes and 
alters social structures and enters into the 
functioning of groups. This course will also 
explore symbolic interactionism, a major 
theoretical perspective in sociology which 
focuses primary attention on the way in which 
individuals define and continually redefine 
reality on the basis of social interaction. 
Prerequisite: SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

300 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Analysis of the sociology of law; conditions 
under which criminal laws develop; etiology of 
crime; epidemiology of crime, including 
explanation of statistical distribution of 
criminal behavior in terms of time, space, and 
social location. Prerequisite: SOC 1 10 or 
consent of instructor. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



330 

RESEARCH METHODS IN SOCIOLOGY- 
ANTHROPOLOGY 

In studying the research process in sociol- 
ogy-anthropology, attention is given to the 
process of designing and administering both 
qualitative and quantitative research. Students 
complete an original field work project in a 
public setting. Additionally, students will 
learn to compile and analyze quantitative data 
through a micro computer statistical software 
package. Different methodological skills 
considered include: field work, questionnaire 
construction, unobtrusive research, and 
program evaluation. The course must be 
taken in the junior year. Prerequisite: SOC 
1 10 and MATH ] 23. 

331 

SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER 

Virtually every society known to us is 
founded upon assumptions of gender differ- 
ences and the politics of gender inequality. 
This course focuses on the ways in which 
gender is socially constructed and institution- 
alized in societies. Topics to be considered 
include cultural constructions of masculinity, 
femininity, heterosexuality, and homosexual- 



ity; institutional sites of gender differentiation 
such as work, family, military, and education; 
media representations of gender and sexuality; 
and reproduction politics. Emphasis is placed 
on various theories that have been advanced to 
explain gender stratification. Prerequisite: 
SOC 1 10. Alternate years. 

334 

RACIAL AND CULTURAL MINORITIES 

Study of racial, cultural, and national 
groups within the framework of American 
cultural values. An analysis will include 
historical, cultural, and social factors underly- 
ing ethnic and racial conflict. Field trips and 
individual reports are part of the requirements 
for the course. Prerequisite: SOC 110 or 
consent of instructor. 

335 

CULTURE AND PERSONALITY 

Introduction to psychological anthropol- 
ogy, its theories and methodologies. Empha- 
sis will be placed on the relationship between 
individual and culture, national character, 
cognition and culture, culture and mental 
disorders, and cross-cultural considerations of 
the concept of self. Prerequisite: SOC 229 or 
consent of instructor. 




LYCOMING COLLEGE 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY 



336 

I THE ANTHROPOLOGY 
OF PRIMITIVE RELIGIONS 

The course will familiarize the student with 
the wealth of anthropological data on the 
I religions and world views developed by prim- 
I itive peoples. The functions of primitive rel- 
! igion in regard to the individual, society, and 
I various cultural institutions will be examined. 
' Subjects to be surveyed include myth, witch- 
craft, vision quests, spirit possession, the 
i cultural use of dreams, and revitalization 
I movements. Particular emphasis will be given 
to shamanism, transcultural religious experi- 
ence, and the creation of cultural realities 
through religions. Both a social scientific and 
I existential perspective will be employed. Pre- 
j requisite: SOC 229 or consent of instructor. 

! 337 
THE ANTHROPOLOGY OF 
AMERICAN INDIANS 

An ethnographic survey of native North 

i American Indian and Eskimo cultures, such as 
the Iroquois, Plains Indians, Pueblo, Kwakiutl, 
and Netsilik. Changes in native lifeways due 
to European contacts and United States 
expansion will be considered. Recent cultural 
developments among American Indians will 
be placed in an anthropological perspective. 

430 

SOCIAL PROBLEMS 

Building on the research skills acquired in 
SOC 330, students will complete an original 
quantitative research project on a topic of their 
own choosing. The theoretical emphasis of 
this course covers the social construction and 
life course of a social problem. Additionally, 
several social problems will be analyzed in 
1 depth. Prerequisite: SOC 330. 

443 

HUMAN SERVICES IN 
HELPING INSTITUTIONS 
i The course examines the organizational 
and conceptual context within which human 



services are delivered in contemporary society. 
Subjects to be covered include ethnographic 
study of nursing homes, prisons, therapeutic 
communities, mental hospitals, and other 
human service institutions. The methodology 
of fieldwork will be explored so as to sensitize 
the student to the socio-cultural dimensions of 
helping environments and relationships. 
Prerequisite: SOC NO or 229, or consent of 
instructor. Alternate years. 

444 

SOCIAL THEORY 

The history of the development of sociologi- 
cal thought from its earliest philosophical 
beginnings is treated through discussions and 
reports. Emphasis is placed upon sociological 
thought since the time of Comte. Prerequisite: 
SOC 110 or consent of instructor. 

470-479 

INTERNSHIP (See index) 

Interns in sociology-anthropology typically 
work off campus with social service agencies 
under the supervision of administrators. 
However, other internship experiences, such 
as with the Lycoming County Historical 
Museum, are available. 

N80-N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDY (See index) 

An opportunity to pursue specific interests 
and topics not usually covered in regular 
courses. Through a program of readings and 
tutorials, the student will have the opportunity 
to pursue these interests and topics in 
greater depth than is usually possible in a 
regular course. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS (See index) 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 

• 




THEATRE (thea) 

Associate Professor: Allen (Chairperson) 
Assistant Professor: Stanley 
Visiting Assistant Professors: Beetem, Jaffe 
Part-time Instructor: Clark 

The primary responsibilities of the Theatre 
Department are to teach appreciation, service, 
foundational and specialized courses; to 
prepare students for advanced study and 
training; and to sponsor worthwhile produc- 
tion programs in which students can practice 
the art and craft of theatre, and which will be a 
dynamic contribution to the cultural life of the 
College community. 

Production groups sponsored by the 
Theatre Department are the Arena Theatre, 
The Arena Summer Theatre, The Emerald 
City Players, The Alpha Psi Omega Fraternity 



and the Downstage Theatre. Facilities used 
for performances by these groups are an 
intimate thrust stage (The Mary L. Welch 
Theatre) and a small black box studio theatre 
(The Downstage Theatre) in the Academic 
Center. 

The department offers several courses to be 
selected for distribution requirements: THEA 
100, 1 14, 148, 212, 332, 333, 335 (Fine Arts) 
THEA 333, 335 (Humanities and Literature). 

The following courses satisfy the cultural 
diversity requirement: THEA 114, 212, 332, 
333, 335, and 410. The following courses, 
when scheduled as W courses, count toward 
the writing intensive requirement: THEA 212, 
332, and 333. 

Major 

The major consists of the equivalent of 10 
to 10.5 units. All theatre majors are required 
to complete the following: THEA 100, 148, 
332, 333, 410 and the equivalent of 1 full unit 
of THEA 160 and/or 161 (6 units). 

The department offers three major tracks: 
Track I: Acting (4.5 Units) THEA 140, 226, 
240, 232 (1/2 unit); and one from the follow- 
ing: 335 or 402. 

Track II: Directing: (4.0 Units) THEA 140, 
226, 336; and one from the following: 335 or 
402. 

Track ID: DesignyTech (4.5 Units) THEA 
228, 229, 232 (1/2 unit), 320; and one from 
the following: 335, 402, 425, 428, 429, 431. 

Majors are urged to include courses in art, 
music, psychology, and English, or other areas 
of special interest. 

Majors are urged to include THEA 440 in 
Track I, THEA 426 in Track II, and THEA 
430 in Track III. 

Minors 

Three minors are available in the Theatre 
Department. 
• A minor in Performance consists of THEA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 

• 



100,140,226,240,336. 

• A minor in Technical Theatre consists of 
THEA 100, 148, 228, 229, and 320 or 430. 

• A minor in Theatre History and Literature 
consists of THEA 100, 332, 333, 335 and 
410. 

100 

INTRODUCTION TO THEATRE 

A comprehensive introduction to the 
aesthetics of theatre. From the spectator's 
point of view, the nature of theatre will be 
explored, including dramatic literature and the 
integral functioning of acting, directing and all 
production aspects. Concurrent enrollment in 
THEA 148 prohibited. 

114 

FILM ART: MOTION PICTURE 
MASTERPIECES 

Study of selected classic experimental and 
narrative films from around the world as well 
as from Hollywood. Consideration of what 
makes a classic through examination of such 
topics as acting, writing, directing, style, and 
genre. 

135-136 

INTRODUCTION TO DANCE I AND II 

An introduction to the techniques of basic 
movement and interpretation in ballet, jazz, 
and modem dance. Classes include improvi- 
sation and choreography. Prerequisite for 
THEA 136: THEA 135 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. 

137 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE I 

A survey of classical ballet from the 
Ballets de cour of 1 7th-century France to the 
present with emphasis on the contributions of 
Petipa, Fokine, Cecchetti, and Balanchine. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 



who have received credit for MUS 137 or 
138. 

138 

HISTORY OF THE DANCE II 

A survey of the forms of dance, excluding 
classical ballet, as independent works of art and 
as they have reflected the history of civil- 
ization from primitive times to the present. Pre- 
requisite: THEA 1 37 or consent of instructor. 
One-half unit of credit. Not open to students 
who have received credit for MUS 137 or 138. 

140 

ACTING I 

An introductory study of the actor's pre- 
paration with emphasis on developing the 
actor's creative imagination through improvisa- 
tions and scene study. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. 

148 

PLAY PRODUCTION 

Stagecraft and the various aspects of 
production are introduced. Through material 
presented and laboratory work on the Arena 
Theatre productions, students will acquire 
experience with design, scenery, properties, 
costumes and lighting. Prerequisite: THEA 
100. Concurrent enrollment in THEA 100 
prohibited. 

160 

TECHNICAL THEATRE PRACTICUM 

161 

REHEARSAL AND PERFORMANCE 
PRACTICUM 

Supervised participation in the various 
aspects of technical production, rehearsal and 
performance of the Theatre Department's 
major presentations in the Arena Theatre. 
Credit for Theatre Practicum is earned on a 
fractional basis. Students may register for 
one-half semester hour course credit per 
production for active participation in the 



:(«):-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



designated area of technology and perfor- 
mance, limited to one semester hour credit per 
semester and eight semester hours credit over 
four years. Credit may not be used to satisfy 
distribution requirements in Fine Arts. 
Students may not register for Theatre 
Practicum while taking THEA 148 without 
permission of the instructor. When scheduling, 
students should register for Theatre Practicum 
in addition to the normal four academic 
courses. Because students may not be cast or 
assigned duties in time to meet the drop/add 
deadline, late registration for THEA 160 and 
161 (Rehearsal and Performance) will be 
permitted without penalty. 

212 

MULTICULTURAL AMERICA ON 
SCREEN 

Introduction to the art of understanding 
moving images to discover the cultural values 
of American filmmakers and their audiences. 
Comparison of the ways in which films and 
television use comedy, drama, and the docum- 
entary to examine topics having to do with 
values, beliefs, and cultural diversity in 
America. 

220 

VOICE AND DICTION 

Introduction to the fundamental techniques 
of vocal production for the theatre. Empha- 
sizes an individual program of personal vocal 
development. Dialects and phonetic study of 
the major European accents and English 
accents. Includes oral practice of relevant 
literature. Alternate years. One-half unit of 
credit. 

226 

DIRECTING I 

An introductory study of the function of the 
director in preparation, rehearsal and perfor- 
mance. Emphasis is placed on developing the 
student's ability to analyze scripts. 



and on the development of the student's 
imagination. Prerequisite: THEA 140. Alter- 
nate years. 

228 

SCENE DESIGN 

Development of scene design techniques 
through study of the practice in rendering, 
perspective drawing, plan drafting, sketching 
and model building. Beginning work in 
theory, techniques, and practices in scenery 
painting for the theatre. Participation on Arena I 
Theatre productions will be part of the class- 
room requirements. Prerequisite: THEA 148. 

229 

LIGHTING DESIGN 

The theory of stage and lighting design with 
emphasis on their practical application to the 
theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 148. 

231 

SUMMER THEATRE PRACTICUM 

Practical application in construction, design 
and production problems and techniques 
through laboratory and plays in production. 
Pre- requisite: THEA 148. Offered summer 
only. 

232 

STAGE MAKEUP 

Essentials in stage makeup: straight, 
character, special types. Effects of light on 
makeup are included. Recommended for 
performers and directors of educational, church 
and community theatres. Prerequisite: THEA 
148. One-half unit of credit. Alternate Years. 

233 

ADVANCED MAKEUP 

Advanced techniques in makeup design. 
Three-dimensional and prosthetic makeups are 
included, with emphasis on nonrealistic and 
nonhuman forms. Prerequisite: THEA 232. 
One-half unit of credit. Alternate years. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



THEATRE 



235-236 

INTERMEDIATE DANCE I AND II 

Studies of the techniques of basic move- 
ment and interpretation in ballet, jazz, and 
modem dance at the intermediate level. 
Classes include improvisation and choreogra- 
phy. Prerequisite for THEA 235: THEA 136 
or consent of instructor. Prerequisite for 
THEA 236: THEA 235 or consent of instruc- 
tor. One-half unit of credit each. Not open to 
students who have received credit for MUS 
135-136 or MUS 235-236. 

240 

ACTING II 

Continued practice in character analysis. 
The study of acting styles is introduced with a 
strong emphasis on performing Shakespeare's 
plays. Prerequisite: THEA 140 

320 

COSTUME DESIGN 

The theory of costuming for the stage, 
elements of design, planning, production and 
construction of costumes for the theatre. 
Students will participate in the construction of 
costumes for Arena Theatre productions. 
Prerequisite: THEA 148 or consent of 
instructor. 

332 

THEATRE HISTORY I 

A historical survey of Western and Non- 
Western styles of theatre from the beginning 
to the present. Included is a study of the 
evolution of theatre architecture and perfor- 
mance space as well as technical develop- 
ments. Alternate years. 

333 

THEATRE HISTORY II: LITERATURE 
A study of the major dramatic literature 
that shapes the Western and non-Western 
theatre. Benchmark plays that are identified 
with specific periods and styles will be 
explored in depth. Prerequisite: THEA 332. 



335 

MODERN DRAMA 

A study of the major dramatic literature in 
depth that constitutes the body of the modem 
theatre, from 1 875 to the present. Included 
will be a survey of altemative theatre styles, 
both scripted and non-scripted. Ethnic, 
minority and contemporary problem plays will 
be surveyed as well. 

336 

DIRECTING II 

Emphasis is placed on the student's ability 
to function as a director in the rehearsal 
process. Practical experience involves the 
directing of two one-act plays from the 
contemporary theatre in the Downstage 
Theatre. Prerequisite: THEA 226. 

337 
PLAYWRITING 

An investigation of the techniques of 
playwriting with an emphasis on creative 
writing, culminating in a written one-act 
play. Prerequisite: ENGL 106 or 107 and 
THEA 226. Alternate years. 

402 

SHAKESPEARE ON STAGE 

A study of Shakespeare's plays in produc- 
tion terms. Emphasis will be on translating 
works from the page to the stage, with special 
attention to language, poetry, acting styles as 
well as technical problems. Contemporary 
productions will be viewed 

410 

THEATRE AND CULTURE 

Exploration of one or more historic periods 
in a specific locale to discover the nature of 
the theatre in its cultural context. Included 
will be a study of the art, music, literature, 
political and social framework of the period 
and locale. Prerequisite: THEA 332 and 333. 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^» 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THEATRE 



425 

ADVANCED COSTUME DESIGN STUDIO 
Practical application of costume design for 
the studio or main stage productions. 
Prerequistie: THEA 320 and consent of 
instructor. May be repeated for credit. 

426 

DIRECTING III 

Emphasis will be placed on the student's 
ability to produce a major three-act play from 
the script to the stage for public performance. 
Prerequisite: THEA 336. 

428 

ADVANCED SCENE DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of scene design for the 
studio or main stage productions. Prerequi- 
site: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

429 

ADVANCED LIGHTING DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of lighting design for 
the studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated 
for credit. 

430 

PROPERTY DESIGN 

The theory of properties design for the 
stage, including the production of specific 
properties for staging use. Elements of design, 
fabrication, and the construction of properties 
employing a variety of materials and applica- 
tion of new theatrical technology. Prerequi- 
sites: THEA 228 and 320. Alternate years. 

431 

ADVANCED PROPERTY DESIGN STUDIO 

Practical application of properties design 
for studio or main stage productions. Prereq- 
uisite: THEA 430 and consent of instructor. 
May be repeated for credit. 



440 

ACTING III 

Preparation of monologues and two 
character scenes, contemporary and classical, 
and preparation of a professional acting 
audition. The student will appear in major 
campus productions. Prerequisite: THEA 240. 

441 

ADVANCED ACTING STUDIO 

Practical application of acting for studio or 
main stage productions. Prerequisite: THEA 
240 and consent of instructor. May be 
repeated for credit. 

444 

ADVANCED DIRECTING STUDIO 

Practical application of directing for studio 
or main stage productions. Prerequisite: 
Consent of instructor and THEA 336. May be 
repeated for credit. 

470 - 479 

INTERNSHIP (See Index) 

Students in the theatre work off campus in 
theatres such as the Guthrie Theatre, Minne- 
apolis, and the Hartford Stage and the Trinity 
Repertory. 

N80/N89 

INDEPENDENT STUDIES (See Index) 
Subjects for Independent Studies are 
chosen in conjunction with faculty members. 

490-491 

INDEPENDENT STUDY FOR 
DEPARTMENTAL HONORS 

Students who qualify for Departmental 
Honors will produce a major independent 
project in research or technical theatre. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



WOMEN'S STUDIES 




WOMEN'S STUDIES 

(WMST) 

Professor: Jensen (co-Director) 
Assistant Professor: Kingery (co-Director) 

Although a major in women's studies is 
available only under the policies regarding 
Individual Interdisciplinary Majors (page 36), 
an established minor in women's studies is 
provided. WMST 200 and four of the 
following courses are required for the minor. 

ART 339 Women in Art 
ENGL 334 Women and Literature 
HIST 3 1 Women in History 
PSCI 347 Women and Politics 
PS Y 341 Psychology of Women 
SOC 33 1 Sociology of Women 
WMST 300 Topics in Women's Studies 

With the approval of the coordinator, an 
appropriate special course or independent 
studies project may be substituted for one of 
the four courses required for the minor. To 
receive credit for a minor in women's studies, 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



a student must maintain at least a 2.00 average 
in courses taken for that minor. 

The following course satisfies the cultural 
diversity requirement: WMST 200. 

200 

ISSUES IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of women's issues from an 
interdisciplinary perspective. The course will 
explore the social construction of gender, 
feminist research methods and theories, and 
the role of patriarchy in women's lives. 
Topics may involve language, art, science, 
politics, culture, violence, race, class, ethnic 
differences, sexuality, and pornography. 

300 

TOPICS IN WOMEN'S STUDIES 

An examination of selected topics in 
Women's Studies designed to allow students 
to pursue particular subjects in more depth and 
detail than in the general introductory course. 
With the permission of the Coordinator of the 
Women 's Studies Program students may repeat 
this course depending on the content. 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



The Board Of Trustees 



OFFICERS 

Robert L. Shangraw '58 

Chairman 

First Vice President 

for Investments 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner 

& Smith/Retired 

Williamsport, PA 

Donald E. FaUor '68 

Vice Chairman 
Owner/Chartered Under- 
writer 

D.E. Failor Associates 
Harrisburg, PA 

John C. Schultz 

Secretary 
President 
Jersey Shore Steel 
Jersey Shore, PA 

Harold D. 
Hershberger, Jr. '51 

Assistant Secretary 

President 

Deer Mountain Associates 

Williamsport, PA 

Ann S. Pepperman, Esq. 

Assistant Secretary 
Partner 

McNemey, Page, 
Vanderlin & Hall 
Williamsport, PA 

David R. Bahl, Esq. 

Partner 

McCormick Law Firm 

Williamsport, PA 

Melvin H. 
Campbell, Jr. '70 

Owner/President 
Campbell, Harrington & 
Brear 
York, PA 

Harold D. Chapman 

Chairman 
Cobblers, Inc. 
Williamsport, PA 

Jay W. Cleveland, Sr. 

Owner/President 
Cleveland Brothers 
Equipment Company 
Harrisburg, PA 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



James E. Douthat 

President 

Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

Daniel G. Fultz '57 

Treasurer/Retired 
Lycoming College 
Williamsport, PA 

Arthm- A. Haberberger '59 

Investor and Consultant 
Reading, PA 

Daniel R. Hawbaker 

President 

Glenn O. Hawbaker, Inc. 

State College, PA 

Michael J. Hayes '63 

President and CEO 
Fred's 
Memphis, TN 

James L. Hebe '71 

Portland, OR 

Neil L. Irons 

Bishop 

Central Pennsylvania 

Conference 

United Methodist Church 

Mechanicsburg, PA 

Marjorie Ferrell Jones '50 

Editor, Jones Journal 
Jones Chemicals, Inc. 
LeRoy, NY 

Dale N. Krapf '67 

President 

George Krapf, Jr. & 
Sons, Inc. 
Exton, PA 

David B. Lee '61 

CEO/Chairman 
Omega Financial Corp. 
State College, PA 

Robert G. Little '63 

Family Physician 
Community Medical 
Associates 
Halifax, PA 



Rosanna H. Lowry '72 

Retired School Teacher 
Montoursville, PA 

Carolyn-Kay Lundy '63 

Community Volunteer 
Williamsport, PA 

D. Stephen Martz '64 

Chairman/PresidentyCEO 
Hollidaysburg Trust 
Hollidaysburg, PA 
President/COO 
Omega Financial 
State College, PA 

Norman B. Medow '60 

Physician/Surgeon 
Manhattan Eye, Ear & 
Throat Hospital 
New York, NY 

Henry D. Sahakian 

CEO, Uni-Marts, Inc. 
State College, PA 

Hugh H. Sides '60 

President 

Robert M. Sides Music, Inc. 

Williamsport, PA 

Clinton W. Smith '55 

President Judge, Court of 
Common Pleas 
29th Judicial District 
Williamsport, PA 

Charles D. Springman '59 

Retired Vice President 
May Dept. Store Co. Fndtn. 
Williamsport, PA 

John S. Trogner, Jr. '68 

Partner/ First Commercial 
Real Estate 
Harrisburg, PA 

Burke R. Veley '60 

IBM CFO, Retired 
West Chester, PA 

Phyllis L. Yasui 

Nurse/Retired/Homemaker 
Williamsport, PA 

Alvin M. Younger, Jr. '71 

Managing Director, 
Treasurer, Secretary/Retired 
T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. 
Lutherville, MD 



EMERITI 

David Y. Brouse '47 

Manager/Retired 
GTE 
Montoursville, PA 

Richard W. DeWald '61 

Chairman 

Montgomery Plumbing 
Supply 
Montoursville, PA 

Samuel H. Evert '34 

Owner, Retired 

S. H. Evert Company 

Bloomsburg, PA 

Kenrick R. Khan '57 

Clergy/Teacher, Retired 

Mayor 

Penney Farms, FL 

Margaret D. L'Heureux 

Realtor 

Fish GMAC Real Estate 

Williamsport, PA 

W. Gibbs McKenney '37 

Partner, Retired 
McKenney, Thomsen 
& Burke 
Lutherville, MD 

William Pickelner 

Owner 

Pickelner Fuel Oil Company 

Williamsport, PA 

Marguerite Rich VI '42 

Homemaker 
Woolrich, PA 

Harold H. Shreckengast, 
Jr. '50 

Audit Partner/Retired 
Price Waterhouse 
Jenkintown, PA 

Wallace F. Stettler 

President, Wyoming 
Seminary, Retired 
Dallas, PA 



^M 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Administrative Staff 



James E. Douthat (1989) 

President 

A.B., The College of William and Mary 

M.Div., Duke University 

Ed.D., Duke University 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

Dean of the College 
Professor of History 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

Robert Griesemer (2001) 

Vice President and Treasurer 
B.S., Lafayette College 

Thomas Ruhl (2000) 

Vice President for Development & 
College Relations 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 

Sue Saunders (2000) 

Dean of Student Affairs 
B.S., M.Ed., Ohio University 
Ph.D., University of Georgia 

James D. Spencer (1989) 

Dean of Admissions & Financial Aid 
B.A., Concordia College 

Jeffrey G. Baird (1992) 

Director of Safety & Security 
B.A., Mansfield University 

R. Joseph Barraclough (2000) 

Director of Physical Plant 
B.A., Bucknell University 

Patricia E. Bausinger (2001) 

Campus Store Manager 

Dale V. Bower (1968) 

Planned Giving Consultant 

B.S., Lycoming College 

B.D.. United Theological Seminary 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Mark Britten (1994) 

Director of Counseling & Wellness Services 

B.A., Mansfield University 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Steven Caravaggio (1992) 

Director of Academic Computing 

& End User Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., University of Pittsburgh 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshman 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Molly Costello (1991) 

Director of College Relations 
A.B., Mount Holyoke College 
M.B.A., Southeastern Massachusetts University 

Robert L. Curry (1969) 

Associate Director of Athletics 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Brian R. Derr (2001) 

Development Officer 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.A., Bloomsburg University 

Robert C. Dietrich (2000) 

Sports Information Director 
B.S., Westminster College 

Charles W. Edmonds (1998) 

Assistant Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jerry S. Falco (1990) 

Director of Career Development Center 

B.S., Westminster College 

M.A., Bowling Green State University 

Sister Catherine Ann Gil vary IHM (1994) 

Catholic Campus Minister 

A.B., M.A., M.S., Maiywood College 



^M 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 



Frank L. Girardi (1984) 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 

Murray J. Hanford (1991) 

Publications Manager 

Daniel J. Hartsock (1981) 

Assistant Dean for Sophomores 

Director of Academic Resource Center and 

Coordinator of Advising 
B.H., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

David Heffner (1994) 

Assoc. Dean/Director of 

Communications Technology 
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.S., Bloomsburg University 

David Heiney (1997) 

Director of Administrative Services 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.A., Bucknell University 
Ed.D., Nova University 

Tliomas J. Henninger (1966) 

Director of Administrative 

Computing and Data Networks 
B.S., Wake Forest College 
M.A., University of Kansas 

Rebecca L. C. Hile (1995) 

Registrar 

B.A., Point Park College 

M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Nancy Hollick (1990) 

Staff Accountant 

A.A.S., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

J. Marco Hunsberger (1989) 

Campus Minister 

B.A., Mercer University 

M.Div., United Theological Seminary 



Susan Jewel (1999) 

Director Student Programs/Leadership 

Development 
B.A., Allegheny College 
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Michelle M. Jones (1996) 

Director of Accounting 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jane C. Keller (1998) 

Asst. Director Academic Resource Center 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S., Wilkes University 

Wayne E. Kinley (1990) 

Controller and Assistant Treasurer 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Adrianna Kuckla (2001) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

F. Douglas Kuntz (2000) 

Assistant Director of Physical Plant 
B.S., West Virginia University 

Linda B. Loehr (2001) 

Registered Nurse, Health Services 

Wendy Mahonski (1995) 

Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jason L. McCahan (2001) 

Development Officer 

B.A., Lock Haven University 

A. Sue B. McCormick (1997) 

Director of Alumni and Parent Programs 
B.S., Lycoming College 

Bobbi J. McLean (2001) 

Counselor, Counseling & Wellness Services 
B.S.W., Lock Haven University 
M.S.W., Marywood University 

Anne L. McMunn (1996) 

Coordinator of Internships and 

Assistant to the Director of IMS 
B.A., Bloomsburg University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF 

• 



Shauna C. McQuillen (2001) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Thomas A. Murphy (2001) 

Assistant Director Student Programs/ 

Leadership Development 
B.S., Susquehanna University 
M.S., University of New Hampshire 

Heather R. Myers (2001) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Canisius College 

Michelle M. Parks (2001) 

Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Cheryl Riley (1998) 

Prospect Research Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Denise Robinson (1994) 

Asst. Dean, Director of Residence Life 

B.A., Clark University 

M.S., Miami University of Ohio 

Cathleen R. Savidge (1999) 

Instructional Services Librarian 

Mary E. Savoy (2002) 

Assistant Registrar 

B.A., Indiana University of PA 

Georgia R. Smith (2000) 

Instructional Services Librarian 
B.A., Bucknell University 
M.S.L.S., Clarion University 

Melissa A. Smith (2001) 

Assistant Director of Financial Aid 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jeremy C. Spencer (2000) 

Associate Director of Admissions 
B.A., Lycoming College 
M.S., Miami University 



Sarah A. Spencer (2001) 

Student Life Coordinator 

B.A., Western New England College 

M.S., Miami University 

Cindy Springman (1999) 

Bursar 

A. A., Williamsport Area Community College 

Sondra L. Stipcak (1995) 

Nurse, Director of Health Services 
B.S.N., Indiana University of PA 

Kimberly A. Waterman (2000) 

Student Life Coordinator 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Deborah E. Weaver (1978) 

Manager Residence Halls Operations 

Jennifer Wilson (2000) 

Director of Annual Giving 
B.S., Carnegie Mellon University 

Maramonne Wright (2000) 
Admissions Counselor 
B.A., Niagara University 

Emeriti 

Jack C. Buckle 

Dean of Students Emeritus 
A.B., Juniata College 
M.S., Syracuse University 

Harold H. Hutson 

President Emeritus 
B.A., LL.D., Wofford College 
Ph.D., University of Chicago 
L.H.D., Ohio Wesleyan University 

Bishop D. Frederick Wertz 

President Emeritus 
A.B., Dickinson College 
M.A., Boston University 
S.T.B., Boston University 
LL.D., Dickinson College 
D.D., Lycoming College 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^« 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 

• 



FACULTY 



* On Sabbatical Fall Semester 2002 
** On Sabbatical Spring Semester 2003 
*** On Sabbatical Academic Year 2002-03 

* * * * On Sabbatical Calendar Year 2002 



Professors 

Gary M. Boerckel (1979) 

Music 

Director of Lycoming Scholars 
B.A., B.M., Oberlin College 
M.M., Ohio University 
D.M.A., University of Iowa 

Jack D. Diehi, Jr. (1971) 

Biology 

B.S., M.A., Sam Houston State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut 

David A. Franz (1970) 

Chemistry 

Marshal of the College 

The Frank and Helen Lowry Professor 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.A.T., The Johns Hopkins University 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Stephen R. Griffith (1970) ** 

Philosophy 

A.B., Cornell University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

G. W. Hawkes (1989) 

English 

B.A., University of Washington-Seattle 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY-Binghamton 

Richard A. Hughes (1970) 

M.B. Rich Chair in Rehgion 
B.A., University of Indianapolis 
S.T.B., Ph.D., Boston University 

Emily R. Jensen (1969) 

English 

B.A., Jamestown College 

M.A., University of Denver 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 



Robert H. Larson (1969) 

History 

Robert L. and Charlene Shangraw Professor 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Paul A. MacKenzie (1970) 

German 

A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Boston University 

Chriss McDonald (1987) 

Chemistry 

B.S., Manchester College 

Ph.D., Miami University of Ohio 

Richard J. Morris (1976) 

History 

John P. Graham Teaching Chair 
B.A., Boston State College 
M.A., Ohio University 
Ph.D., New York University 

Carole Moses (1982) 

English 

B.A., Adelphi University 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Kathleen D. Pagana (1982) 

Nursing 

B.S.N. , University of Maryland 

M.S.N. , Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania 

John F. Piper, Jr. (1969) 

History 

Dean of the College 
A.B., Lafayette College 
B.D., Yale University 
Ph.D., Duke University 

David J. Rife (1970) 

English 

B.A., University of Florida 

M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University 

Michael G. Roskin (1972) 

Political Science 

A.B., University of California at Berkeley 

M.A., University of California at Los Angeles 

Ph.D., The American University 

Kathryn M. Ryan (1981) 

Psychology 

B.S., University of Illinois 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Roger D. Shipley (1967) 

Art 

B.A., Otterbein College 

M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art 

Fred M. Thayer, Jr. (1976) 

Music 

A.B., Syracuse University 
B.M., Ithaca College 
MM., SUNY at Binghamton 
D.M.A., Cornell University 

John M. Whelan, Jr. (1971) 

Philosophy 

B.A., University of Notre Dame 

Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin 

Stanley T. Wilk (1973) 

Anthropology 

B.A., Hunter College 

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Melvin C. Zimmerman (1979) 

Biology 

B.S., SUNY at Cortland 

M.S., Ph.D., Miami University 

Associate Professors 

Susan Alexander (1991) 

Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Jerry D. Allen (1984) 

Theatre 

B.F.A., M.F.A., Utah State University 

Susan K. Beidler (1975) 

Collection Management Services Librarian 

B.A., University of Delaware 

M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Howard C. Berthold, Jr. (1976) 

Psychology 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College 

M.A., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The University of Massachusetts 

Barbara F. Buedel (1989) 

Spanish 

B.A., University of Kentucky 

M.A., M. Phil, Ph.D., Yale University 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Richard R. Erickson (1973) 

Astronomy and Physics 
B.A., University of Minnesota 
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago 

B. Lynn Estomin (1993) 

Art 

B.A., Antioch College 

M.F.A., University of Cincinnati 

Sascha Feinstein (1995) ** 

English 

B.A., University of Rochester 

M.F.A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

David Fisher (1984) 

Physics 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware 

Edward G. Gabriel (1977) 

Biology 

B.A., M.A., Alfred University 

M.S., Ph.D., The Ohio State University 

Amy Golahny (1985) 

Art 

B.A., Brandeis University 

M.A., Williams College - Clark Art Institute 

M. Phil, Ph.D., Columbia University 

Gary Hafer (1992) 

English 

B.A., M.A. Kutztown University 

Ph.D., Purdue University 

David K. Haley (1980) 

Mathematics 

B.A., Acadia University 

M.S., Ph.D., Queens University 

Habil, Universitat Mannheim 

Janet Hurlbert (1985) 

Director of Library Services 

Associate Dean 

B.A., M.A., University of Denver 

EldonF.Kuhns, 11(1979) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M. Accounting, University of Oklahoma 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 



Darby Lewes (1993) 

English 

B.A., Saint Xavier College 

M.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., University of Chicago 

D. Litt, Wilson College (Honors Causa) 

Mehrdad Madresehee (1986) 

Economics 

B.S., University of Tehran 

M.S., National University of Iran 

M.S., University of Idaho 

Ph.D., Washington State University 

Doris P. Parrish (1983) 

Nursing 

B.S., SUNY at Plattsburgh 

M.S., Russell Sage College 

Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin 

Gene D. Sprechini (1981) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Wilkes College 

M.A., Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton 

Mark Toncar (1994) 

Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University 

H. Bruce Weaver (1974) 

Business Administration 

Director of Institute for Management Studies 

B.B.A., Stetson University 

J.D., Vanderbilt University 

M.B.A., University of Central Florida 

Richard Weida (1987) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Muhlenberg College 

M.S., Ph.D, University of Delaware 

David S. Witwer (1994) * 

Assistant Professor of History 
B.A., DePauw University 
M.A., Ph.D., Brown University 

David H. Wolfe (1989) 

Physics 

B.S., Lock Haven State College 
M.S., Pennsylvania State University 
Ph.D., Kent State University 



Robert A. Zaccaria (1973) 

Biology 

B.A., Bridgewater College 

Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Assistant Professors 

Susan Beery (1999) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Duke University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Miami 

Holly D. Bendorf (1995) ** 

Chemistry 

B.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ph.D., University of California-Los Angeles 

Michelle Briggs (1992) 

Biology 

B.S., Cornell University 

M.S., University of Iowa 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Timothy Carter (1999) 

Sociology/Anthropology (Criminal Justice) 
B.A., M.C.J., University of South Carolina 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

G. Kathleen Chamberlain (1999) 

Education 

B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

M.S.Ed., Mansfield University of 

Pennsylvania 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Santusht S. deSilva (1983) 

Mathematics 

B. Sc, University of Sri Lanka 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Bahram Golshan (1989) 

Mathematical Science 

B.S., Jundi Shapour University, Iran 

M.S., Edinboro State University of 

Pennsylvania 
M.S., Kent State University 
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Owen F. Herring (1965) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest College 

Garett Heysel (1999) 

French 

B.A., Middlebury College 
M.A., Northwestern University 
Ph.D., Ohio State University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Rachael Hungerford (1989) 

Education 

A. A., Cayuga County Community College 
B.S., State University of New York at Plattshurgh 
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts/ Amherst 

Steven R. Johnson (1999) 

Religion 

B.A., California State University 

M.Div., San Francisco Theological Seminary 

M.A., Miami University of Ohio 

M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Graduate University 

Sue A. Kelley (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

Sandra L. Kingery (1998) 

Spanish 

B.S., Lawrence University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin Madison 

Steven Koehn (1997) 

Communication 

B.A., VA Polytechnic & State Univ. 

M.A., Pepperdine Univ. 

D.Ed., West Virginia Univ. 

Joseph L. Lipar (2002) 

Biology 

B.S., Michigan State University 

Ph.D., Indiana University 

Charles H. Mahler (1994) * 

Chemistry 

B.A., The Ohio State University 

M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern University 

Jeffrey D. Newman (1995) ** 

Biology 

B.S., University of South Carolina 

Ph.D., Marquette University 

Kurt H. Olsen (1993) 

Psychology 

Marshal of the College 

B.S., St. Lawrence University- 

M.S., Ph.D., University of Rochester 

Eileen M.Peluso( 1998) 

Mathematics 

B.S., Bloomsburg University 

M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Susan M. Ross (1998) 

Sociology 

B.A., Millersville University 

M.A., Ph.D., University of New Hampshire 

Donald Slocum (1995) 

Accounting 

B.S., Cornell University 
M.S., The American University 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 
C.P.A., Washington, DC 

Philip W. Sprunger (1993) 

Economics 

B.S., B.A., Bethel College 

M. A., Ph.D., Indiana University 

N. J. Stanley (2002) 

Theatre 

B.S., Louisana State Univ 

M.F.A., Florida State Univ. Tallahassee 

Ph.D., Indiana University Bloomington 

Arthur Sterngold (1988) 

Business Administration 

B.A., Princeton University 

M.B.A., Northwestern University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

Brenda Watts (2000) 

Spanish 

B.A., M.A., University of Montana 

Ph.D., University of Oregon 

Richard E. Wienecke (1982) 

Accounting 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., Bucknell University 

M.B.A., Lcmg Island University 

C.P.A. (Pennsylvania and New York) 

Predric M. Wild, Jr. (1978) 

Communication 

B.A., Emory University 

M. Div., Yale Divinity School 

M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University- 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 

• 



Instructors 

Deborah J. Holmes (1976) 

Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., The Pennsylvania State University 

Maria W. Jones (2002) 

Education 

B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

M.Ed., Clarion University 

Robin Knauth (1999) 

Religion 

A.B., Princeton University 

M.T.S., Regent College 

Visiting, Special, and 
Part-time Appointments 

Diane Abercrombie (1988) 

Mathematics 

B.Bus.Admin., Bernard M. Baruch College, 
CUNY 

Mark Anderman (1997) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Jaye Beetem (1997) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 
B.F.A., University of Utah 
M.A., Louisiana University 
M.F.A., Wayne State University 

Robert Bomboy (2001) 

English 

A.B., Wilkes College 

M.S., Columbia College 

Betsy Boring (1992) 

Spanish 

B.S., Bloomsburg State University 

David Bower (1994) 

Nursing 

B.S., Lock Haven University 

M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University 

Amy Cartal-Falk (1991) 

French & Spanish 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Ted Chappen (1994) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Bucknell University 

M.A., University of Chicago 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Katharine Cimini (1992) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., College of William and Mary 

Joan Moyer Clark (1987) 

Music/Theatre 

Regina Collins (1991) 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen/Mathematics 
B.A., Rosemont College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Harry Davis (1994) 

Nursing 

B.A., Miller sville State University 

M.A., Liberty University 

Roger Davis (1984) 

Computers/Mathematics 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Linda Dieffenbach (1992) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S.N., College Misericordia 

Pamela Dill (1990) 

Wellness 

B.S.N. , University of the State of New York 

at Albany 
M.S.N. , University of Pennsylvania 

Kristen Fagnano (1999) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Villanova University 

Pamela Gaber 

Religion- Archa\eology 

A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University 

B.A., university of Wisconson, Madison. 

Danielle Goodyear (2000) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Art 
B.F.A., Alfred University 
M.F.A., Savanah University 

Meghan Griffith (2002) 

Philosophy 

B.A., Bucknell University 

Mary Haupt (1999) 

Nursing 

Evelyn R. Hayden (2000) 

Education 

B.S., Southern Illinois University 

M.El.Ed., Northern Arizona University 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 



Michael Holmes (2001) 

Psychology 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.S., University of Pittsburgh 

Sherril D. Ingram (1991) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Nursing 
B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh 
M.S.N., Virginia Commonwealth University 
D.N.Sc, Widener University 

David Jaffe (1998) 

Visiting Assistant Professor of Theatre 
B.A., Kenyon College 
M.F.A., Ohio University 

Craig Kauffman (1994) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown State College 

Dianne Langley (2000) 

Business Admin./Communication 
B.A., M.A., Bloomsburg University 

Timothy Mahoney (1992) 

Sociology 

B.A., Lock Haven State University 

M.S., Eastern Kentucky University 

William Miele (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Lycoming College 

L.L., Stetson University of Law 

John Mitchell (1999) 

Psychology 

B.A., Florida State University 

Psy.D., Indiana State University 

Michael Musheno (2002) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Ph.D., American University 

Noel Trusal (2000) 

Nursing 

Janet Ogurcak (2001) 

Communication, Advisor to The Lycourier 
B.A., Pennsylvania State University 

Thomas Raup (1995) 

Visiting Professor of Legal Studies 
A.B., Columbia College 
J.D., Columbia School of Law 



2(X)2-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Larry Rhinehart (2001) 

Education 

B.S., Mansfield State University 

M.S.Ed., Bucknell University 

Kim Rhone (1999) 

Art 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Edward R. Robbins (2001) 

Criminal Justice 

B.A., Mansfield State University 

M.S., Shippensburg University 

Anthony Salvatori (1988) 

Education 

B.S., Lock Haven State University 

M.Ed., Bloomsburg University 

J. David Smith (2001) 

Political Science 

B.A., Johns Hopkins University 

J.D., Temple University School of Law 

Kathryn Turner Sterngold (1992) 

Art 

B.S., Kutztown University 

M.A., Alfred University 

Don Stuart (2001) 

English 

B.A., Hamilton College 
M.A., Duke University 
Ph.D., University of Virginia 

Brenda Terry-Manchester (1995) 

Nursing 

B.S.N., Lycoming College 

M.S.N., College Misericordia 

Howard Tran (2002) 
Visiting Assistant Professor of Art 
B.F.A., Boston University 
M.F.A., Academy of Art College 

Tiffany Wishard (2000) 

Criminal Justice/Political Science 

B.A., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State 

University 
J.D., The Dickinson School of Law 

Christopher J. Woodruff (2000) 

Visiting Instructor of Music 
B.M.E., Louisiana State University 
M.Mus., Northwestern University' 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 

• 



John J. Zaionis (1995) 

Education 

B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College 

Applied Music Instructors 

Richard Adams (2002) 

Saxaphone 

Rebecca Stake Anstey (1996) 

Horn and Brass Methods 
B.Mus., Lawrence University 
M.Miis., Eastman School of Music 

Douglas Barclay (2002) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Tim Breon (1998) 

Electronic Music Lab 

Diane C. Janda (1988) 

Woodwinds 

B.M., University of Texas at Austin 
M.M., D.M.A., University of Cincinnati, 
College-Conservatory of Music 

William Kellerman (2001) 

Brass 

Richard J. Lakey (1979) 

Organ and Piano 

A.B., Westminster Choir College 

M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 

Robert Leidhecker (1989) 

Percussion 

B.M., Mansfield University 

Yvonne Lundquist (1992) 

Piano 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Paul MacPhail (2002) 

Voice 

Janice Miller (2001) 

Voice 

B.M.E., Westminister Choir College 

M.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy, 

The Pennsylvania State University 

Andrew Rammon (2001) 

Cello and String Methods 

M. Music, The Cleveland Institute of Music 

B.A., Pepperdine University 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Frank Spencer (2001) 

Voice 

Deborah Woods (2002) 

Woodwinds 

B.M.E., University of Missouri at Kansas City 

Conservatory of Music 
M.M., Northwestern University 
Member of the Williamsport Symphony 

Orchestra 

Adjunct Faculty & Staff 

Paul J. Cherney, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Abington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

James Eastman, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Medical 

Technology 
The Lancaster General Hospital 
Lancaster, PA 17603 

Nadine Gladfelter, M.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, School of Medical 

Technology 

The Lancaster General Hospital 

Lancaster, PA 17603 

Phyllis Gotkin, Ph.D., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director, Clinical Laboratory 
Science Program 

Allegheny University Hospitals/Elkins Park 
El kins Park, PA 19117 

Joseph T. King, M.D. 

Medical Advisor & Associate Pathologist 
Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Say re, PA 18840 

Don M. Larrabee, II 

Lecturer in Law 

A.B., Franklin and Marshall College 

LL.B., Fordham University 

Willem Lubbe, M.D. 

Medical Director CLS Program 
Williamsport Hospital 
Williamsport, PA 17701 



® 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



FACULTY 

• 



Loretta A. Moffatt, B.S., MT (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Williamsport Hospital CLS Program 

Williamsport. PA 17701 

Richard Rupkalvis, M.D. 

Medical Director, School of Clinical Labora- 
tory Science Program 
Elkins Park Hospital 
El kins Park, PA 19027 
Barbara J. Scheelje, B.S., MT (ASCP) 
Program Director, School of 
Medical Technology 
Ahington Memorial Hospital 
Abington, PA 19001 

Brian D. Spezialetti, M.S., M.T. (ASCP) 

Program Director 

Clinical Laboratory Science Program 
Robert Packer Hospital 
Sayre,PA 18840 

Emeriti 

Robert B. Angstadt 

Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ursinus College 

M.S., Ph.D., Cornell University 

Jon R. Bogle 

Professor Emeritus of Art 

B.F.A., B.S., M.F.A., Tyler School of Art; 

Temple University 

Clarence W. Burch 

Professor Emeritus of Physical Education 
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh 

Mr. John H. Conrad 

Professor Emeritus of Education 
B.S., Mansfield State College 
M.A., New York University 

Robert F. Falk 

Professor Emeritus of Theatre 

B.A., B.D., Drew University 

M.A., Ph.D., Wayne State University 

Dr. Morton A. Fineman 

Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.A., Indiana University 
Ph.D., University- of Pittsburgh 



Ernest P. Giglio 

Professor Emeritus of Political Science 
B.A., Queens College 
M.A., SUNY at Albany 
Ph.D., Syracuse University 

John P. Graham 

Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Dickinson College 

M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Eduardo Guerra 

Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.D., Southern Methodist University 

S.T.M., Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary 

John G. Hancock 

Professor Emeritus of Psychology 

B.S., M.S. Bucknell University 

Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University 

John G. Hollenback 

Professor Emeritus of Business 

Administration 
B.S., M.B.A., University of Pennsylvania 
James K. Hummer 
Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.N.S., Tufts University 
M.S., Middlebury College 
Ph.D., University of North Carolina 

Bruce M. Hurlbert 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Library Services 

B.A., The Citadel 

M.S.L.S., Florida State University 

M. Raymond Jamison 

Assistant Professor Emeritus of Physics 
B.S., Ursinus College 
M.S., Bucknell University 

Robert J. B. Maples 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Foreign Lang. 
A.B. , University of Rochester 
Ph.D., Yale University 

Walter G. Mclver 

Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus.B., Westminster Choir College 
A.B., Bucknell University 
M.A., New York University 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



FACULTY 

• 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Roger W. Opdahl 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 

A.B., Hofstra University 

M.A., Columbia University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

Robert W. Rabold 

Professor Emeritus of Economics 
B.A., The Pennsylvania State University 
M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh 

John A. Radspinner 

Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 
B.S., University of Richmond 
M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute 
D.S., Carnegie Mellon Institute 

Logan A. Richmond 

Professor Emeritus of Accounting 
B.S., Lycoming College 
M.B.A., New York University 
C.P.A. (Pennsylvania) 

Mary Landon Russell 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
Mus. B., Susquehanna University 
Conservatory of Music 
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University 

Louise R. Schaeffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Education 

B.A., Lycoming College 

M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

James W. Sheaffer 

Associate Professor Emeritus of Music 
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania 
M.S., University of Pennsylvania 

Frances K. Skeath 

Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Bucknell University 

D. Ed., The Pennsylvania State University 

John A. Stuart 

Professor Emeritus of EngHsh 

B.A., William Jewell College 

M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern University 



Athletic Staff 



Jason Betz 

Assistant WrestUng Coach 

Kyle Bidelspacher 

Assistant Men's Soccer & Track Coach 

David Bower 

Football Coach 

George Camp 

Head Men's & Women's Cross Country Coach 

Terry Conrad 

Men's Basketball Head Coach 
B.S., Bloomsburg University 
M.B.A., Shenandoah University 

Roger Crebs 

Head Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

A. C. Cruz 

Strength Coach 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Robert L. Curry 

Associate Athletic Director 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Christen Ditzler 

Head Women's Basketball Coach 
Head Women's Softball Coach 
B.A., Franklin & Marshall College 

Kara Dumond 

Assistant Women's Soccer Coach 

Joe Eaton 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

Royce Eyer 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 

Mike Fiamingo 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., Mansfield University 

Robyn Flaherty 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Frank L. Girardi 

Director of Athletics 
Head Football Coach 
B.S., West Chester State College 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ATHLETIC STAFF 



Frank L. Girardi, Jr. 

Assistant Football Coach 
A.B., Lycoming College 

Jerry Girardi 

Assistant Football Coach 

Gerald Hammaker 

Head Men's & Women's Swimming Coach 
B.A., The College ofWooster 

Kristi Hammaker 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

Scott Hill 

Assistant Football Coach 

Deborah J. Holmes 

Women's Tennis Coach 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University 

M.S., Pennsylvania State University 

Jared Jankowski 

Assistant Men's Lacrosse Coach 

Jon Jean 

Assistant Football Coach 

Vonnie Kaiser 

Assistant Women's Tennis Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Scott Kennell 

Head Men's Soccer and Track Coach 
B.S., North Carolina Wesleyan College 

Kathy Loy 

Assistant Women's Basketball Coach 

Joe Lumbis 

Equipment Manager 

Joe Mark 

Head Men's Tennis Coach 

Timothy P. McMahon 

Head Women's Volleyball Coach 

A.B., Penn College 

B.S. Mgnt., Lock Haven University 

Joe Moore 

Assistant Women's Softball Coach 

Dan Muthler 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy 

Frank Neu 

Head Athletic Trainer 
B.A., Central College 
M.S., Drake University 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Mike Pearson 

Assistant Football Coach 

Gene J. Peluso 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 

B.S., Nazareth College of Rochester 

Michelle Quaglino 

Assistant Athletic Trainer 
B.S., Ithaca College 

Katherine A. Roberts 

Head Women's Soccer Coach 
Head Women's Lacrosse Coach 
O 'Berlin College 

Scott Rogers 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 

Shawn Rosa 

Head Men's Lacrosse Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Scott Rosenbaum 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

Victoria Smithkors 

Cheerleading Advisor 
B.S., Lock Haven University 

Jamie Spencer 

Head Golf Coach 

Assistant Men's Basketball Coach 

B.A., Lycoming College 

Kristian Stedje-Larsen 

Assistant Swimming Coach 

Margot Tomasella 

Assistant Women's Lacrosse Coach 

Wendy Warfield 

Assistant Volleyball Coach 

B.S.N., Pennsylvania College of Technology 

Mike Weber 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Steve Wiser 

Assistant Football Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Jamie Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Matt Yonkin 

Assistant Wrestling Coach 
B.A., Lycoming College 

Richard Zalonis 

Assistant Football Coach 



® 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



Administrative Support Staff 



Clifford E. Allen 

Security Officer 

Lorri Amron 

Faculty Secretary 

Melody A. Bartlett 

Purchasing Coordinator 

Mark D. Earner 

Security Officer 

Michael J. Beatty 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Cynthia Bezilla 

Library Evening Proctor 

Marsha Boler 

Secretary, Athletics 

Brigitte C. Brahms 

Telecommunications Coordinator 

Julia L. Brink 

Secretary, Director of Physical Plant 

Diane M. Carl 

Executive Secretary to President 

Barbara J. Carlin 

Executive Secretary to Dean of 
Admissions & Financial Aid 

Diana L. Cleveland 

System Administrator 

James M. Columbia 

Security Officer 

Richard L. Cowher II 

Printing Services Coordinator 

June V. Creveling 

Secretary, Buildings & Grounds 
and Safety & Security 

Mary E. Dahlgren 

Data Information Specialist & Project Supervisor 

Jonathan DeSantis 

Staff Technician 

Rosemarie DiRocco 

Faculty Secretary, Music & Art 




Julia Dougherty 

Library Technician, Archives 

Terri R. Driscoll 

Campus Store Textbook Coordinator 

Nancy Engel 

Accounts Payable Coordinator 

Peggy Fenstermacher 

Information Data Specialist, Secretary 

Orlan J. Fisher 

Mailroom Coordinator 

Nicole S. Franquet 

Network Administrator 

Beatrice D. Gamble 

Student Information Specialist 

Anthony S. Hagler 

Communications Officer 

Diane J. Hassinger 

Executive Secretary to Dean of College 

Esther L. Henninger 

Secretary, Athletics 

MaryAnn HoUenbach 

Faculty Secretary 

Barbara E. Horn 

Faculty Secretary 

Tamara Hutson 

Library Technician, Instructional Services 

Sandra L. Jansson 

Secretary, College Relations 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT STAFF 



David M. Kelchner 

Programmer Analyst 

Margaret I. Kimble 

Secretary, Career Development Center 

Shelly A. LaForme 

Cashier & Bookkeeper 

Sandra L. Lander 

Systems Analyst 

Donna M. Laughrey 

Assistant to Campus Store Manager 

Peggie A. LeFever 

Personnel Coordinator 

Tina J. Lorson 

Secretary, Residence Life 

John J. Maness 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Dorothy E. Maples 

Box Office Manager 

Nielin L. Meredith 

Admissions Data Entry Clerk 

Zee L. Merkel 

Switchboard Operator & Receptionist 

Tracy B. Miles 

Special Events Coordinator, Executive 
Secretary 

Rebecca R. Miller 

Secretary, Financial Aid 

Tara Miller 

Payroll & Student Loan Coordinator 

Leroy C. Mosteller 

Security Officer 

Marlene L. Neece 

Library Technician, Document Dehvery 

Judith E. Noble 

Library Technician, Acquisitions 

Ben Pelipesky 

Media Technology Coordinator 

Wilma L Reeder 

Library Technician, Cataloging/Govt. Pub. 

Laura T. Riel 

Faculty Secretary 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



Margaret Rockroth 

Technical Support Analyst 

Diana Salamone 

Coordinator of Student Computing 

Leslie J. Schier 

Assistant to the Registrar 

Brenda Schmick 

Gift Records Specialist & Secretary 

Debbie Smith 

Office Manager, Secretary Alumni & Development 

Marilyn E. Smith 

Printing Services Assistant 

Gail M. Spencer 

Library Technician, Circulation Supervisor 

Sheran L. Swank 

Faculty Secretary 

Devin A. Thompson 

Security Officer 

Ruthe Toncar 

Library Proctor 

Judy E. Walker 

Secretary, Health & Counseling Services 

Donna A. Weaver 

Secretary, Student Programs/ 
Leadership Development 

Sandra Wenzel 

Switchboard Operator, Receptionist 

Roberta Wheeler 

Secretary, Assistant Dean for Freshmen 

Mary S. White 

Campus Store Clerk 

Jennifer M. Wick 

Faculty Secretary 

Jean C. Wool 

Executive Secretary to Dean of Student Affairs 

Michelle M. Yaw 

Database Administrator 

Cristen J. Yothers 

Security Shift Supervisor 

Salvatore Zangara 

Mailroom Assistant 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



AI.UMNI ASSOCIATION 



Alumni Association 




The Alumni Association of Lycoming 
College has a membership of over 13,000 men 
and women. It is governed by an Executive 
Board consisting of 24 members-at-large. The 
Board includes members representing various 
class years and geographic areas, the senior 
class president, the current student body pres- 
ident, and past presidents of the last graduating 
class and the Student Senate of Lycoming 
College. The Director of Alumni and Parent 
Programs manages the activities of the Alumni 
Office. 

The Alumni Association has the following 
purpose as stated in its constitution: "As an 
off-campus constituency, the association's 
purpose is to seek ways of maintaining an 
active and mutually beneficial relationship 
between the College and its alumni, utilizing 
their talents, resources, and counsel to further 
the objectives and programs of Lycoming 
College." 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



All former students of Williamsport 
Dickinson Seminary and all former students 
who have successfully completed one year of 
study at Williamsport Dickinson Junior 
College or Lycoming College are considered 
members of the association. 

Acting as the representative of alumni on 
the campus and working also with under- 
graduates, the Alumni Office is responsible 
for keeping alumni informed and interested in 
the programs, growth, and activities of the 
College through regular publications mailed to 
all alumni on record. Arrangements for 
Homecoming, Class Reunions, club meetings, 
and similar activities are coordinated through 
this Office. Through the Lycoming College 
Annual Fund, the Alumni office is closely 
associated with the development program of 
the College. Communications to the Alumni 
Association should be addressed to the 
Alumni and Parent Programs Office. 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



ALUMNI ASSOCIATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 



Alumni Association executive board 




TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2005 

D. Keigh Earisman '58 
Andrew Gross '59 
John Lea, HI '80 
Erman E. Lepley, Jr. '78 
John Murray '81 
Matthew T. Pivirotto '98 
James G. Scott '70 
Gary Spies '72 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2004 

Robert L. Bender '59 
Karin Botto '93 
Kathleen Tighe Gaye '75 
Frances Graham '73 
Meredith Rambo Murray'92 
Cheryl Eck Spencer '70 
Jay Thomson '86 
Linda Wallace '77 
Dennis Youshaw '61 

TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2003 

Thomas Beamer '74 

Andrew Bucke '71 

David E. Detwiler, III '75 

David Freet '68 

John J. Joe '59 

Barbara Robinson Jones '60 

2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



TERM EXPIRES OCTOBER 2002 

Brenda J. Bowser '98 
A. Davin D'Ambrosio '86 
Patricia M. Krauser '68 
Susan Shangraw Myers '90 
Otto L. Sonder '46 
Ronalee B. Trogner '69 
David A. Walsh '76 

Members of the Board Serving a 
One- Year Term 

Student Senate of Lycoming College 
(SSLC) President 
Austin L. Ducket 

(SSLC) Past President 

Shauna C. McQuillen 

2001 Senior Class President 

Adrienne Reichenbach 

2002 Senior Class President 

Phillip C. Zimmerman 



^A 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



INDEX 



Index 



Academic Advising 44 

Academic Calendar 2 

Academic Honesty/Standing 29 

Academic Honors 29 

Academic Program 30 

Accounting Curriculum 51 

Accounting-Mathematics 54 

Admission to Lycoming 10 

Advanced Placement 24 

Advanced Standing by Transfer 24 

Allopathic Medicine, Preparation 45 

Alumni Association 180 

American Studies Curriculum 55 

Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Application Fee and Deposits 13 

Applied Music Requirements 129 

Archaeology and Near East Culture (EIM) 56 

Art Curriculum 57 

Astronomy and Physics 63 

Astronomy Curriculum 63 

Athletic Training 141 

Audit 26 

Biology Curriculum 69 

Board of Trustees 164 

B.S.N. Degree 32 

Business Administration Curriculum 76 

Campus Facilities 6 

Capitol Semester 49 

Career Development Services 20 

Chemistry Curriculum 82 

Christian Ministry, Advising for 45 

Class Attendance 26 

College and the Church 6 

College Level Examination 

Program (CLEP) 24 

Communication Curriculum 86 

Community Service Curriculum 142 

Computer Science Curriculum 1 19 

Conduct, Standards of 22 

Contingency Deposits 14 

Cooperative Programs 38 

Engineering 39 

Environmental Studies 39 

LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Forestry 39 

Medical Technology 39 

Military Science 41 

Optometry 40 

Podiatry 40 

Counseling, Personal 20 

Course Credit by Examination 24 

Creative Writing 100 

Criminal Justice Curriculum 90 

Cultural Diversity 34 

Degree Programs/Requirements 31 

Dental School, Preparation 38 

Departmental Honors 44 

Deposits/Deposit Refunds 13 

Distribution Requirements 33 

English 33 

Fine Arts 33 

Foreign Language 33 

Humanities 33 

Mathematics 33 

Natural Sciences 34 

Social Sciences 34 

Economics Curriculum 93 

Education Curriculum 96 

Educational Opportunity Grants 17 

Engineering, Cooperative Program 39 

English Curriculum 100 

English Requirement 33 

Entrance Examination (CEEB) 24 

Environmental Science Minor 70 

Environmental Studies 39 

Established Interdisciplinary Major 36 

Faculty 168 

Financial Aid/Assistance 16 

Fine Arts Requirements 33 

Foreign Language Requirement 33 

Foreign Languages and 

Literatures Curriculum 105 

Forestry, Cooperative Program 39 

French Curriculum 106 

German Curriculum 108 

Grading System 26 

Graduation Requirements 31 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



INDEX 



Greek Curriculum 152 

Health Professions, Preparation 45 

Health Services 20 

Hebrew Curriculum 152 

History Curriculum 1 1 1 

Honors Program 41 

Honor Societies 30 

Humanities Requirement 33 

Independent Study 47 

Institute for Management Studies 1 15 

Interdisciplinary Majors 36 

Established Majors (EIM) 36 

Individual Majors (IIM) 36 

International Studies 116 

Internship Programs 48 

Legal Professions, Preparation 45 

Literature (EIM) 118 

Loans 18 

Lycoming Scholar Program 41 

Major 35 

Admission to 35 

Departmental 36 

Interdisciplinary (EIM, IIM) 36 

Management Scholars Program 1 15 

Mathematical Sciences 119 

Mathematic Requirements 33 

Mathematics Curriculum 121 

May Term 47 

Medical School, Preparation 45 

Medical Technology 39 

Military Science Curriculum 125 

Minor 36 

Music Curriculum 126 

Natural Science Requirement 34 

Non-degree Students 25 

Nursing Curriculum 131 

Optometry 40 

Optometry School, Preparation 45 

Osteopathy School, Preparation 45 

Oxford-Brooks Semester 49 

Payment of Fees 13 

Philadelphia Semester 48 

Philosophy Curriculum 137 

Physical Activity, Wellness 
& Community Service Program 141 



Physical Activity Curriculum 141 

Physics Curriculum 66 

Placement Services 20 

Podiatric Medicine, 

Cooperative Program 40 

Political Science Curriculum 142 

Pre-Medicine 38 

Psychology Curriculum 145 

Readmission 12 

Refunds 14 

Registration 25 

Religion Curriculum 149 

Repeated Courses 28 

Reserve Officer Training 

Corps Program (ROTC) 41 

Residence and Residence Halls 7 

Scholarships/Grants 17 

Scholarships (ROTC) 19 

Scholar Seminar 153 

Social Science Requirement 34 

Sociology-Anthropology Curriculum 154 

Spanish Curriculum 109 

Staff 165, 178 

State Grants and Loans 18 

Student Records 24 

Study Abroad 49 

Supplemental Educational 

Opportunity Grant (SEOG) 18 

Theatre Curriculum 158 

Theological Professions, Advising 45 

Transfer Credit 11,24 

Unit Course System 23 

United Nations Semester 49 

Veterinary School, Preparation 45 

Washington Semester 49 

Wellness Curriculum 141 

Withdrawal from College 26 

Withdrawal of Admissions Offer 12 

Women's Studies 163 

Work-Study Grants 19 

Writing Across The Curriculum Program ... 34 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 



^^ 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



Communicating with lycoming college 



Please address specific 
inquiries as follows: 

Director of Admissions: 

Admissions; requests for publications 

Treasurer: 

Payment of bills; expenses 

Director of Financial Aid: 

Scholarships and loan fund; 
financial assistance 

Dean of the College: 

Academic programs; faculty; 
faculty activities; academic support 
services 

Assistant Dean for Freshmen: 

Freshman Seminar; freshman 
academic concerns 

Dean of Student Affairs: 

Student activities; residence halls; 
religious life; health services 

Registrar: 

Student records; transcript requests; 
academic policies 

Career Development Center: 

Career counseling; employment 
opportunities 

Vice President for Development: 

Institutional relations; annual fund; 
gift programs 

Athletic Director: 

Varsity Sports 



Director of Alumni and 
Parent Programs: 

Alumni information; Homecoming; 
Family Weekend activities 

Director of College Relations: 

Public information; publications; 
sports information; media relations 

All correspondence 
should be addressed to: 

Lycoming College 
700 College Place 
WilHamsport, PA 17701-5192 

The College telephone number 
is (570) 321-4000 

http://v»'ww.lycoming.edu 

Visitors 

Lycoming welcomes visitors to the 
campus. If you would like a guided tour, 
call the Office of Admissions 
(570) 321-4026 before your visit to 
arrange a mutually convenient time. 

Toll Free Number 1-800-345-3920 
e-mail: admissions@lycoming.edu 

Lycoming College welcomes applications 
from prospective students regardless of age, 
sex, race, religion, handicap, finances, 
national or ethnic origin, or color. Lycoming 
does not discriminate on the basis of age, sex, 
race, religion, handicap, finances, national or 
ethnic origin, or color in the administration of 
any of its policies and programs. 



LYCOMING COLLEGE 



^^ 



2002-03 ACADEMIC CATALOG 





o 

13 
H 

m 



< 

< 
> 



o 

o 

n 
o 

O 





^ 






7^ 


,,v 






(_ 


o 


(D 


S' 


■0 


CO 


3 


1. 


3 


> 


;? 


o 


Z 


■u 


■M 


fO 




P 

no 


o 


o 


0} 
CD 


O 


c» 


T) 




CO 




>